Audio

368: What Successful Amazon Sellers Do Differently To Grow With Jeff Cohen

368: How Successful Sellers Manage Their Amazon Accounts With Jeff Cohen

Today I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show. Jeff is the VP of marketing over at Seller Labs which is a company that specializes in Amazon tools and services.

I use many of their tools today to run the Amazon side of my business and Jeff is one of my go-to guys when it comes to the latest Amazon policies and news.

Today we’re going to talk about the overall Amazon landscape in 2021, what lies ahead and what seasoned Amazon sellers are doing to grow their sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Amazon has changed post COVID-19
  • What seasoned Amazon sellers are doing to grow their sales
  • The latest tools to sell on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show, and Jeff is the VP of marketing over at Seller Labs, and he’s actually one of my go-to guys when it comes to keeping up with Amazon. So today, we’re gonna talk about the overall landscape for selling on Amazon in 2021 and what lies ahead. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:52
That’s P O S T S Q I P T dot IO slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavia, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you the time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like living proof and chubbies? Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:20
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers, and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:50
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show. Now Jeff is the VP of Marketing over at Seller Labs, which is a company that specializes in Amazon tools and services. And in fact, I use many of their tools today to run the Amazon side of my business. Anyway, the reason I asked Jeff back on the pod is to talk about what’s going on with Amazon for 2021, what lies ahead and what seasoned Amazon sellers are doing and their habits. And with that,

02:53
Welcome back, Jeff. How you doing? Doing great, Steve. Thanks for having me back on. Love chatting Amazon and e-commerce with you. So it’s actually been a while since I’ve had you on. I’m just kind of curious what’s going on in the Amazon tool space. Yeah. You know, I think that very similar to what you’re seeing in just the Amazon space in general, there’s a lot of investment coming into this space and a lot of development coming into this space. And I think that’s awesome for Amazon sellers because everyone is able to

03:23
you know, get a better product at the end of the day, right? So we acquired a company a little over a year ago, maybe a year and a half ago in the, in the general e-commerce space, which is going to allow us to offer additional resources for Amazon sellers who are looking to expand their business. And, you know, we’re seeing a lot of that in the general tool space, the general tool space. We sound like a bunch of tools in general, in the general space around software that’s helping Amazon sellers.

03:53
you know, compete and grow and build their business. one thing that I’ve noticed from teaching my classes, you know, a lot of people will get some early success with Amazon, but as they start getting bigger and bigger, it becomes increasingly a problem how to actually maintain your Amazon account. Like bad things happen all the time. Like you might be running low on inventory or like you might’ve had a rapid drop in sales in a certain skew. What I wanted to get out of today’s podcast interview is a good

04:22
Process and I know you interact with a lot of seasoned Amazon sellers the process like the day-to-day Really on how to actually manage an account that’s growing with a whole bunch of different products

04:33
Yeah, I think there’s a lot that can be learned by studying successful Amazon brands and Amazon sellers. And one of the things that I have found with all of the sellers that are building businesses that are successfully growing, and I know we could all define success in different ways. So whether you’re building a $50,000 a year business or a $5 million a year business,

05:02
these traits are similar and the first and it all starts with goal setting. I know it sounds so simple to say, but it’s something that so many people aren’t doing correctly. Do you actually know what you’re trying to accomplish this year? Do you have that written down in a specific measurable way? And is it actually obtainable? And you know,

05:26
Within Amazon or within e-commerce, there’s a lot of different types of goals that you can be setting up. So do you have goals around your sales? Do you know how much, not just do you want to do this year, but how much you’re planning to do this month? And what level of profit are you trying to do that at? And how much ad spend do you want to put to that? What do you want your target ad spend to organic ratio to be? How many reviews do you want to get? These are all different.

05:55
types of goals that Amazon sellers can set, but without a goal, a plan is just a wish. And so you have to have a path to get yourself to the number that you’re trying to target for this year. Give me an example of a really tight concrete goal. So we’ll hear a lot of sellers tell us that they want to grow from a million to 2 million.

06:22
That’s a simple goal. want to grow my top line sales from a million to 2 million. But the complexity of that, that’s the simple part of it. The complexity of that is what skews are going to get you to double your sales. And the challenge, Steve, is if I say a million, then people who are only doing 100,000 go, I’ll never get that big. And if I say a million and you’re doing 5 million, you go, oh, that’s too small. So you’ve got to put your own number into this to figure it out.

06:51
But if your goal is to double your sales, where is it going to come from? And it’s either going to come from increasing traffic, improving your conversion, or possibly adding more SKUs to your mix. And so you have to have that plan for how you’re going to get there. And so you might look at it and go, oh, I currently have five SKUs and my five SKUs are generating $100,000 a month in sales. And I believe that I can increase those by 20%.

07:21
great, I’m now at 120,000, where’s the other 80,000 gonna come from? Well, now I need to start bringing new SKUs in, or maybe you have a SKU that’s on the bottom part of your catalog that you believe you can really improve. And so by being able to break it down and start looking at your catalog or start looking at your goal in this type of manner, you can start to build that.

07:49
plan for how to get to that path. And one of the things I love to tell people is think of your business as the size you’re trying to get to that’s under improved. I’m not using the right words. They’ll come out. So if I want to be a million dollar brand and I’m only doing 500,000 this year, then I want to be a underperforming million dollar brand as opposed to a half million dollar brand that’s trying to double in sales.

08:16
I’ll look at my business in a different way if I’m underperforming, then I will, if I’m trying to just double my sales, I’ll be able to identify the gaps. And so sometimes people need to just change their thinking a little bit in the way they look at their business so that they can do the gap analysis and figure out really where the products or where the profit or where the targets that they’re going to hit are gonna come from.

08:45
I mean, to be honest, to me, setting a goal of going from one to 2 million is like a terrible goal because it’s not concrete, right? Whereas when you said, hey, I’m going to release 10 more SKUs this year to generate X number of dollars is a much better goal to have. and I always say that you want to look at your catalog in three sections, right? So using the Pareto principle, you’ll have the head of your catalog that’s generating the majority of your

09:14
80 % of your sales will come from 20 % of your SKUs. So that’s the head of your catalog. And you want to treat those differently than the ones that are in the middle, which is probably about 70 % of your catalog, which is different than the tail, which is maybe like items you need to get rid of and you need to stop selling. so instead of looking at it like, want to double the size of my business, you actually need to have little micro plans for every SKU in your catalog.

09:42
And I mean, you’ve got a catalog with a lot of different SKUs. And if you tried to apply one strategy to your whole catalog, you would fail. But if you try to apply a strategy to a group of products in your catalog or products that are performing in a similar way within your catalog, then you can start to group different products and put kind of individualized plans together for how those products or product lines are going to grow over time.

10:12
So let’s go a little bit deeper into all those. So let’s say we’ve isolated our cash cows. What do seasoned sellers, how do they deal with those skews in particular in terms of just even monitoring and maintenance? Yeah. So what you want to be doing is you want to, I say, know your numbers, right? So understand what your projected sales are for those skews, what your projected margins are for those skews. Understand your inventory on those skews because those are the skews you do not want to run out of, right?

10:41
So you want to make sure you have a very specific plan for how you’re going to keep those skews in stock. Because if those skews drop off, those are the ones that are really hard to get back up and running. And those are the ones that are going to just hurt your pocketbook the most if they fall. Yeah. And then in terms of the other skews, do the ones that aren’t doing so well, I guess.

11:09
Do you just tend to pay less attention to them? So I think it’s a matter of balancing your time on a daily basis, right? So on a given day, you want to put your energy to where you make money. And so when you talk about habits from successful sellers, successful sellers are working on the things that make them money. Now, in the green room, before we came online, we talked about social and you had

11:38
specifically mentioned that you’d notice I’d cut back on some of my social interactions. That’s because I kind of realized that my social interactions weren’t leading to the things that make me money. So I needed to be spending my time on something else. It’s a self-actualization of where you’re spending your time. Now, when you’re looking at those middle skews, there may be some that are just highly profitable, but they’re just slower velocity. And you’re okay with that, right? That’s not a bad thing.

12:06
There may be some that have stock problems and so they sit in that middle and the work you need to do is improving the inventory channel because if you can, maybe you can move it up. Everything in the middle is either going to have a green arrow, meaning that your goal is to move it up into the head of your catalog, or it’s going to have a red arrow, meaning it’s on its way out and you want to spend less time on it. The key to this,

12:35
The key to all of this and segmenting your catalog and having goals on a SKU basis is to know where to spend your time. Because the last thing you want to do is wake up in the morning and see that a SKU has been suspended or see that your sales have dropped and then waste half of your morning working on something that really doesn’t impact your business. And if you know from the get-go that that’s a SKU that you aren’t going to spend your time on anyway,

13:03
then when it drops, you just say, okay, I expected it to drop, I’m gonna move on. And at the end of the day, you focused on what matters most in your business and what’s gonna actually drive your business forward. And you didn’t work on an additional output. So when I talked to my team, and it’s a marketing team, so it’s a little bit different, but when I talked to my team, I talked to them about what we call outputs and outcomes. So are you focused on the output?

13:32
that you desire or you focused on the output. The output could be the number of posts that you make. It could be the number of adjustments you make in ads. could be the number of keywords that you optimize. But those are just outputs. If they’re not actually driving the outcome, if ad management isn’t the outcome I desire, then working on ads isn’t really leading me to my end goal. And that’s…

14:00
what you want to ultimately align is by having goals, you now know what outcomes you desire and you can now direct your outputs to ensure that they lead to your desired goals. Makes sense. So let’s add some maybe hypotheticals to this. Maybe a real example of maybe like a day to day or month to month of, of someone who’s just managing an account with a lot of skews. Yeah. So I think that

14:31
when you get into day to day or month to month, you have to get into what I would call like developing an audit plan. And you’ll have different parts of your business that you have to manage in different ways. And so as business owners, we have to do accounting, advertising, competitor analysis, listing analysis, inventory, communication, taxes, I guess it’s, we’re recording this in April, so we might as well mention taxes, all these.

14:59
components that you have to do to manage a business. And so you want to develop kind of an audit plan so that you can understand what parts of your business you want to manage in different ways. Concrete example, advertising. Advertising is something that you need to be managing a couple of times per week. You can’t just set your advertising and forget it. so advertising is something that you either want to be doing on your own or having

15:29
a tool that’s doing it for you or using a service depending on the complexity of your advertising. But it’s something that needs a constant attention. It’s an investment that you’re making, but you only get the return on investment if you’re continually watching it and making the tweaks to it. In contrast to that, have listing optimization. Well, listing optimization is not something you really need to be doing on a very regular basis.

15:58
Maybe once a quarter, you want to be looking at your listing. You want to be checking your category listing report, maybe updating your A plus content, maybe changing some images or something like that. But you want to be keeping an eye on your listing. And so that’s where you can use technology, right? Like a tool like Pro that is watching your listing for you so that if for some reason your title changes or your bullets change,

16:27
you get a notification. And so there are things that you don’t necessarily need to be working on on a daily basis, but you want to be aware of if something happens. And that’s where you can use automation to be kind of watching some things for you on the side while you’re in there, you know, trying to renegotiate with your vendors to get your products on a ship faster. if the conversion rate drastically drops,

16:55
Just hypothetically, is that something that Pro will let you know also? Yeah, so Pro is gonna let you know that. think that Pro will let you know you’ll get, you can either see it on the dashboard or get a notification. I think the question is really, I like to break it all down to there’s the alert, right? There’s being aware that something happens. Then the next stage is the information. So what information is presented to you?

17:21
to understand what happened and then what actions do you take? And so in Pro, we try to answer all three of those questions. In some instances, we can point you in the right direction, but you have to go do some additional research. you know, I had that happen recently for one of my listings, my sales dropped off. Well, what I ultimately found out, I typically say there’s two reasons why your sales drop off immediately. One, you got a negative review.

17:50
I was watching my reviews. knew I did not have a negative review or two, your competitors changed their pricing. And what happened was my competitor for the category of those SKUs changed their pricing dramatically. They dropped their price by almost 50%. Now I don’t know why maybe they were doing it to liquidate some inventory before long-term storage fees or something like that, but they dropped their price by 50%. Well, that was a significant impact on

18:20
my advertising and my sessions. So the sessions is telling me that the traffic on the SKU dropped, but that’s just part of the picture. I now need to figure out why that’s happened and what I need to do about it. Now, I personally made the decision to not do much about it because I didn’t want to change and compete from a price perspective. And three days later, they changed their price.

18:46
And now, you I have to rebuild my listing up because obviously my BSR dropped because my sales changed on that set of SKUs. And I’ll probably miss my mark in a given month, but because I’m watching my pacing for the month and I understand where my, where my sales are pacing, because I have a monthly goal, I was able to identify this quickly and immediately and at least take a deliberate action one way or the other. chose to, I chose to take the action of not taking action.

19:16
But I was at least aware of what was happening and taking action versus being lost and trying to figure out what’s going on.

19:26
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

19:54
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:24
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

20:34
So can we try to enumerate all the little things that a seasoned seller will monitor on their account? So you mentioned PPC already. You also mentioned listing optimization in case there’s any drop-offs. We already talked about sudden drops in conversion rate. What are all the little things that people look out for on a regular basis for an audit? Again, I don’t know how regularly, I mean, some of these things are watched daily. Some of these things are watched, but you need to know if they change.

21:02
Did something happen to one of your costs? Maybe Amazon has resized your product and all of a sudden your fees have changed. That’s killer. That can just crush your profitability. Feedback reviews, obviously we started in that industry. It’s one we always remind people about, but feedback and reviews are critical to your business. And then what you do with them once you get them is critical. Are you making updates to your listing? Are you making updates to

21:31
Are you making updates to your listing? Are you making updates to your processes when you get those reviews? A lot around inventory, right? So Amazon now has this concept of the IPI score. That’s really critical in how much inventory you can send in. We believe around Q4, it’ll also impact the price you pay for that inventory. You have long-term storage fees. You have…

21:58
you know, the impact of inventory and profits. So do you need to run a promotion? Do you have any lost inventory or reimbursements that Amazon owes you for? We kind of covered all the ones around listings. When you get into traffic, you’ve got a lot that you can be kind of monitoring in traffic. Amazon’s released this whole new system called Post. It’s actually really a cool tool if you having…

22:23
If your brand registered and you haven’t started playing with posts, it allows people to start following you. And that’s a number I monitor for my brand. Amazon is starting to release tools for you to connect and promote to your followers, which is an email going to Amazon promoting your brand for the people that engage with your brand as you run a sale or you list new products. You have your stores page on Amazon.

22:50
There’s now detailed traffic around stores page. And then there’s a lot of, I’ll call it new ad placements, right? So Amazon released video ads and they’ve got, they have all these different sponsored product ads and sponsored brand ads and display ads that you can be doing that are all different pieces that you have to monitor. So how much of this can be automated?

23:18
I mean, you talked a lot of different things and it can be overwhelming for someone who’s kind of getting started per se, right? Sure. much of this stuff can be automated? Well, what needs to be manual? Yeah, I think that, well, you know, you’re asking a software guy, so anything can be automated. I think that what’s manual is the development of your goals, right? You’re the one responsible for your goals.

23:47
Then you can use tools and technology like Pro to start monitoring a lot of these pieces for you that give you quick dashboards into understanding what’s going on in your business on a daily basis, what’s changed in your business and what you need to be alert or alerted to. Then ensure that as you’re given the alerts and you’re given the information, you’re spending appropriate time based on the goals that you’ve set. What are you responsible for?

24:17
you’re really responsible for having goals and having plans for your products. And then use a tool and technology to build out that structure for monitoring and reviewing that information and then check it on a daily basis. It’s a quick login. I like to say, start your day with Seller Labs. It’s a quick login to our dashboard where you can see a lot of this information and have a very clear understanding if your ACOST have changed, if your tacos have changed, if you have a new review, if you have

24:47
a critical notification that you need to be aware of. I guess for me, I would actually prefer to get alerts like, oh my God, this one’s product conversion rate just drastically dropped or the sales drastically dropped that needs to come to my attention. Cause at least for my account, and I’m not the largest Amazon seller in the world, but from a day-to-day perspective, not much really changes. Yep. Yeah. So what, what we, it’s funny when we did a survey to our customers,

25:16
They told us that alerts are not very important to them, but they also told us that recommendations, suggestions, and ways to improve their business are. So I think there’s a connotation of alert that automatically means you’re getting emailed, right? And that can become inundating if you’re getting so many emails that you don’t even know what’s important to you. And so we’ve kind of built a system that handles this in two different ways. One is

25:43
the actual alert. If you want to get an alert by email or by text or just by our notification center, you can. And then we also built in a lot of what we call indicators within our tool. And so we have what’s called a product view. And then we also have a catalog view. And when you’re in the product view, which is detail specific to the product or the catalog view, which is more generic to your overall catalog, we have a lot of red green indicators that are saying over this same period of time,

26:11
Here’s how you’re doing compared to the previous period of time. And so you can start to look at that as a seven day or a 30 day or a 60 day window to truly understand how your business is performing compared to the previous window. Now I’ll give an example. When you’re in the month of February and you’re looking at your 60 day window, guess what? All of your arrows are going to be red because you’re comparing yourself to December. But as you roll into other months,

26:39
that may not be the case. And so you have to understand the seasonality of your business and also which period you’re comparing it to, to make sure that you’re analyzing the data correctly and taking the appropriate action. Yeah, I always, for my personal business, I always use a year to year numbers. So the exact same day of the week, the prior year and what happened. And I had a really pleasant experience with this in March because last year during March, our business was in half. And then, so this March, it was way up.

27:09
Yeah, it’s funny. going be a lot of case studies about year over year growth from March 2020 to March 2021, right? Yeah. Okay, so these season pros are using some sort of dashboard, it seems like, to just kind of monitor the key metrics. And then what else are they doing? Well, I think that it’s about taking the appropriate action. Okay. And so I like to say it’s about a macro-micro…

27:37
view, right? So from the macro view, you’re looking at the high level of your account and the high level of your account is telling you whether you’re trending up or you’re trending down. When you go into the product level view, you’re in the micro view of your account and you now see exactly how some products are doing. And so maybe on a weekly basis or maybe a monthly basis, depending on the size of your catalog and the size of your business,

28:03
You want to make sure that you’re kind of what I call changing the lens, right? Are you looking at your business in both directions in terms of macro and micro and how things are doing? And then tying that back into the Pareto principle that we taught, that we talked about at the beginning. And are you spending your effort on the skews that are going to actually generate the outcome that you desire? Because the Pareto principle is the 80-20 rule.

28:31
that states that 80 % of your outcome will come from, I’m sorry, 80 % of your time will lead to 20 % of your outcome and 20 % of your time will lead to 80 % of your outcome. So if you can flip that and you can get your effort on the right pieces, you have a major impact on your business. And we see it a lot at Seller Labs. A lot of people come to us and they’ll say, can your tool help?

29:00
me improve my business? Well, what are your goals? What are you trying to do? Well, I just want to grow my sales. Well, then no, our tool can’t help you. If you come to me and say, my goal is to reduce the A cost on this set of SKUs from 10 % to 8%, okay, great. We can help you. You’ve got a specific goal, and we can now help you put together a plan to get to that and make recommendations.

29:28
to optimize your advertising to get to that number. Now, one thing that a lot of sellers do, and it’s a mistake that sellers make, so I wanna give your audience the warning of this, is what I call unintended consequences, which means that sometimes when you get so hyper-focused on one particular number that you’re trying to drive in your business, you actually end up impacting other numbers unintentionally.

29:56
And a great example of this is if you’re specifically trying to drive, your goal is, want to lower my A cost, I would ultimately say, is your goal really to lower your A cost or is your goal to lower the impact of advertising on your sales? Because I can lower your A cost, but by lowering your A cost, I might also reduce your sales volume. Right. And overall profit. Yeah.

30:25
And here’s what’s really weird, right? Because I think you’ve worked with Ed and I think you’ve actually seen this happen. Sometimes to lower your A cost, I need to increase your spending.

30:38
Yes. And it’s such an inverse mentality that you never think that the solution to lowering your cost is by spending more money. But there are principles that if you can get to a certain position on the page or you can get to a certain conversion rate that dictate that all the metrics turn around and all of a sudden something that

31:06
was not profitable at an 8 % A cost actually becomes more profitable at a 10 % A cost because you improve your organic position and you overall drive more sales. How does one avoid falling into this trap? Because it seems like this is something that’s pretty hard to detect on the surface.

31:29
Are you talking specifically about the ACOST one? Not necessarily the ACOST, but just falling in the trap of doing one thing that affects a whole bunch of other things and pinpointing that that was the original reason. Well, I think it comes back to the concepts of the lean startup, which is pivot or persevere moments. And if you haven’t read the book, The Lean Startup, the lean startup really kind of follows the culture of Israeli product development.

31:59
and gives you a lot of the principles that were used within this. And one of the big principles within this is the idea of pivot or persevere. So it’s a matter of building a system, measuring what is happening, having some desired outcome, and then learning and making the decision to either pivot, which means change the direction, or persevere.

32:27
double down and keep going with the direction. And I think that where a lot of people fail is that they make the decision of the direction that they wanna go, but they don’t actually set the metric by which they’re gonna measure it. And so they don’t know how to come back to close the loop to make the decision of whether that worked for them or not. Now, you and I are both content creators and web people and

32:56
We own two companies and this is kind of a little more complex, but we wanted to actually syndicate our content from one website to the other, which you know from an SEO perspective can be dangerous, right? Well, we were able to set metrics behind that to understand what was happening so that when we did that experiment, we could tell that it actually worked and it drove the metrics that we want, which was an increase in traffic without the…

33:26
the negative impact that we believe that it would have. again, you’re, it back to an Amazon example, if your goal is to reduce your total cost of advertising, and then there are ways to look at it and to say, not just what’s your A cost on a particular ad,

33:48
there’s ways to look at it completely and there’s ways to look at other data such as your placement reports to understand how you perform in particular placements that would say mathematically, hmm, I should bid for this placement over that placement because my conversion rate is 2X better. And this is where some people, it just kind of blows their head and they’re like, I don’t want to think that much and why people come to us and say, can you just run my ads for me?

34:18
And this is where some people go, I love the data and that’s what I want to do. And so I think part of this, like any part of your business is, is determining which of this are your areas of expertise and which of these are areas that you either want to use AI software to do it or where you want to use people and people power to do it, to run it for you. mean, for me personally, the answer is always AI. So in that example that you just gave,

34:47
If there’s a tool that does that, that’s what I would use. Yeah. mean, the complexity of advertising, what we have found the complex, like our AI version of our tool can build out what I would call a fairly sophisticated campaign. The problem is, that ad tech at Amazon has become so advanced with so many different options and variables that it’s impossible for any tool to give you

35:15
all of the potential inputs that you need. So it just depends on like the size of your business and what you’re trying to do with it. If you’re looking to just kind of maintain a certain amount of sales and a certain growth and a certain ACOST, AI and a tool like ours can run a strategy like that for you. If you’re looking to really use advertising to grow your business, that’s where you maybe need to go to like a managed services where you’re getting

35:42
a little bit of that human interaction along with that AI to say, hey, it’s time to start looking at video ads. Hey, it’s time to start adding, you know, to start bidding on this placement a little bit harder just because there’s no AI that can take all of those pieces into account. No, yeah, totally. At least over time, for now, maybe. Maybe over time, it’ll get better. Right. And I think like AI…

36:09
artificial intelligence for people that aren’t sure. AI is great for helping you to identify gaps in your business. And really that’s what we designed Pro to be, right? Is a kind of a gap analysis tool for you to then figure out where you need to spend your time and energy. And I think for people getting started, they might run into some challenges that they just don’t know how to solve and they need to seek help to solve them or

36:38
they might be simplistic enough that some basic strategies can solve their problems and meet their needs. Jeff, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about some of the things that are really moving the needle for the successful Amazon sellers that you encounter. It could be like new features that Amazon’s offering. It could be the latest strategies and tactics. What are you seeing out there? So I’ll give you, I’ll give you a couple here. One on the advertising front.

37:08
we are seeing really strong success with video ads. Okay. Fairly easy to produce a video ad. So walk me through this. Where does the video ad go? Where is it displayed? So you need brand registry. Video ads are displaying on the search results page. If you scroll about a third of the way down on the page, they’re also showing up on mobile and Amazon is starting to make more and more placements for video ads.

37:38
still kind of a first mover advantage in the fact that not everybody’s gotten into video ads yet. And it gives you the chance to really explain your product to your consumer. We have a company who we develop video ads for, they’re a t-shirt company. They literally just have somebody wearing the t-shirt turning in a circle so that you can see how the shirt fits when it’s on you. So don’t think that you need to have these highly produced videos.

38:08
to make these work. It’s really just humanizing your product. Now, video ads are great, but video in general is critical. So Amazon sellers now have the ability to upload video onto their product detail page. That used to be something that was reserved for larger sellers. also, and on Seller Central, there’s a thing, I think it’s under inventory, which is kind of a weird place for it, but it’s under inventory that allows you to manage

38:37
upload and manage videos. And those also show up under what’s called your video shorts. so video just in general has become a much, much bigger play on Amazon, whether it be from the advertising perspective or just from the consumer engagement perspective. What about these Amazon articles or Amazon posts that you were talking about? Yeah. So I think there’s, it’s still very early for Amazon posts. They primarily show up on mobile.

39:06
So when you’re doing mobile scrolls, you’ll see posts very similar to some of the early days of video shorts on Amazon. Post, if your competitors are not doing posts, guess what? Your products show up on their post. It’s a great way to start engaging with your audience and building an audience. And you can build, they don’t allow carousels. You can have carousel ads.

39:32
So your products can be on a carousel where you can show four or five different products associated with one. The ones that have done best for me are lifestyle images, real uses of your product. That’s what people want to see. One of the tricks I’ve learned kind of the hard way, you cannot repeat any kind of image on post. So they want new content whenever you do it. you have to, you I recommend you just sit down and you plan a number of posts every month.

40:02
I think for every seller has to kind of determine how competitive their category is. For one seller, they might be getting a thousand views and might be happy with a thousand views. For another seller, they might be getting 10,000 views on a post. And so you have to kind of experiment with it a little bit to truly understand how posts will impact your business and traffic to your website. So what type of posts work well? Like I said,

40:30
lifestyle images seem to work a lot better than like infographics. I also think that ones that are showing your, your product like in use, right? So, so not like highly produced lifestyle, but literally pictures of your product being used, like the types of pictures you would want to see in a customer review are the ones that are working really well in post. So in terms of

40:59
just the time and the ROI on these things, because obviously it takes time to post these. What have you seen? So I experimented with these at the beginning and then I kind of stopped and then I kind of came back to it. I think it comes back to what we talked about at the beginning and kind of where you’re at in your business. If you’re just getting started, I wouldn’t spend my time on posts. They’re not going to move the needle. Okay. If you’re at the point in your business where, where,

41:29
you have an extra hour or a month, you can sit down. you’re already producing these images for Instagram or any other social channel, it’s just literally an hour of your time to schedule the post on Amazon. Video is one that I would probably put higher up in my to-do list, primarily because video can really have an impact on the engagement and conversion on your product detail page.

41:59
And so therefore it just has a higher overall value impact. Now, again, depending on the size of your catalog, you want to work on the video on your highest volume products. And so you can use a report within seller central that shows you your session data, or you could use a tool like Pro to see your session data. And you can actually sort your products by session to see which are your highest sessions or like unique users to your page.

42:27
sort by your sessions to see which of your products are getting the most amount of volume and just start working on that. And I think that’s really the case, whether it be video or A plus content or stores or any of these other ancillary Amazon activities, you’ve got to get your basics nailed down, right? You have to have your product photography, your listing and such. Then when you start to expand into these other pieces,

42:56
then you want to focus on the ones that are the highest value to you. Now, if you have a catalog and you don’t want to build out an A plus page for all of your catalog, build out a generic A plus page that talks about your brand in general and post that across everything. And then when a page hits a certain threshold, then go spend the time to build out A plus content for that page.

43:21
So in terms of the video that you’ve emphasized many times during this talk here, would you say that you should just be going all in on video? Because I can see any sort of motion as you’re scrolling will entice people to look at something, right? And I’m sure the click through rates on those are a lot higher.

43:37
I’m a visual person. So I would put my emphasis on photography, number one, and video number two. Okay. And the only reason I say that is because, you know, mobile dictates a lot of traffic and transactions on Amazon. And if you haven’t used the Amazon app to shop, it’s time to crawl out from under your rock. just kidding. Just see what you’re like.

44:07
It’s amazing how many people have never looked at their own product detail pages on a mobile device.

44:15
So my question would be, have you looked at your pages? Have you looked at your competitors’ pages on a desktop, on a mobile device, on an iPad, and understand how you’re being presented to your consumers? Images sell. That’s the truth. When we’re talking about listing optimization and listing creation, it’s really about feeding the Amazon algorithm for organic search. Unless you have a highly technical product, people are not reading all of your bullet points.

44:45
Right. Sorry.

44:48
They are looking at all of your images. And very few will scroll down unless it’s a complicated product also, right? Right. When I went to buy a ping pong table, I read everything. I read multiple reviews. I did a lot more research. When I’m buying, I’m trying to think of something I just recently bought on Amazon, but when I’m buying a coaster or a silicone ice tray, I’m looking at the pictures.

45:16
I might look at the reviews in general, but I’m not reading them to me. I’m not putting that much research into it. so whatever your main selling points are of your product, those have to come across to your consumers inside the images. Otherwise your consumers are going to not understand your product, your value and your brand. Yeah. And that’s why putting the bullet points in the images itself itself often helps. Right. Exactly. And this has just been an evolution over the last few years.

45:46
in terms of how important images have become to the overall sales process. So I know you encounter a lot of sellers and you probably have a pretty good pulse on this. What’s the counterfeit knockoff situation like these days where the false negative reviews, all those problems, has Amazon done a good job at solving them so far? So I think that it’s a cat and mouse game that Amazon will never win. think if you’re a reseller, you’ll always kind of be battling

46:15
proving that you have the ability to sell that product. If you’re developing your own brand, it’s critical for maintaining your product and your brand. still see big brands who… So Amazon has something called price competitiveness. It’s a number that they follow within their system. It’s actually looking to see how your product is priced compared to your product other places. I do see a lot of brands that have trouble with that.

46:45
particular metric because knockoffs will put, will try to steal their brand other places, not just on Amazon. So I guess, you know, problems that increase as your size of your business increases. Amazon has gotten a lot better in terms of the data that you can provide during the brand registry process around design patents and patents and trademarks to help you protect and to identify who the

47:15
approved sellers are on your product. But I don’t think it’s something that will ever go away completely because there’s just too much money to be made from it. So it’s always a cat and mouse game. How many of your clients are using Project Zero or the Transparency program? So I don’t know the number off the top of my head, but I know the ones that are using it really love it. And for those that aren’t aware, it’s you end up paying a small little fee.

47:43
per unit to put a unique barcode on your product, which then allows Amazon to validate that your product is really from your brand. I was going to do it for one of my products just to do it so I could go Talk about it. Yeah. Yeah. Just so I could talk about it as somebody who’s done it. But the challenge of implementing transparency is that-

48:10
it’s really easy to do for a new SKU. It’s hard to do for a SKU you already have in stock because you essentially have to pull your inventory out or you have to get to a point of inventory zero so that you can restock with the transparency SKU. So it’s a little bit of a catch 22. I think if you’re having issues with a particular product and you’re looking to kind of revamp and redo that product, it’s absolutely worth

48:40
the 15 cents or whatever minimal charge that they make on it. If you have a pretty entrenched inventory at Amazon, it adds a lot of complications to implementing the system. Cool. So Jeff, what are you looking forward to in Amazon for this year? Anything you have a look out for? I think the, I’m going to do a blog post on this and I’ll share it with you. I think inventory is going to be one of the biggest storylines of the year.

49:08
We’ve had a lot of impact in 2020 from COVID around inventory and shipping. I don’t think it’s, unfortunately, I don’t think it’s gonna get any better. I think that we’re already starting to see the docs backed up. We’re already starting to see shipping times take longer and we’re starting to see shipping cost increase. And so we’re seeing a lot of sellers

49:37
try to source or resource their products from somewhere maybe in the US or more NAFTA oriented that’s easier for them to get their products into the warehouse. with some of the changes Amazon has made around IPI score and limiting inventory for new products, I think that managing a just-in-time inventory system is critical to your Amazon business.

50:06
which is just a whole new complexity that Amazon sellers didn’t have to deal with two years ago and they have to deal with today. And so there’s still a way to launch a business and use FBA, but to really expand a business and grow a business, you have to get some kind of third party logistics center involved. As a proponent of building e-commerce websites, you and I both agree that

50:35
you probably need that anyway. So it’s a good problem to kind of solve for, but I think it’s one that even with Amazon, we’re starting to see more and more. And the good sellers are the ones who quickly adapted last March and released merchant fulfilled opportunities. And we’re able to capture sales, while others were still trying to figure out what to do. And I think that as we roll into

51:02
the Christmas time period, the Q4 time period, we’re going to continue to see Amazon with limited inventory and expanded inbound shipping times. mean, a year ago, pre-COVID, Amazon was taking a week to receive and stock your products. It can take three to five weeks for Amazon to receive and stock your products.

51:29
And I just heard a lot of horror stories from people during Christmas of product they shipped into Amazon that never became sellable. That they either needed to pull out of the inventory or pull out of the warehouse or was just inventory that they had stocked for Christmas or they couldn’t get their inventory in. I know one seller who was planning to sell 200 units a day and it was a new SKU, but he was limited to 200 units.

51:59
based on the inventory rules. So how could he ever get to, you so if you know you want a Q4 product and you know it’s going to have a higher volume, you almost have to get it in early and start building up your inventory, which is just a totally new game for sellers to have to figure out. I was actually pleasantly surprised that the fee increases for this year weren’t that high for FBA. Yeah, I think Amazon had to do that.

52:25
There are fee increases coming in June. They delayed them and they’re not as high as everybody was initially anticipating. But I think that’s also, can Amazon really put all these restrictions on you and then charge you more to do it? It’s gonna get to a point of diminishing return where it’s just easier for you to use a third party and merchant fulfill and not put it into FBA.

52:53
Oh, I mean, I still think the prime badge is still. Well, I was going to caveat and say that you need the prime badge and FBA is critical to your sales, right? Like 100%. I saw that with a product I launched last summer. When we, when we went to FBA, our sales more than doubled for just literally no more than the product being in the warehouse. Yeah. But it was a lower volume product. wasn’t a product that 200 SKUs was at.

53:21
200 units of inventory was ever a problem. I was selling two to three a day of each SKU. So it just depends on what type of SKUs you’re trying to launch and what kind of volume you’re trying to launch them with. And seller fulfilled prime is still not really a thing. Is that right? Yeah, that has been basically shut down now for over two years. Yeah. A lot of these companies like ShipBob and Deliver and

53:52
companies like that are really trying to work with Amazon to implement two-day shipping and get seller fulfilled. But Amazon, as far as I’m aware, has not made any third-party logistic companies, seller fulfilled, prime eligible. The only people that were ever seller fulfilled prime were companies that had their own warehouse. Yeah. Okay. So things aren’t changing on that front. So yeah.

54:20
I mean, we’re our own 3PL since we do personalization and we’ve been trickling inventory into Amazon for as long as I can remember now actually. You have to, mean, obviously now with personalization, I think there’s an automatic expectation that it’s just going to take longer. you, you, you have a different mindset of your customer. Oh, meant, uh, personalization causes us to actually hold our own inventory. Right. Yeah.

54:47
But you’re getting, but the customers are buying on Amazon and asking for a personalization. no, no. We’re selling blanks on Amazon. just- Oh, got it. Okay. You’re not selling your, you’re not doing handmade or customized on Amazon. Well, we are with a couple of SKUs, but that’s a very tiny piece of our business. I guess my point was, you know, all these IPI scores and everything have forced us to just kind of trickle in inventory instead of just sending a whole bunch in all at once. Yeah, it’s definitely, I mean,

55:16
you and I are about the same age. It’s definitely the just-in-time inventory system that the automotive manufacturers all had to figure out, right? And I think that it’s just adding a new complexity to your inventory and your inventory management. And you now have to possibly consider doing weekly shipments to Amazon based on your 30-day sales versus taking your, know, two years ago, you took your whole container from China.

55:45
Yeah. And you, and it hit the dock and you sent it into FBA. Yeah. I mean, it’s still possible depending on your sales volume, but yeah, it’s, it’s much less likely to happen unless you have an insane volume. Right. And again, if you’re trying to do that, you can’t do that with a new SKU, right? Because there’s definitely automatic restrictions on new SKUs. So yeah, if you have a high volume product, you can build your inventory up to be able to do that. Um, but you know, it’s a, it’s an added complexity.

56:15
that Amazon sellers have had to figure out. And I think, you know, there are ways to make your Amazon business simplistic. And then there are complexities that come as your business starts to grow. And I think that’s, that’s ultimately, I guess, to kind of bring it back. That’s ultimately where you want to build systems and processes and routines to take care of things for you so that you can be spending your time working on the more complex things that you need to actually build and scale your business. Yeah. mean,

56:43
That’s a great segue. I actually really like the dashboard and audit system. if people want to learn more about that, Jeff, where can they find you if they have any questions and the tools?

56:56
Okay, I did a long pause there on purpose so your editors can fix this. Do you have a certain URL you want to give them? Oh, it doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter. didn’t know if we had a vanity URL that we’ve used with you. If you don’t, just create one, whatever you want to use. Whatever you say now, just you can create it and then…

57:25
I usually know these things before I come online. I’m sorry. Don’t worry about it. It’s not a big deal. That wasn’t the motive of this. No, I know. Okay. Are we ready? Yeah, go for it.

57:38
Yeah, if you want to learn more about Seller Labs, you can either connect with me on LinkedIn or you can go to sellerlabs.com slash quit Q U I T and learn more about our Seller Labs Pro and we’ll have a special offer for anyone that is a listener of your podcast. Yeah. And I just wanted to say this as an aside, these days there’s just so much stuff that you need to monitor.

58:03
And just to give you an example of this, whenever I have to send out a promotion on my store, I log into four different tools to do so. And if you’re trying to monitor all these metrics, it’s nice to have just everything in one place. Jeff, thanks a lot for coming on the show. Steve. I appreciate you having me.

58:22
Hope you enjoy that episode. And as I mentioned earlier, Amazon is just constantly changing and you don’t call the shots. Now their policies are changing for the better, but it is a gradual process. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 368. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

58:49
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

59:17
Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

367: How To Use Instagram DM Automation To Grow Your Sales With Natasha Takahashi

367: How To Use Instagram DM Automation To Blow Up Your Ecommerce Store With Natasha Takahashi

Today I have my friend Natasha Takahashi back on the show. Natasha is the founder of the School Of Bots and she is my go to when it comes to bots and automation.

In this episode, we discuss Instagram DM automation which is going to be a huge driver of sales for ecommerce. In fact, Instagram Automation is one of the main reasons that I’m building up my Instagram account right now.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Instagram automation works
  • How to use Instagram DM automation to increase your ecommerce sales
  • Practical examples on how to incorporate Instagram DM automation into your marketing flow

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend, Takahashi, back on the show. And if you don’t remember her, she is the founder of the School of Bots. She was a speaker at Seller Summit 2020, and last time she was on, we discussed Facebook Messenger bots. Well, today, we’re talking about something that is even more interesting, Instagram DM automation. In fact,

00:26
Instagram automation is one of the main reasons that I’m building up my Instagram account in the first place. She’s also giving a free five day Instagram automation challenge next week. I’ll include a link in the show notes where you can sign up for free. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store, and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

00:53
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:22
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:51
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:20
the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:42
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Natasha Takahashi back on the show. Natasha is someone who I met at social media marketing world a while back and she is my go-to when it comes to bots and automation. She is the chief marketing officer and founder of the School of Bots and she’s spoken at lots of industry events like social media marketing world and traffic and conversions. Anyway, today we are gonna talk about something really exciting, Instagram bots, which is pretty new. And with that, welcome to show Natasha, how you doing?

03:10
Thank you so much for that awesome intro as always. It’s always a pleasure catching up and talking marketing with you. So I’m excited for us to dive into this because like you said, it’s something brand new that I would imagine a lot of the people listening, this might be the first time they’re hearing about this and what’s possible with it. So I’m excited to dive into Instagram DM automation chatbots. Yeah. So last time you were here, I remember taking away your Asian membership card, but you’ve been killing it for the past couple of years. I’m back to you right now.

03:40
So what have been working on lately that’s been super exciting? Yeah, I love it. I always love doing Asian jokes with you. know, feel like there’s no other Asians that I really speak with in the marketing space. I love it. It’s because they’re all doctors and engineers and true. Yeah, true that. Or the outcasts. But anyways, right now what I have been working on is outside of messenger bot strategy for ourselves and our clients.

04:02
We have been testing Instagram DM automation as well as WhatsApp, is a separate conversation, but I just wanted to mention it because it’s all kind of a part of the same ecosystem. Instagram DM automation, we’ve been testing for the last few months. So let’s say since like February or March of 2021. And it’s going to start gradually rolling out to all accounts on Instagram coming up here for the rest of the year. But the things that we have found to be really interesting with this channel is that

04:29
people receive businesses, influencers, business owners, right? Personal brands receive so many DMs that they get overwhelmed with on Instagram compared to pretty much any other channel at the moment, just because Instagram combines the social network aspect with all the organic traffic, right? Like stories with DMs so seamlessly that people just get inundated. Someone’s replying to your story or they want to know more about your products. And Instagram itself is such a buyer’s platform where according to them, 81 % of people who

04:59
go to Instagram on a regular basis or searching for products and services. So it’s pretty massive. Did you say 81 %? Yes, 81%. So yeah, it’s definitely massive to where I can even recognize that in my own consumer behavior, like I’ll go to Instagram and want to look up, you know, something for home decor or certain apparel that I might be looking for. So it’s a lot based around I would say tangible ecom though, when it comes to products and services, because Instagram has, I think,

05:26
Like it hasn’t evolved yet for our world of like info commerce and that kind of thing. But long story short, results have been way higher than I would have honestly expected. Like right off the bat, it’s very easy to gain ROI with this channel. So we can dive into all the nuances, you know, in specifics, but I’m overall really stoked on this because I think it’s an easier way for marketers and businesses, even influencers on their own to start to build automation in a place where they’re feeling the pain of DMs the most.

05:54
and then actually be able to drive even more DMs because they now have automation set up. So it’s a nice entry point into like the chat bot marketing and automation space, I think. Do you us to share some numbers? You said the ROI is really high. Do you have any examples? Yeah. So overall, let’s say the difference between sending someone on a story to a swipe up link and then actually telling them in a story to DM you, let’s say a certain word, like, you know, for this podcast, let’s say that you were creating a story and then in the story said swipe up to listen to the podcast.

06:24
The difference between that number and you saying instead in the story, Hey, DME, the word podcast, you know, and I’ll send you our latest episode in DMS that difference in terms of leads generated or any number that you’re looking at for an important action for somebody to take is on average 500 to 800 % higher for us with every test that we’ve run so far, pretty much since the beginning. sorry. Can you repeat that again? just having someone type in a word in DMS versus what, is it competing against? Like the click through.

06:52
Right. So, so the click through to a call to action that you make on a swipe up story. something like, you know, podcasts, listen, let’s say it’s a, you know, a product that you’re recommending, whatever it might be, the difference between that number of leads generated or even clicks is 500, 800 % less than when we tell people to DM in the conversation then. So imagine, you know, you’re DMing a word.

07:18
on the story, because you’ve got that bar at the bottom of Instagram stories, right? So maybe you DM the word podcast, that user will automatically get a response back the same way it works with messenger where they’ve triggered automation. And then from there, we always have people interact in that first message to confirm they want to get whatever it is that you were offering, right? So maybe it’s the podcast, maybe it’s a discount code or some offer. And then from there in the second message at minimum, we’ll then share a link or, know, if

07:44
Let’s say in another example, not to divert too much, but just to let people know what’s possible. Let’s say you want to actually capture emails and that’s the purpose. So in that step that people are going to engage, either they click to a link to get some offer or they’re giving you information that step there has generated 500 to 800 % more leads on average compared to sending people to like a website page with a swipe up and then trying to get people to opt in or something of the like there. Does that make sense? Yeah. Yeah.

08:13
I would think that typing in a word would have more friction than just clicking on a link though, but I guess that’s not the case. Yeah. The interesting thing right now is that, uh, without considering another feature that we can talk about in a moment, which is that there is a way to send a DM to people who comment on your posts without considering that feature right now, 50 % of DM conversations on Instagram from people to businesses start through stories.

08:39
So it’s a pretty big engagement channel when it comes to actually starting a conversation. And that’s why it’s been really interesting to see how many people start a conversation and then that friction point of actually getting people to engage initially with the conversation. People are kind of striving for that. Like they want to feel, you know, that relationship or connection and DMS are very easy to reply to. So it’s, it’s surprising, but it’s also not when it comes to the behavior that people have in Instagram DMS. Okay. So.

09:08
Actually, before we get into like the depths of Instagram DMs, can we just do a quick comparison? Last time I had you on here, we talked about Facebook Messenger. What are the primary differences between Messenger and Instagram DMs? So there are four main differences that I would look at. And whether you are newer to Messenger or you’ve already tested some things out there, I imagine that this will all make sense when it comes to visualizing that difference. So the first thing would be the message formats that are available.

09:35
If you’ve ever interacted with a messenger bot, maybe one of Steve’s bots, right, you can see that there are ways to add images and these card gallery style things. You can add gifts. There’s different types of media essentially that you can send through a messenger bot. And the engagement interaction options are also a little bit different. So for example, there are buttons. There are also these little bubbles that are called quick replies on the backend. And people can also type in, you know, to engage with a conversation on a messenger bot.

10:04
With Instagram, there are only the little quick replies that are available. So you can still share like pre-filled options. So for example, you’re like, Hey, are you a marketer or a business owner inside of Instagram DM? And the user could see two buttons that says marketer or business owner. So you can use those button options, essentially. I’ll just call them buttons from here on out, but truly they’re called quick replies on the backend. And so you can use that as well as open user input. And that’s really the extent of the message format.

10:33
You can also send images and gifts, but you can’t send any other type of media or use, for example, integrations with like shop, which you can do with messenger. So that would be the first main difference. Any questions on that? it’s much less functionality at this point is what you’re saying. Correct. And I actually think that this is really beneficial for businesses because a, it simplifies things and two, it narrows the scope of

10:56
of how you would accomplish like your specific use cases. So while it doesn’t like put a damper on the results you can generate, it makes things more simple when it comes to designing the conversation. Can you use keyword automations? Yes, you can. Okay. So are those keyword automations general to the entire bot or are they specific to a certain question that you might ask? So if you use, for example, a tool like ManyChat, where you are designing a conversation and you want to capture somebody’s input,

11:23
at a certain point in the conversation, that’s when you can either share a button or tell them to type in something. But when it comes to keywords that are more general that you wanna have people opt in with, like on stories, for example, like we were talking about, then that would apply to the entire pod. But there’s more back-end conditions and logic that you can add to. Maybe it’s only valid for a certain date or something of the like. Okay, okay. Yeah. So basically it’s…

11:49
It’s a messenger bot where you just have quick replies and then the standard inputs and then the GIFs and the images, which I guess in my experience is what how a lot of people are just using it in the first place, right? Without the integrations to other services. Yeah. And I think that, that the fact that they’ve made it more simple is pretty much mimicking the, peer to peer experience or like the experience without automation, like you said. So

12:13
I think that’s a smart move on their side, given that messenger started to be viewed as very complex with so many different possibilities that people kind of got caught up in that and didn’t feel like they knew where to start, right? Or that there’s way too many options, you know, what do they do first? And then how do they expand upon that? So I think this is a good move from their side when it comes to message formatting. There are a few other differences. Do you want me to highlight those or? Okay, cool. I’ll just go through those quickly. Second is the way that people can opt in. So as.

12:42
maybe some people have noted in the past, you have a messenger bot that actually has its unique link that’s tied to your Facebook page, right? So while you can go to a page to message it, you could also go to messenger.com. And when you message a page there, there’s a specific link that you get that’s like an identifier for that chat. And actually the same thing happens on the mobile app. It’s just that you’re viewing it in that chat, in that app.

13:05
So long story short, the difference is that Instagram DMs themselves are not their own platform where you can send someone directly to the conversation with a link. You have to send people to your Instagram profile and then tell them to DM you from there. So the way that people can opt in is not quite the same where Messenger has like over eight different ways that you could opt people in. Instagram has a lot of those, but one of the main differences is that link. However, things like someone comments on your post and they can get a DM on Instagram is also possible.

13:34
then people can send you keywords and that kind of thing. But the way they started is a little bit different. Interesting. Okay. So basically what you’re saying is that link no longer exists. You actually have to tell them to physically DM you something. Correct. Okay. Yep. With ads, there’s a little bit more of a prompt. Like you can create an ad that tells people to DM you and it like takes you to DM. So that can happen in the Instagram feed. But let’s say you wanted to tell people in an email, like, Hey, go and check out our Instagram automation. They would have to go to your Instagram profile and then message you from there. So it just adds another step if you will. Right.

14:04
Actually, know, arguably that’s better because I don’t know if you’ve been seeing this with your clients, but sometimes when people click on that link, it ends up with a blank messenger. Yes, if they have been or well, it of depends on how it’s set up, right? Are you saying like a ref URL that you’re sending people to and for new or existing subscribers or both? For a new subscriber. Gotcha. I have not seen completely blank. There should always be that opt in button, right? The one that either says get started or something that’s customized.

14:33
get started, after they click get started, like the rest of the automation doesn’t happen. I’ve had that happen on a number of cases. Yeah. with the European policies, can just address that super quick because there were some changes that happened in November and December, not just for European pages, but primarily for them that changed the way that ref URL opt-ins worked. over the last few months, like the beginning of 2021 first quarter,

14:56
Definitely there were a lot of issues with rough URLs, but I believe most of that has been resolved now. So I personally haven’t seen any issues recently, but I that was an issue like this past year. So in terms of what we’re talking about today and applying to Europe, is it going to be a lot more limited for the EU folks? It’s actually not. The only thing that EU folks can’t do is send media so they won’t be able to send images and gifts. So that might be a downside for some people.

15:21
I think they’re working on figuring out a way to enable that. It really just comes down to, think, Facebook and Instagram’s code and the way that they were doing it. So I imagine that will hopefully be something that they restore in the next few weeks or the next few months. And so then that way EU folks can still do everything else that we’ve been talking about so far. It’s just the images, GIFs, videos, that kind of thing that they won’t be able to send. OK, in that respect, this is much better than Messenger, right? Because there was a lot of limitations on Messenger that they introduced to the EU folks.

15:50
When compared to this, it’s honestly the same. The difference with the EU folks was some of the features that they could use to drive people in. So, and we can totally talk about this as well if you think this would be beneficial for your audience, but things around like sponsored messages, for example, that aren’t available, the way that people opt into ads or even the messenger data that you can leverage for ads, I would say that was the biggest impact. And then when you follow up with people, which is another one of the major differences I can talk about in a moment, like,

16:19
how you can actually follow up with that 24 hour window or other methods. That’s actually where Instagram is more limited than messenger. You folks are not because there’s no other way to reach out to people. There’s no sponsored messages. There’s no, you know, one time notification or message tags. So you just have that 24 hour window to message people. I see. I see. Okay. So it’s a little bit less flexible is what you’re saying with IG, right? Right. And, and I think that that’ll change up given that Facebook’s

16:47
overall mission is to bring WhatsApp, Messenger and Instagram DM all together, not to turn them into one platform, but their initiative that they call interoperability is to create the same messaging experience on all those three platforms. So I imagine we’re going to see everything start to adjust because the experience is a little bit different on each platform right now, but we see Instagram and Messenger starting to align, especially with this chat pod automation. So I think within the next year, for example, we’ll see Messenger and Instagram DM have

17:16
pretty much the same experience. All right. So let’s talk now about like the power. So what are cool things that you can do in Instagram that didn’t work as well in messenger? That didn’t work as well in messenger. Good question. I think the organic traffic is a big one when it comes to like actually getting leads in.

17:38
I will say that Facebook stories often time get more viewership, but Instagram stories get more engagement. So that would just be a subtle difference that I’ve been noticing. But when it comes to use cases.

17:51
I guess honestly, to answer your question just straightforward, there’s not really anything that didn’t work in Messenger that would work better in Instagram. It’s actually one of the best things that you can do is if you already have Messenger tests, experiments, live campaigns that are running, then I would recommend that you replicate that in Instagram to see if you can get the same results. Because if your audience is somewhat similar on both platforms, then you likely will. There will be some behaviors and things that are different, but everything from

18:19
quizzes to customer support experiences to giving discount codes, anything like that is all pretty much the same when it comes to Instagram use cases that you’re like driving traffic to, if that makes sense. Yeah, you know, for some reason though, for me at least, and I’m obviously not the representative Instagram user, but for me, getting a message in my IG seems almost less intrusive than getting one in Messenger. That’s totally fair.

18:45
I think given that we like the average user does get spammed a bit with Instagram DM, which I think is one thing to note. then secondly, like you said, I agree. think Instagram is less intrusive for whatever reason, because of the way that we all look at the platform. think that DMs are maybe like, because it’s one of the only ways that people can really engage with you there. I think it does provide a more like wide net where you’re okay with someone sending you an Instagram DM. But like you said, Messenger seems to feel a lot more personal.

19:16
Let me ask you this, you just mentioned that if you already have Messenger flows in place that you should just try them on Instagram. Presumably you’ve done this with a number of clients. I know it’s kind of early since this just got released earlier this year, but when you compare the two head to head, what have you been seeing? We’ve actually been seeing very similar results when it comes to the click rates going all the way through, know, retention. And then with the results of somebody actually taking action on what you’re offering them. So let’s say they went through a quiz or you’re trying to capture an email.

19:45
and then eventually get somebody to either buy something or to download something from you, like a lead magnet, right? To be frank, those numbers have actually been pretty similar across the board. What has been different is the amount of organic traffic we’re able to drive with stories specifically, and then posts now too. So I guess when it comes to volume, if you haven’t done a lot of paid traffic with Messenger, or you’re just looking to raise your organic efforts and get a ton of free leads, warm traffic, presumably, given that stories.

20:13
will be seen by that audience. That’s where I think Instagram shines because it creates this re-engagement channel where people are watching stories all day, every day, like even more than they’re on their feet at this point. And so when it comes to getting people back into a DM conversation with stories, I think that’s where Instagram shines. And we’ll see how that changes with, know, posts now being available too, but that’s been the main differentiator. So when it comes to the actual conversation though, and converting people there for whatever your use cases, it’s actually been pretty similar.

20:43
But because this is newer also, I imagine that the Instagram numbers might be a little bit higher at some points, especially if we’ve like exhausted a campaign on Messenger or for whatever reason, the Instagram audience is like more attracted to that offer, let’s say, than maybe the audience was on Messenger. I can see that. in fact, you could probably re like if you have a pretty decent IG account, you can pretty easily re-engage with these people without having to pay for ads. Whereas with Messenger. Right.

21:11
at least from what I’ve seen, a lot of these pages aren’t getting the same organic reach. so Instagram, like the stories, seems to always reach people pretty well. Right, exactly. And maybe even with posts, you know, people notice that your Instagram posts just get more reach organically than Facebook. And it makes sense because it’s a numbers game. At the end of the day, Instagram has about like half a billion, I think, less followers or actually, I think it’s about one billion, actually.

21:37
less not followers, but users than Facebook. So naturally Instagram is a smaller platform, which means you’re going to get more organic reach as it grows. That’ll probably change. But I think that’s one of the biggest differences. Like you said, is that there’s a lot you can do with the free traffic that you already get and getting more, whether it’s leads or ROI sales out of the efforts you’re already putting out on Instagram, but redirecting the CTA to a conversation rather than to just like a link. Can you

22:05
I don’t if you know these numbers offhand, but can you just kind of comment on like the growth direction of Instagram versus just Facebook in general? Yeah, so Instagram in specific, they reached actually a billion users this year in 2021. So Instagram itself is the fastest growing social network right now. Facebook, as we all know, does have quite a bit of fake accounts also. So that’s just something to consider. And with Instagram, I don’t know which one has more given Instagram has always been focused on

22:35
you know, these bot accounts that everyone sees that are like liking and commenting and following, unfollowing, right? So just a factor to consider there. But when it comes to the growth that Instagram themselves track, their forecast is that they’ve been at a billion now since the start of this year, and they’re looking at about 1.2 billion in 2023. I know that sounds like a little, but we have to remember it’s in the billions. So

22:59
When it comes to the countries, Instagram is the biggest in the US. So that’s also something to consider. Whereas Facebook and even like WhatsApp, for example, if we’re looking at the Facebook ecosystem, these platforms are actually bigger sometimes in other countries. Whereas Instagram is pretty focused on US, India is actually pretty massive. Brazil, Indonesia and Russia are the top five countries. So that’s a little bit of the growth forecast that I have been able to get numbers on and know about. But okay.

23:27
Yeah, with automation, we’ll see how that affects things as well.

23:32
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:00
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:30
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

24:40
So can you just walk me through like a hypothetical example of how maybe like an e-commerce store has used IG bots? Absolutely. So let’s go along the same thread that I was mentioning earlier when it comes to let’s say using a story or a post as an opt-in point. So for example, Mother’s Day happened recently, at least at the time that we’re recording this. And so if you ran a, let’s say promotion for Mother’s Day where you’re doing, let’s say 15 % off.

25:08
This is a really easy use case to implement. You’re already creating content and materials around this. So what that user journey could have looked like is in your stories, you’re saying, hey, it’s Mother’s Day. Do you not know what to get your mom yet? Maybe you do like a multi-story quiz. So if you’ve ever seen e-com stores, actually right now, like this or that is pretty hot, right? Where people like, vote on this or that, right? And it’s just like a poll that you’re saying. So in the same way, Instagram has said that stories with at least three,

25:38
So sorry sequences with at least three stories get the most engagement. And they also in a sense, put your user in the right frame of mind to take advantage of your offer. So if you, for example, had three stories that ask a question about the user’s pain point or challenge or their goals, and you had three of those following each other, then on the last story, so let’s say you have four stories in total you’ve created, you tell people, cool, well, it sounds like you’re still looking for a Mother’s Day gift. So whatever the questions were, they kind of lead to that conclusion.

26:06
And then you say, well, we’re doing 15 % off, DM us the word mom15, and you’ll get a unique discount code or something that’s good for the day of Mother’s Day. So that would be an example of how the opt-in works. So then from there, user DMs you that word or whatever word you choose that’s going to be easy for the person, usually less than seven letters or numbers. And then they DM, that word is triggered through a keyword. As you had mentioned, that’s a feature on ManyChat, for example, or any of these platforms where

26:35
You can trigger a flow now or an automation that starts at that point. And then let’s say with a discount code because you want the user to convert and let’s say that the product purchase might be like less than 50 bucks. At this point, you don’t need to do like a whole lot of crazy nurturing. Instead, you can just say, you know, share your email with me so I can make sure you get the coupon code there as well. Or if you don’t want to, it’s okay. Like go ahead and you know, move on and I’ll share the coupon code with you.

26:59
That way you can get somewhere between 50 to 80 % of the emails of the leads that you’re getting through Instagram. But then you also don’t want to like deter people from being like, well, I just want the discount code. Like, so you can go ahead and let everybody go through, but give them that like optional barrier, if you will. Now compare this option to like a story where. Like you use to send them directly to like the product page with the coupon code already applied.

27:25
Yes. So one of the differences here is that with Instagram DM, instead of sending somebody to the website page, right, where you technically don’t have a way to follow up with them, you can retarget them with ads and content. But when you send someone to the conversation, the biggest difference there is capturing that lost traffic that is going to visit the page and then exit out, especially inside of Instagram, right? Where they’re not like in their mobile browser. So it’s super easy to close out that like web view that pops up. So the difference between sending someone to that

27:54
website page, right? Already apply discount code, like you said, and having them check out and buy. Uh, instead, when you send them through the conversation, adding that friction point, which means that you’re going to convert most, more of those people naturally because they are committing more through each step, Committing these micro commitments. And then from there, you can follow up, let’s say after somebody has clicked on the link, let’s say in 30 minutes or maybe even 10 minutes and be like, Hey, did you find something that you liked? Or like, did you have a chance to check out?

28:20
And then if you’ve got their email, you could even cross-reference that with like your e-comm shop data, for example, and maybe not send that to people who have already bought, but maybe instead say, Hey, thanks for, checking out and getting something cool for your mom, whatever it might be, you know, and then from there, maybe have a few other follow-ups, send people to a blog, do something else. Okay. The other thing that I can apply right. 24 hour rule for, for IG as well. Correct. Yes. From the last interaction. Okay.

28:49
Sorry, I interrupted you. You’re about to say, it’s all good. No worries. No, I was just going to say that when it comes to e-comm shops, one of the most powerful tools you can build is a quiz because then you can add the quiz on the front end or the backend of any campaigns you’re running. So when it comes to like, let’s say a product recommendation quiz in your followups, if somebody’s like, yeah, I didn’t get a chance to check out yet, or I don’t know what to buy. Then that’s an opportunity for you to send people through a quiz, but

29:13
What we’ve found to be effective is if once a week you can create this frequency of putting out a story that drives people into essentially the same product quiz every time, but ideally it should be new traffic coming in, then that’s a really easy way as well to get people to engage, micro commit, and then get a discount code. You can add a cart abandonment sequence, and that’s one of the easiest ways to gain ROI quickly through DM automation for Econ. Can you give me an example of a quiz? So do you like this item or this item, that sort of quiz or?

29:40
Yeah, so the way that we would position quizzes, so let’s say for e-comm specifically, we’re usually looking at a product recommendation quiz so that if you have ideally more than one product, then, or even if you only have one product, although then that’s a little bit shady, right? And you can maybe design the quiz a little bit differently, like can we help you kind of thing? But if you have more than let’s say one to two products, so ideally let’s say five to 10 where you could point people to different things.

30:05
The goal of the quiz is to find out more about the user’s pain points, their challenges, but it’s all multiple choice. So it’s not like a open feedback kind of quiz. Instead, you’re saying, okay, tell me like what you struggle with here. Maybe it’s something around like gym apparel, you know, and you’re digging into their pain points or, know, what their goals are. And you’re going to recommend, you know, the best, let’s say gym pants or something for them at the end of the quiz. So that’s how I would recommend that.

30:31
e-comm shops that have multiple products where people might not be sure what to get from you, or they might want to buy everything from you, but they can’t. So what’s the number one purchase they should make. But when it comes to something like info commerce or sometimes for e-commerce supplies, if you have a membership product or a personalized product, for example, something like Curology, where if you’re familiar with that brand, they put together a custom skincare formula for you. There’s a lot of e-comm brands that are coming out doing something similar where it’s a personalized solution.

31:01
So in those cases, oftentimes they already use quizzes on their websites. So it’s easy to create that same thing so that then they can get that personalized result at the end. So it’s never like a true or false kind of quiz for e-comm shops oftentimes because that won’t convert as high as actually giving somebody a recommendation. But those are good for like engagement and for testing things out to see what your audience wants to get from you. When it comes to having them interact, as soon as they interact with your bot, they become a subscriber, right? Yes.

31:31
Is that combined with your current messenger subscribers or is it completely separate right now? So right now inside of a platform like many chat, both of those types of subscribers, any of the channels are using will all show up in that platform. However, right now there’s not a connection that happens between let’s say the same person with an Instagram profile and a messenger profile. I imagine over the next few months, definitely before the end of 2021, there will be a way to merge those contacts so that

31:59
One contact profile has somebody’s Instagram information, Messenger, Facebook, et cetera. But right now they are separate lists in a sense, even if you have the same person who just has an Instagram profile, but also a Messenger profile with you. Okay. So I can see the value in bringing people back through stories, posts. Does this work for Reels by any chance also? Right now there’s not a direct connection with Reels where, as I mentioned, if you have an Instagram post where somebody comments on it and then you want to send them a DM, that’s doable there.

32:29
That connection doesn’t exist yet for reels or for IGTV for that matter. But with reels, something that we’re testing right now, which is actually doing pretty well is telling people in the real caption or even at the end of the real, like actually put text into the video that says like DME, whatever the keyword is to get access to something like this. So then that way we can gain, we can also gauge like what the actual ROI of some of our reels are given that we know that people with this specific keyword came from that.

32:58
All right. Yeah, that totally makes sense. And so once I have these subs, let’s say I want to get ahold of them with a sponsored message. Does that process work the same way? Right now, Instagram DM does not have sponsored messages. Okay. Which is why getting somebody’s contact information at the start or somewhere along the interaction is beneficial if you want to leverage those leads to the best of your ability. So ideally getting an email in some cases, if you have an SMS strategy, getting their phone number.

33:27
but that would be the best thing to do at the moment. As they start to evolve the platform though, because right now they’re only, I believe at like 10 to 20 % of the features that are gonna be available. So they’re gonna continue to add features as they get more and more data internally. And I imagine sponsored messages will be one of those that will come maybe even before the end of this year. Okay, so, but for now, like the concept of even having a subscriber on IG isn’t really a factor because there’s no way to reach them outside of.

33:54
Correct. That’s not so much a success metric right now because yeah, as you said, it’s not like an email list where now you can say, okay, for each subscriber on my list, I’m gonna make an average of like two bucks or five bucks or something like that. Okay. So in terms of what you see, like obviously this just rolled out, right? So there’s gonna be limited features. What do you see actually happening? Maybe I’ll have you back on in like six months or so. Do you happen to know the roadmap of when these other features are gonna come online?

34:22
They haven’t released any specific announcements around other features, but everything I’ve mentioned so far is already available to accounts that have access. And then what they’re going to be doing over the next few months is rolling this out to certain accounts based on certain factors that I can’t necessarily specify right now, but long story short, everyone will gradually get access. And so when it comes to the new features that they’ll have, I honestly don’t know exactly what it’s going to look like, but because we know their bigger picture is making this

34:52
almost the same experience as Messenger, whether they decrease stuff on Messenger to have it match on Instagram, or they bring more features to Instagram, which I imagine that would be the case. I imagine that Instagram can be a good place for us to look, or I’m sorry, Messenger can be a good place to look to say, okay, Messenger has all of this, so what would that look like on Instagram? That would be kind of the main thing that we can look at. But to answer your question of how this will roll out, all those features will be available. Right now it’s on an application basis, but it’s gonna start to roll out to all accounts.

35:21
And then when it comes to building DM automation for your Instagram profile, I would recommend using ManyChat, especially if you already have a messenger bot there. There are other platforms available and I everyone always wants to know, know, why should I use this platform over this platform or what’s the best? To be honest, the marketing analytics and the automation that you can build in ManyChat is the best. So not that I’m biased or have any sort of agreement with them. It’s really more of us finding what’s the best tool that we can generate results on and happens to be them.

35:49
So I would recommend getting on, they have an Instagram beta wait list, but soon that’ll just be a way for you to like add Instagram to the account you already have. So those would be a few starting steps. Do you absolutely need a tool to use this? You do. You cannot build this to my knowledge, just like on your own. Okay. Next question I have is a lot of people are selling on Instagram physical products right now where they take a photo of their product and then each one of those products they can like tag with the link that goes to the product.

36:18
Is there some sort of automation or some way that you can combine this somehow with that aspect of shopping? Yeah, what I would see this. So right now, no, there is no sort of trigger. can create our automation that happens when somebody clicks into a product, for example, but that’s an example of something that I think will become a feature that Instagram builds because their number one focus right now is commerce.

36:42
And so anything that can, they can do, in fact, they’re giving away like two grand of ad credit to anybody who sets up an Instagram shop at the time of recording this. So, and really it’s a Facebook shop, but it’s on Instagram. So let’s call it an Instagram shop, but, uh, long story short, those features around anybody interacting with your shop. So like you said, whether they click on a product or, uh, there’s a way to trigger, you know, something when somebody is looking or browsing at your shore at your store, I was going to say shop in store at the same time. So, uh, with a shop.

37:11
I imagine that’s going to be the next batch of features that they’re going to be building because this is a huge priority for everybody with e-comm and is also where I think e-comm shops are going to be making most of their ROI is with these shop style triggers. Right. Okay. So let me just see if I can just summarize our conversation and you can tell me whether you agree or disagree with me right now, the way it’s set up and with the features that are currently there, the primary value of Instagram bots right now is to

37:40
try to grab a lead or try to get some engagements so that you can contact them again or do some cool automations after the fact and upsell them other products, right? It’s not as valuable right now for getting them as a subscriber because there’s no way to, for example, pay to get engagement to them. But one thing that I’ve noticed from running my store is if I can get someone on like a DM or on Messenger where I’m actually chatting with them, like a human, I can almost always close the sale right off the bat.

38:09
So would you agree with me on what I said so far? Yes. And to your last point, that’s exactly right. And with e-comm, depending on your price point, really, as soon as you have somebody inside of a conversation, the chances of closing them are very high, or at minimum, getting them as a lead or getting them to even buy like your lowest product, right? And then upselling them from there. So I think for e-comm specifically,

38:32
There’s a lot of upfront ROI that you can generate just by getting them into a conversation and actually being able to manage that with automation instead of having like a full blown sales team having to manage those DMS. And then when it comes to something like info commerce, I think that the same rule applies, but it just depends on your price point. And then like what the next step looks like, maybe it’s a sales appointment or maybe it is a discount code or just getting somebody’s contact info. given that you’re generating all these conversations and sometimes a human has to step in.

39:00
How do you personally manage all of that? So we’ve actually built the same system that we build for Messenger bots into Instagram using many chats platform because what we do is we have an automated customer support system that can answer as many questions as possible. We’re constantly adding to that library of keywords, but also actual AI that can detect what someone is saying and then ideally send them the correct response.

39:26
And then we check, hey, did we answer your question or not right after that? So let’s say somebody is like, Hey, like how has COVID affected shipping or something? So then the bot maybe responds based on some keywords that that user said, like COVID and shipping. And then from there, we would ask them, did we answer your question or did we help you get to the next step to find your solution? And if they say no, this is one place where now we’re going to send them over to live chat. So inside of many chat, have a system where.

39:53
This can get even more specific, like around, you know, what hours, for example, your team is online and that kind of thing. But in the same way that a customer support team or a sales team would go into like Zendesk or Intercom to actually reply to each inquiry coming in, we designed the same system inside of ManyChat so that anybody who needs human help would show up as like an open conversation. And then usually we’ll send like a notification to Slack, for example, where the support team will see that someone from there will get onto ManyChat, answer their question.

40:22
And then once that inquiry is resolved, so the user is happy, or maybe they haven’t heard back in like a day or two, then they go ahead and close that inquiry. And now that user will be on the backend, handed back to the bot. So the handoff is like bot to human temporarily, and then back to the bot. Does that make sense? Yeah, it does. So I know like the many chat keyword automation is pretty limited in that you can just detect like certain keywords or phrases. mentioned the word AI.

40:51
Are you using any more advanced AI tools to kind of parse human speech or questions? Yes. So to preface Facebook and actually it’s technically not Facebook, but there’s a company called OpenAI and they are building AI that integrates really beautifully with Facebook’s platform overall. This is for ads, for apps and other things on the Facebook platform. So long-term, I imagine that that will be the AI we actually leverage. However,

41:19
AI is a very complex and deep topic. So when it comes to the tools that we use right now, some of our bots don’t require AI, but I would say for the majority of them, we at least start to train in AI. So it’s listening to all the conversations and then we tell it how to reply using a tool called Dialogflow. And that tool is owned by Google. So the way that we integrate it is many chat and Dialogflow can integrate. And so we essentially have

41:46
some responses built in Dialogflow and then some responses built in ManyChat so that to the user, they feel like they’re just talking to the same bot, you know, or they’re just talking to your page. But on the backend, when a answer or a message is triggered, it may come from ManyChat or it may come from Dialogflow. What is the distinction? What does Dialogflow do? Yeah, so Dialogflow essentially learns to understand what your users are saying and how to reply to that. So maybe, for example,

42:14
I don’t love restaurant pizza examples, but I feel like it’s one of the easiest things to understand, right? You’re ordering a pizza. And so you might say, hey, I want to order a pizza. And ManyChat catches that. But maybe you say, hey, I’m looking to buy a pizza and I want pepperoni, et cetera on it. And I want it to be delivered at 5 PM. ManyChat may not understand that second inquiry, but Dialogflow can learn to, over a pretty short period of time, learn that that is asking essentially the same question and then confirm with the user that that’s what they’re looking for. So that message of confirmation or like,

42:43
really to the user, just the response that they get would come from Dialogflow. And then Dialogflow can say, okay, we have that function in ManyChat, so I’m gonna hand it back to ManyChat to help them order their pizza. So given that Dialogflow is a lot more powerful than ManyChat’s keyword solution, why not just send everything over there? Yeah, so Dialogflow isn’t built like a marketing platform. So if you plan to use chatbots for marketing campaigns or anything having to do with marketing and sales, that is not just answering customer support inquiries,

43:12
then using ManyChat as your base makes a lot more sense with adding Dialogflow on top. Also, Dialogflow doesn’t have a CRM or some of these other elements like content management that ManyChat has. So ManyChat in a sense for SMBs and mid-tier businesses, even some enterprise, it’s the all-in-one solution where it houses all of your chatbot content, it houses your subscribers, and it houses any automation you would want to run.

43:36
But then dialogue flow, when you’re looking at it from this perspective, then it’s just a layer that you can add on top to enhance the responses that it adds. But it can’t like do things or, you know, it can’t end the best way possible, especially for non-technical or no code marketers and business owners design the same types of experiences that many chat can. Okay. Uh, last question here is as soon as someone exceeds the 24 hour window for like an Instagram message right now.

44:06
the only way to do it is to get them re-engage through some organic way. Is that correct? That is correct. And yeah, I mean, really that’s the case at the moment. Another way that you can engage people actually would be through paid traffic on either stories or Instagram feed posts. So you can actually run a post on the feed. So, okay, an Instagram ad, but it’s on the feed. And then when somebody clicks in to that ad, into that post,

44:36
then they would see an option to DM. So they would need to like click, you know, I want to DM. And then from there, they would get taken into the conversation. So that is a way to reengage people past that 24 hour window. And then also you can run paid traffic to your stories. So literally just replicate, you know, that organic story you had or run a specific campaign. And then when people respond to that, then they’ll come into the DMS as well. So there is a combination of organic and paid options.

45:02
Can you target, can you create a custom audience of just your IG subscribers or people who’ve interacted with you on DM? Yes, you should be able to and a tool like ManyChat makes it really easy because every time someone becomes a subscriber on your ManyChat list, you can also add them to a custom audience. Okay. So in that case, really technically there is a sponsored message then for Instagram DMs,

45:24
That’s fair. Yeah. It’s, it’s a little bit more of an outbound method where you’re like, Hey, you know, DM us instead of being able to just send them a DM directly. But yes, there is a way to reengage, you know, people who have responded to in the past. like you said, it’s not the same. And to be honest, I feel like this model is probably not going to survive past the email channel as more and more messaging channels become available. But the idea that like your subscribers are free and that you’re paying for, messages to be sent out, if that makes sense.

45:53
So just, think the model of how you reach your list is shifting pretty drastically. Now that these messaging channels are available and they have to do like, you what makes sense for them, plus what makes sense for businesses to leverage their lists. Sure. And there’s no broadcast option to your IGDMs, right? Even if it’s for some of the rules with Messenger. Correct. There is no, so with Messenger, there are message tags, for example, which are just certain types of messages that you might send out. That Messenger lets you send outside of the 24 hour window.

46:22
Let’s say for example, you’re hosting a webinar. And so I imagine you’ve probably done this too, right? Is that there’s a tag called the confirmed event update tag. And so you can say, hey messenger, I wanna send this message to 500 people. It’s been maybe a few days since some people have interacted, but it’s a reminder about my upcoming webinar that they all confirmed they’re gonna be going to, or have said, they wanna get reminders about. So you can mark that message that you send out, that broadcast as a confirmed event update. And then from there, when people engage with that message,

46:51
or just click into a website, for example, from that message, then they will now be inside of the 24 hour window again. So there’s not those message tags right now on Instagram, but again, because they’re trying to blend the experience, I imagine that will be also one of the features that they add in the near future. cool. I know you have some cool announcements regarding IGDMs. Let us know what they are. Yeah, so with Instagram DM,

47:18
You know, we’re internally really excited about this because we’ve been waiting like five years for this. So, you know, we’ve had, we’ve had plans in the book for a while, but now it’s actually happening. So we do have a free training that can walk you through exactly how this all works, how some of the top IG accounts are using these features and really how you can generate revenue very quickly with this. uh, Steve, what I was thinking to do is I’ll share a URL that can be just for your audience.

47:44
and they can check out the free training there. We also have a paid course if you’re looking for just advanced training and to dive right in. But this is designed for not only let’s say marketers, but also business owners, influencers, even social media managers. Anybody who is managing an Instagram account can build with IGDM automation. I would say more easily than with Messenger because again, it’s a little bit simpler. So if you are any of those or just wanna create automation for your account, then I would highly recommend that you check out our trainings.

48:12
I can make that like school of bots.co forward slash my wife quit her job. that works to make it easy. Awesome. So yeah, go ahead and check that out. And you know, you’re always welcome to reach out to me as well. You can DM me on Instagram if you want, know, with any questions and I’m happy to point you to, know, helpful resource or an answer to your question. I will say that at least in the physical products realm, like Instagram is where it’s at. And there’s a bunch of students in the class that are getting most of their sales off of just organic Instagram.

48:40
And then just adding this will be a great way to just get contacts and even more sales through the platform. A hundred percent. Yes. So, well, Natasha, thanks a lot for coming on and I’m sure a lot of things are going to change in the next six months too. So I’m eager to hear, you know, all the cool things that are going to be going on.

48:57
Yeah, definitely. Like you said, I am happy to jump back on in six months and be like, woo, look at that. Everything that just happened. Like, let’s talk about it. You know, what does this really mean? What do you need to know? Because I imagine things are going to evolve and move very quickly. Uh, because again, I think that the value is more clear. Maybe the value proposition of DMing or DMing automating your DMS on Instagram versus maybe messenger where you have to drive more traffic. So would love to do that, but thank you so much for having me. Thanks everybody for tuning in. I hope this was insightful for you and.

49:27
you whether you’re going to act on this, which I would recommend immediately, or, you know, just know that this is going on. think this podcast actually did a great job of just giving an overview. thanks as always for being an awesome host, Steve. Appreciate it. mean, I think this is going to work a lot better than just the old messenger of marketing, to be honest with you, especially in the physical products realm. Yeah, I completely agree.

49:48
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, as I mentioned earlier, if you are interested in DM automation, then go to the show notes for this episode and sign up for Natasha’s five day Instagram DM challenge that is happening next week. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequarterjob.com slash episode 367. And once again, I wanna thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

50:14
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K L A V I Y O.

50:40
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA V I Y O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

366: How To Use TikTok To Blow Up Your Business With Keenya Kelly

366: How To Use TikTok To Blow Up Your Business With Keenya Kelly

Today, I’m thrilled to have Keenya Kelly on the show. Keenya is the CEO of If You Brand It and she helps business owners develop multi-million dollar brands.

Keenya is a TikTok and branding expert and she helped me get started on the TikTok platform. This episode was recorded about 3 months ago and since then, my TikTok account has grown to 47,000 subscribers.

Today we’re going to talk about how to use TikTok to market your business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get started on TikTok
  • How to use TikTok to market your business
  • Keenya’s background and how she built her brand on TikTok
  • Keenya’s strategies on how to create viral TikTok videos

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Kenya Kelly on the show and Kenya is a TikTok and branding expert and she was actually one of the people who helped me get started on the TikTok platform. We actually recorded this episode about three months ago and since then my TikTok account has grown to about 47,000 subscribers. And today we’re gonna talk about how to use TikTok to market your business. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider and I use them for e-commerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:59
I also want to thank Klavia, who is also a sponsor of show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change.

01:25
These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:52
And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Kinya Kelly on the show. And Kinya is the CEO of If You Brand It, a branding and consulting firm where she helps business owners develop multimillion dollar brands. And she came highly recommended to me by my friend Michael Stelzner of Social Media Examiner to give you all a lesson on TikTok. TikTok is the fastest growing social media platform on the planet right now. And more and more businesses are using TikTok to drive massive growth for their businesses.

02:53
So today, is going to teach us how to get started on TikTok and how to use it to market your business. And with that, welcome to show, Kenya. Thank you so much. I’m so glad to be here. I’m so happy to have you too, especially since I’m going to be on TikTok in just a couple of weeks. Yes, come on. So first off, Kenya, what is your background and how did you get into TikTok in the first place? Yeah, so my background is my business. I started out in network marketing many, many, years ago.

03:21
But I ended up having like this eye for design. Like I didn’t know I had it until I had like this corporate job that required it. And years and years later, like when live stream got started, I decided that I was gonna leave my corporate job and I was gonna build my own brand design company. I didn’t know all the details that was gonna take, but I had faith.

03:41
And so I launched my own branding and consulting business live on Periscope when everybody was doing the whole Periscope thing. Yes. Yeah. And it did really well our first year in business. And I think it was because I had so much like experience at my corporate job. But eventually, like over the last seven or eight years, design has been amazing, but it can be very tedious and exhausting at times. And so at the beginning of the pandemic, you know, I’m always praying for strategies for my business.

04:11
And I felt like I heard God tell me to get onto TikTok, which I thought was the craziest thing, because I was like, what does he know about TikTok? But I did it anyway. I felt like a grandma, didn’t know what was going on, but I did it. Can we just talk about the demographics of TikTok? Because everyone has this misconception that it’s only teenagers on the platform. For sure. And so, you know, I think when TikTok first started out, when it was musically,

04:36
and then changed the TikTok, it was something that was for the younger generation because like they weren’t, didn’t want to play on Facebook because grandma was there and or Instagram. And so for the majority, for the years, it has been young people on the platform. Now you will notice that there are way more people that are younger, like let’s just say 20s and under posting, but like everybody 30s, 40s, 50s and 60s are there mostly consuming content and not posting.

05:04
Yes, so I just want to say that I had that misconception as well. But all you have to do is when you first go on TikTok, you just start telling TikTok that you don’t want to see certain content, like teenage girls dancing or whatever. And then you start getting the content that you want. And the algorithm is really good. And it’s very addictive, more addictive than any other social media platform that I’ve ever used before. Yeah, absolutely. I know when I first got on, I was like, I was blown away by all the kids or whatever.

05:29
But I realized as I started learning the algorithm that if I interacted with this piece of content, then it was saying, hey, I want more of that. Like I can get caught down a rabbit hole about cats, cause I’m obsessed with cats. like, you know, my TikTok, see a lot of cat videos, soldiers coming home videos, proposals, because I’ve told TikTok what I want. So I noticed that you dance in a lot of your TikToks. Is that a prerequisite?

05:55
No, I am a big time dancer, like, I just found on Facebook or Instagram because it wasn’t part of it. And so, but I have a lot of my clients who never ever, ever dance and they are killing it. Well, cause they don’t know how to dance, right? They don’t want to, you know, so it’s not, you don’t have to. Okay. I just want to get all those misconceptions out of the way. So you don’t need to dance. You don’t need to act like a goofball either. Right? No, no.

06:21
So let’s say I’m a business and I wanna get my brand out there. And I know you do a lot of consulting for TikTok and you have some TikTok courses. How does one even get started? Like from scratch, if you can walk me through the process. For sure. So one of the first things of course, obviously is to download the app. And then you start telling TikTok what you want. I believe that now you get to select like your top three or six choices or something like that when you come onto the app.

06:47
If that’s not there when you download it, then your number one thing you want to do is start consuming content on the For You page, which is basically the content of people that you don’t know. Once you go there and you see something you don’t like, you hold your finger down and click on not interested. And you just keep scrolling. Once you start to do that, then you’re going to tell TikTok what you want. In addition to that, I recommend that a brand and business owner go to the Discover tab.

07:15
Now, what is that? That’s basically where you click on the magnifying glass at the bottom of the screen, and it’s going to take you to another page. At the top of the screen, you’re going to see the word search. And what I would tell someone, no matter what your business is, is to search your type of business. So if you have beauty products or real estate or a podcaster, search that term and then start consuming the content that comes up on that page. Because the average person who comes over to TikTok

07:44
wants to behave like they’re on Facebook or Instagram. But you have to learn that TikTok has a totally different culture than all of those other platforms. And so that’s why I want you to go to Discover Taps. You can see what people just like you with the same businesses that you have, what they’re doing and how well their videos are performing. And once you do that, then it’s important for you to learn how to create actual TikToks.

08:12
And I tell people that it will feel a little bit overwhelming with all the different buttons that are on the app. But eventually it gets, it’s like super, super, super easy once you get it. But it’s important for you to then start playing around with all the different buttons, because once you see how to create, how to use a timer feature, how to use these different things, then it’s going to be easy for you to create 10 videos in 30 minutes or in an hour.

08:38
for you to be able to use not only on the TikTok platform, but multiple different social medias. So if I already have like an Instagram presence and Facebook presence, what would you say is the primary difference between the types of content that work on one platform versus the other? For sure. So with TikTok, it’s like as a business, I say edutainment is what works on TikTok because TikTok is an entertainment platform.

09:01
And so if you’re going to come over there and you’re going to sell Chipotle, you have to, can’t do the same type of ad that you would on Facebook as you would on, on TikTok. So you’ve got to use maybe some of the trending sounds or some of the ways people advertise their whatever food on, on TikTok. And so I would say you have to allow your creativity to come out like.

09:25
I look at TikTok as like Superbowl Sunday. The same way Doritos acts on Superbowl Sunday is not how they act on a regular day. We all know that Doritos is pulling out all stops on Superbowl Sunday and we wait to see how many commercials that they deliver on. That is what you want to give on TikTok every day, but it doesn’t cost you millions of dollars. It just costs you 15 minutes.

09:51
If you were to just take the same content you’re posting on Facebook and Instagram and translate that over to TikTok, that’s just not gonna work, right? It depends on the actual content. Like if you’re just sitting in front of like a mic, like kind of like we are with podcasts, no, that’s not gonna work. TikTok wants, they want something different. I mean, you can do podcast content for sure, but it’s important for you to have your hottest clips, your hottest moments.

10:15
in a seven to 15 second clip that causes a person to go what and makes them want to go and listen to your podcast or go find your YouTube channel. Can you walk me through one of like your content creation process for your brand? mean, you have a very strong personal brand. Just walk us through what goes on in your head when you’re ready to hit that record button. For sure. So one of the first things that I’m always doing is asking myself, what is my goal of creating on TikTok this week or this month? Right. So I’m trying to sell like a coaching program for TikTok.

10:45
then I’m not just creating content that’s just funny. I’m not just dancing the dance. I’m asking myself, what is it that I can do that could catch someone’s attention in the first one, two, three seconds? What’s trending on TikTok right now? And how can I take this trend to match what’s going on in my business? And so, for example, there is a challenge that was out late last year called the Busted Challenge. And it was basically where a woman looked like she fresh out of bed.

11:14
And then the sound would play. And in the middle of that sound, it would change to a whole different sound. And when the different sound changed, she changed. She changed into an entirely different outfit as if she was like glammed up for a photo shoot. And then she kind of started twerking. Now, I don’t do that. That’s not what I do. But I was like, hmm, how can I flip this? And so I was fresh out of bed. I had on a Christmas onesie in my bathroom.

11:43
And when the sound changed, I was super cute, but then I changed again, like within a second. And I said on stream, instead of me twerking, how about I help you get to $10,000 per month? The video went viral because it was within the trend. People were looking to see what I was going to do and I used it for my business. And so I’m always going, how can I take this to actually get clients or get people on my email list? So you keep mentioning trends and for people who aren’t familiar with TikTok, how, what is a trend?

12:13
that you’re talking about and how important is it to follow one of these in your videos as opposed to just putting out something completely original? For sure. So a trend is basically where, okay, because TikTok culture is again different than everything else. So if you’re on Instagram and Facebook, you cannot copy what anyone’s doing. Like if you copy, people are tearing you apart. On TikTok, it’s copycat. So one person can do something in front of a computer and scream, right? And people go, oh, I like that sound. I’m gonna take that sound.

12:43
and I’m going to use it for this, or I’m going to take that sound and do it the exact same way the original person did it. And as you’re on the For You page, you start seeing that same thing happening over and over again with different people who don’t know each other. That’s a trend, right? And you find the trends on the For You page. Now, do you have to use trends to be successful on TikTok? No, you don’t. Because like my first guy started, I didn’t know how to even use the features, you know.

13:10
So you don’t necessarily have to follow the trends. However, if you see a trend that actually could be good for your business, then I encourage a person to do it because if that sound is trending and you do it in a good way, because you’re doing the trend with a trending sound that’s viral on TikTok, it really gives your video a boost. For example, Cardi B has that song, Up, right? I don’t know a lot of the lyrics.

13:37
but like that sound was trending like crazy. And so I added that sound to a video of mine that had nothing to do with her, but because the sound was trending, my video got a crazy boost and then it went viral. So you can do what’s actually happening on screen. You can use a sound and give your video a boost and you actually don’t even have to use the sounds or do the trends like you were asking. You can literally create your own direct to camera content of you teaching

14:07
you cooking or whatever, and it’s still performed really well because like, I mean, as long as it’s entertaining, it’s going to do great. So what you’re saying is you, you, you used to mention TikTok will give you a boost. So if you do use a trending sound, do you believe that TikTok takes that into account in terms of visibility of your post? I think so. I feel like that that sound is already like, it’s something’s happening with it with the algorithm anyway, right?

14:35
But outside of what TikTok is doing, if we all know that this sound means that this person is going to do something different at the end of this video, because that’s the trend. If you start out doing this and then at the end it’s something crazy, then because we know that sound because of the culture, we end up watching your video to see what are you going to do at the end of this. Like I just saw, I don’t know what brand it was. Oh, Dr. Pepper just did something today. They ran an ad.

15:04
And I’m watching this video like, did they just do the, no, no, no trend? I was in shock. I was like, go ahead, Dr. Pepper. They did what they do, but they use the sound for TikTok culture. Okay. Actually, you know what? We should take a step back because I know there’s a lot of skeptics listening to this going, what are the effects that TikTok could possibly have on my business? Can you just give a brief background of how TikTok has affected your business in particular? For sure. your clients? Yeah.

15:32
Yeah, so I would say on the non-positive side is that, you know, when I first got onto TikTok, people were like, it’s going to get banned and God isn’t on TikTok. And I’m like, what is wrong with y’all? And so people were looking at it as I was playing with my business and I was not like, I couldn’t be taken seriously or whatever, but I just kept going. And the positive side of it has been, you know, I have had 5,000 followers on Instagram for a few years.

16:01
Now, fast forward, now we’re at 17,000 because we’ve gained a lot of people from TikTok that wanted to learn more about business following us on Instagram. We’ve now had 450,000 followers on the platform. We’ve gotten paid and worked with some of the biggest brands that I ever thought that I would work with. And we’ve just generated well over $100,000 this year alone, all because of what we shifted with TikTok. So that’s directly attributed to TikTok.

16:30
Absolutely. So in terms of making money on TikTok, is it just because people will find you through TikTok or is it on the platform itself? Does it kind of work like Instagram in that way? So it’s a couple of different things. So one, like you can make money a lot of different ways on TikTok, like as business owners, obviously you can bring your business to TikTok, market it, and then you’ll reach people that you probably couldn’t have reached on Instagram, especially because of the for you page, the organic reach and things of that nature.

16:59
Um, but in addition to that, like you can make money through TikToks creator fund, uh, where as long as you’re 18 years old and you get like, I think it’s 10,000 followers and you’ve had at least a hundred thousand views in 30 days, you can apply to be a part of TikToks creator fund. And the creator fund is just like YouTube, um, AdSense where they pay you as people watch your content. So you’ll get paid cents, dollars, or whatever a day as people watch your videos through TikToks creator fund.

17:27
Another way you get paid on TikTok is through the TikTok marketplace. And that’s once you hit 100,000 followers, then you get into this portal where brands will start reaching out to you. They’ll find your information either through TikTok or they’ll come and search you on other social medias. And then they begin to send you messages like wanting to partner with you of like paying you to propose videos and things of that nature on TikTok.

17:52
I think that’s oh and then when you’re doing live streams on TikTok, people can actually give you money. They can like they can donate to you and you look you look up and now you’ve got $300 or whatever in your balance of people that have given you money while you were live streaming. is TikTok work well for you to drive traffic off of TikTok onto your own site to get their email? Absolutely. Like I have like a TikTok freebie inside of my TikTok bio and people go there every single day.

18:19
to learn how to use TikTok because you’ve got way more people that are going there, you know, in their 30s, 40s, 50s and 60s. And they’re like, well, somebody teach me how to do this. And so I created something that drives people there. But oftentimes I know that people are listening to me in these quick TikTok videos and or in my live streams and they’re like, I want more from her. So oftentimes every day I will either post it in my videos or I will say it in my video or I’ll say it on live stream.

18:47
come and follow me on Instagram for more and people come and follow me there every single day. So all these questions that I’ve been giving to Kenya are actually rhetorical. know the value of TikTok now. And in fact, I think Mike gave me a whole bunch of examples. There’s this dentist, his account is called the bentis and he’s like expanded his dental practice through TikTok of all things. I was gonna ask you about this Kenya, but Mike has told me like unlike Instagram,

19:14
TikTok is really good at exposure for you. Can you kind of talk about how that works? Like you grew to something thousand followers on TikTok very quickly. And you mentioned you were stuck on Instagram at like 5K for a long time. Yeah, for sure. mean, it’s like, again, it’s like something I’ve never experienced before in my life. Like I go viral at least five times a month or that’s downplaying it like 10 times a month.

19:41
I’ll go viral creating content on TikTok. Can you just get these thousands of people following you now that never could have seen you? Like I’ve posted hundreds of videos on Facebook and Instagram and none of them have gone viral. I love those other platforms, but this is just something like the algorithm, the organic reach is just beyond, it’s beyond me. I’ll tell you a couple of things happened like over the summer I turned whatever, I can remember I turned over the summer, last summer.

20:08
And a friend of mine was like, you should do a dating campaign. And I was like, cause I’m single. She was like, you should do a seven day dating campaign on TikTok and see what happens. And I was like, okay, sure. So I did seven days of videos just talking about being single and like some of my attributes and like qualities, what I’m looking for, what are my deal breakers, yada, yada, yada. And I didn’t meet anybody, but three weeks later, I got contacted by Netflix and they were like, Hey, we saw you on TikTok and we want to have you on our show. Yada, yada, yada.

20:34
And the only reason why I didn’t move forward with Netflix is because they wanted me to be a divorce, but also have a teenage child that with a child can go on the show with me and I don’t have any kids. But then BET reached out about a dating show. And it’s like all this exposure because I am just on this app doing what it is that I do. I also got contacted by a TV network in Europe and said, we were on your live stream and we want to have you on our network.

21:02
But outside of me, like one of the people I’ve loved watching blow up is the girl named Tabitha Brown. She’s an African American actress slash like vegan personality, and she teaches people how to eat, you know, good food vegan. And she was doing well with 300,000 followers on Instagram and Facebook. Her daughter starts taking her Instagrams and put them on TikTok.

21:25
Well, she gained 2 million followers in four months. Now she’s got 4 million. She’s got a deal with Ellen, a deal with Oprah. She’s now acting in Chicago. All this stuff has happened all because she brought her personality of what she was doing on those other pages to the TikTok platform. So it makes stars out of people. Wow. So you mentioned you go viral five times a month or even more than that. Do you see any patterns on what causes those particular videos to go viral?

21:54
For sure, well, I will say that tick tock definitely likes petty you know if you’re going to do something that’s like a hashtag petty then people like yeah you know. But also anytime you do something that causes a person to grab their attention immediately like soon as the video uploads you give them some type of hook in the middle and then an unexpected end and it causes them to rewatch that video over and over and over again that causes an effect.

22:22
with the TikTok algorithm. And so I’ve had like my business videos that have gone viral. Those are the ones that are like super short. And I’m talking about, I was broken after my divorce. And after I left him, I made $400,000 in 18 months. And people are always like, what? And they rewatch it. Or I said, I’m the lady that helps people get the $10,000 a month. And I just walked off screen. And so it’s just hooky. It’s like hooky type thing. They’re real, they’re not fake or.

22:51
or manipulate it, but they have to be hooky type things that make people watch it over and over again and make them share it with their friends. So what is the mix of those types of videos? I guess you can’t really just post those every time, right? Right, no, uh-uh. So I would say in a week, if I’m gonna do hooky type things like that, I may do it once a week. I will do lots of fun, funny things on TikTok.

23:18
But even if it’s a fun, funny thing, I will make my business be a part of it, right? So there’s this trend right now that’s like, there’s this guy, he’s like, okay, repeat after me. And the person’s like, okay, repeat after me. I can do this, I can do, or whatever. And I did the trend of it yesterday talking about when I’m teaching my clients how to use TikTok. And I’m like, repeat after me. And they’re like, okay, repeat after me. And they start repeating. And then at the end I say,

23:44
Even if this doesn’t go well, it’s fine. It’s a learning experience. But then the person goes, I’m trash. I’m trash. This is garbage. And I’m like, right. And it’s the real feeling that people get when I’m teaching them how to use TikTok for business. And I’ve taken that and it’s doing well on TikTok, but I’ve also taken it and put it on Instagram and it’s doing extremely well and getting leads into my inbox because people can relate to it. And they’re like, I want you to help me.

24:13
So when you did that dating segment, that kind of detracted from your business, right? So can you just go off on tangents like that with your TikTok account and still be okay? Absolutely. If I’m going to do something like the dating campaign, I will do one video for the dating campaign. Like, okay, for example, I will typically do three or four TikTok videos a day, seven seconds, maybe 15 seconds, right? Really, really short. And of the four videos a day, one of them will be something…

24:41
goofy, which is my personality to be goofy. The other ones won’t be as won’t be as like that. If I’m doing more videos a day, then there’s a lot more goofy or sometimes dancing or whatever. But I always have that mix. Now, I will say one of my biggest strategies is that I will find something to things. One, a video that I think will go viral with my own content. It sometimes is not business related, but I will do that piece of content.

25:10
But before I do it, I will do a business video first, then that potentially viral content. Once I post that video, I’ll then post another business video right after it. And the reason why I do that is because if that fun video goes viral, it’s going to bring hundreds and thousands of people to my page. And I want them to land on my page and go, hey, I came here for that funny video, but this lady teaches.

25:37
how to build a business, I wanna follow her and engage with her more for this stuff. Because I’m like, the business stuff isn’t going as, isn’t doing as well as the funny stuff. But I’m like, I’m not gonna be funny all day long, I’m gonna do this strategically. So it’s like a business sandwich, a business TikTok sandwich. So you get people in with the funnier videos, and then they wanna learn more about you, and then that’s when you talk about the business stuff. So the business stuff in itself, it sounds like is not as likely to go viral.

26:05
Right. It’s not as likely, but even like, you know, even if we don’t go viral, like you can 5,000 views on a video in the Facebook world. You’re killing it. Oh yeah. And on TikTok, I’m like, I can get 5,000 easy in a week off of a video, you know? So I’m like, even if I don’t go viral, I’m like, I’m still winning. It’s 5,000 views, you know?

26:29
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:58
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

27:27
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, if you’re listening to this, think about that. 5,000 views on a video. That’s a lot of people right there being exposed to your brand. Okay. So if you’re a total beginner, so you mentioned a couple of things now, which might be intimidating to people listening. You mentioned you post three to four times a day. Is that required?

27:56
It’s not required. However, however, when you’re first getting onto TikTok, you have to think about TikTok as you would other people. For example, if you were on Instagram and a person posts a video and you see it and they only have one video on their page, how likely are you to follow them? Not very likely because you don’t know what the content is going to be about. You want to be able to scroll and see if you want to follow this account.

28:23
And so I teach people that when you first come on to take that, it’s really important that you’re posting one to three times a day, especially to have content on your page so that when people land on you, they can see what you’re, what you’re about to determine if they want to constantly see more of your content. It’s not required, but we just have to think in the minds of how do we behave when we choose the following account. So would you recommend just posting like 10 times right off the bat, just so there’s 10 pieces of content in the beginning?

28:53
right off the bat? No, I wouldn’t do that. I would probably do I would be consistent for at least 10 days, posting two or three videos a day every single day consistently. What if it was a part of a series, let’s say you wanted to just kind of introduce yourself, you know, to your audience since you’re brand new. And let’s see have a whole bunch of things pre recorded, but they’re in like a series, would you still post those piecemeal? Yes, I still would because like,

29:21
you could post video one and it do three views, right? And then video two does 10,000, right? And people will then come back to find video one. Cause like, aren’t going to see your content the way in the order that you want them to see it in. see. I see. Okay. So you want to do, you want to do at least three pieces of content for a while until you’ve kind of built up this backlog, so to speak. For sure. When you’re creating that piece of content,

29:50
Can you just describe what’s involved in it? So let’s say I’ve already just recorded something on my phone. What are some of the edits that you do, hashtags, talk about the entire process. So when I’m looking at, for example, like let’s just say you’re teaching people how to grow a podcast. Then what I would do is I would take that first video and I would upload it to TikTok. Then I would add text on screen. That’s one of the features. I would add

30:19
Maybe even if you’re using that on Instagram where it’s like giving you the captions or whatever, like you might be able to do that first. Otherwise, you can just add text on screen and use the text duration feature. And that feature basically is where you have where like I’m saying, my name is Kenya Kelly, and then it disappears. And then I’m like, I’m a branding and marketing consultant, and then it disappears. using the features, because sometimes people

30:47
can watch your video, but they can’t listen to it based upon wherever they are. And if there’s some type of text on screen, that’s gonna help your video perform better, right? Actually, I was just gonna ask you about that. I know that whenever I’m on TikTok, my volume’s on, whereas when I’m on Instagram, my volume’s always off. Would you say that the majority of people on TikTok have their volume on? I wouldn’t say majority. I would say that like, it just depends on where, what’s going on with the person. Like for me, like I’m in my office by myself, so.

31:16
My volume’s always on, but if I’m in a random place, you know, that I’m like, I mean, I want people to know that I’m listening to this. You never know what the sound is going to be when you open up that video, you know? Right. Um, so it just, it just kind of depends on what’s going on with the person, but I would say the people that have a job that run a business, their volume is probably pretty down because they’re at work. So text on screen is an absolute must is what I’m hearing.

31:44
Yes, I think so. for sure. Okay. Okay. Yeah. So you’re adding annotations to your video. Is there anything else that you do? I usually will add some type of sound to it. So if I’m uploading a video, then I am, I will add a trending sound to it just because like, or if it will, if it’s kind of applicable to the video, I may add a sound to it. Now, if I’m literally trying to give that video a boost and I will always add a sound to it, but that’s not, that’s not a requirement.

32:11
What else would I do? I would, if I want to do some type of voiceover, then I may use like a voiceover feature on TikTok. But after the text on screen, if that’s all that you do, then the next really important thing is going to be your caption. Because like, to give your video the best chance, you want to do lots of different things. One, catch them within the first one to two seconds, whatever you’re doing on your screen. So don’t say, hi, my name is, nobody cares.

32:40
Right? Like, no, the first one or two seconds, whatever you’re saying there. The next thing I would say, of course, is the text on screen. And then third is your caption, because sometimes people are on the for you page, which is the page where TikTok is pushing out content to you. And they only see your caption first. Like they may see you, but then they read the caption to see what it’s about. And so I would say use some type of really short, catchy thing that will cause a person to go, what? So sometimes I’ll write, they didn’t want me to succeed. They said I couldn’t read or.

33:10
They said, I couldn’t bounce back from divorce or something like that. And it causes someone to go either they want to watch it or they don’t. From there, then it’s all about the hashtags. Now you don’t have to use hashtags to do well on TikTok whatsoever, right? But when you’re using hashtags, you’re able to drive your content towards a certain group of people. For example, when I’m teaching TikTok tips,

33:37
and I want to reach people that are in their 30s, 40s and 50s that want to learn TikTok, I will use the hashtag over 30, over 30 crowd, over 30 club, adult TikTok, over 40, moms on TikTok, TikTok moms, right? And what TikTok does is it says that it says, I am trying to take this piece of content and send it to moms, send it to people over 30, over 40, right? And so when you are…

34:05
Using hashtags is very important to use hashtags that make sense for what’s going on in your video and who you’re trying to drive it to. One of the biggest mistakes people make on TikTok is they see these popular hashtags like FYP. FYP stands for For You Page. And people think that using the hashtag For You Page helps you get seen by more people, but it doesn’t. It drives your content to anybody that has used the hashtag FYP.

34:33
But what it also does is anytime you use a specific hashtag, it drives all of that content to you. Right. So for example, if you use the hashtag FYP, then anybody using FYP, you’re going to start seeing them on your for you page. So you have told Tiktok, Hey, I want to see this type of content, yada, yada, yada. And you’re enjoying it. But now that you’re using FYP, you start getting 13 year olds, 14 year olds.

35:01
crazy fight videos like twerking and you’re like, where did all this come from? It’s because you used FYP and the people twerking are using that hashtag too. Interesting. So the hashtags you use for your own post determine which type of posts that you get personally? Uh-huh. It tells the algorithm you want more of that. Yes. I see. Okay. So do you always use hashtags in your videos then? No, I’ve used them a lot less lately, but

35:27
I will use them. Like if I’m specifically talking about a new TikTok feature, then I’ll do TikTok updates, TikTok one-on-one, things like that. Can you walk me through the decision-making process, to use more or less? So one for me is time. Okay. Because sometimes I just don’t have time to like search through them because like one of the strategies that I was learning over the summer is that you don’t want to use hashtags that have billions of views on them. You want to try to catch one.

35:55
that is at like a hundred thousand and up to two million or whatever. Because sometimes you’d use a hashtag like moms of TikTok that has 1.3 billion views on it, which means that you’re just going to get kind of lost in the midst of billions of views. But if I’m using moms over 30 and it only has 249,000 views on it, then when people actually start viewing that content and all of my content is in there, they’re going to see more of mine. Whereas if there were billions of people, then I’m lost in the mix with everybody.

36:25
So is there a disadvantage to not using any hashtags at all? Will your content just not be seen if you don’t use any hashtags? So it will still be seen because like TikTok is going to like one, if you have followers, TikTok is going to allow your followers to see it. But like the disadvantage of not using hashtags is not actually directing your video to a certain group of people. But you don’t have to like I like lately I’ve done hashtags maybe once a day, but you know, I haven’t seen any downside of it at.

36:55
at this point. Okay. And then I’m trying to think. the caption you mentioned was very important. I actually never read the caption because it’s in this tiny little font in the lower left corner of my screen. Do they use, is there any keyword stuff involved in that? Or is it really just to get people to watch the video? I’m not sure if it’s keywords at this point. I’m sure it will let, no, you know, the algorithm is very smart. I do think it has, there’s something in it with the algorithm. Otherwise they wouldn’t.

37:23
they, no, I think that there’s something there. So I always put a caption. I don’t think you have to, but I always put one just because I just want to give my video the biggest chance in case somebody is looking to see what the caption, you know, what the video is about. Okay. So if you were to talk about these things in the order of priority, obviously your video and your content is the most important. Yeah. Then it sounds like captions and then sound is a big factor. Do you include like music in all of your TikToks?

37:49
I don’t, I used to in all of my videos, I would add a trending sound and sometimes I would just turn it all the way down and just have it connected to my TikTok. But one of the things that I’m learning about the new TikTok algorithm and what TikTok wants is TikTok is wanting more like original content. They’re wanting more of you talking without any sound attached to it. So I’m starting to do a lot more stuff without a trending sound attached to it than, than what I was before.

38:15
Okay. It sounds like a lot of this stuff is kind of like on a case by case basis. one hand, if you use a sound that’s trending, TikTok might give you a boost. On the other hand, they want more original content. So it sounds like you just kind of experiment. Like you’re posting three times a day. So you do one video with a trending sound and then the other two you might not. that kind of accurate? Yeah, exactly. Do you need something else going to tell you is that at the end of your at the end of your when you finish with your hatch, there’s another

38:42
another thing that you can do, there’s a thing called a cover, right? Very similar to Instagram Reels. And so you, that screen where you see where you can add your caption and hashtags, you can look at your video in the right-hand side and you’ll see the little word cover. And if you click on that, then you can tell TikTok one, what’s your, you want your gif to be. So when someone is trying to look at your video, what’s the first screen? And then you also can add text on screen. So I often on all of my videos will always have some sort of cover.

39:12
And it’s like a little half a second text on screen about what the video is about. Okay. And then that’s when people look at your profile, right? To convince them to actually click on something. people have told me, they’ve come to my page for one video, but they see all the titles and it allows them to scroll through and determine which video they want to watch next because they can see what the video is going to be about. So do you recommend making the caption on the thumbnail mostly text?

39:41
Or do you still keep it in? Cause it’s a lot smaller, right? When you’re seeing a whole array of videos. Yeah. Yeah. The cover is a lot smaller. So I usually will make my caption and cover differently. Or if my caption is eight words, my cover will be four words because it’s like, I just don’t want to make them the exact same thing. I just want to make it really like. Catchy or something. And then do you use extra large font on those thumbnails?

40:05
So you can’t determine the font size. What I do do is I just make the cover bigger. I make it cover the entire space versus just a small middle part of it. Okay. Can we just get an idea of the amount of time it takes to create content? Cause I can see for someone listening to this and wanting to get into this. So one, three to four times a day, do you have like a video editing team or do you literally just do everything in the app? I do absolutely everything in the app, right? I usually, when I get to the office,

40:34
I’ve already had videos saved in my favorites. I’ve been scrolling TikTok and I’m like, oh, I want to do this one tomorrow. And I’ll come into the office and I’ll just pull up the ones that I’ve saved. And then I’ll record three or four of them and I won’t edit them all there. I may put like some type of text on screen to remind me what this video is supposed to be about. No, but then once I sit down, I will edit one and then I’ll post it. And then throughout the day I’ll post another one. But like when I first got started with TikTok, I’m not kidding. It took me forever.

41:04
because there’s so many buttons. And so I want to be completely transparent that it’s going to take you some time to learn it, but it’s worth the investment because now I can edit a video in a minute. Oh, really? Okay. When you’re posting multiple times a day, can you just give us an idea of what times a day that is? For sure. So usually what I would do is I usually have a lot of videos in my drafts.

41:27
and I will wake up and when I’m getting dressed, I will just hit post on one early in the morning, just so something that’s going out there for me in the TikTok world. Then I typically will post one around noon lunchtime because I’m no longer working at that time. Maybe right around 5 p.m. when I get off because I know people just got off work. And then I know that people are like late night people. So then I will post the video right before I go to bed if I’m thinking about it and not always thinking about it. But I try to play.

41:56
pay emphasis on when I know people are the highest times on social and it’s early in the morning and then at night time. Can you schedule these or actually have someone else handle this for you? So someone else can handle it if they have on if they’re on the inside of your tick tock account, right? scheduling, you cannot schedule from your mobile phone, but you can schedule from your computer. The downside we’re experiencing right now is that if it’s in my drafts on my phone, it’s not in my drafts on my computer.

42:26
Oh, yes. Yeah. So it’s like, I think they’ll figure that out at some point. Right. Okay. So right now everything is pretty manual. Like you’re manually hitting the post button. Yes. Three times a day. And in terms any helpful tips for getting people off of TikTok onto your site? Or do you actually want people to just stay on TikTok for the most part to boost your exposure there? I want everybody to get off. Okay. All right. Okay. So are there any tricks?

42:52
Yeah, for sure. So number one, in your bio on TikTok, you can have access to your Instagram handle and your YouTube handle. And so when they click on the handle, it’ll take them directly to whatever social media you want them to go to. Also in your bio, you have the link in bio feature where you can put a link to whatever product, service, or whatever you want them to go to. But it’s important to note that in order to have a clickable link, you have to get to 1,000 followers first. Right.

43:20
So before I had to click a feature, I had my Instagram connected and I wrote in my bio, I wrote like my free tool or something like that. And then I wrote the website, a simple website and people, some people will go to it. They couldn’t click it. They would have to like type it in their browser and things of that nature. Um, and so that was one thing. Another thing inside of my videos, oftentimes I am teaching business tips or Tik TOK tips. And I’ll say for more tips like this, come follow me on Instagram. And then I will have at.

43:47
King of Kelly in the actual video, like the words that are actually there. But also I do live streams all the time. And when I’m live, saying, hey, on TikTok, I can only teach you so much. cannot, you you can’t see the recordings of my live, but if you want to see all the content I’ve recorded that’s already available, you can come and follow me on Instagram. And I have hundreds of videos on my IGTV. And on a daily basis, people go from TikTok to my email list and to my Instagram.

44:16
Can you talk about these live streams? Do they actually get saved in your feed or they’re just live presentations that kind of disappear? Yes. So they are live presentations that disappear at this point. They are saved in your backend where you can download them and use them. for right now, they’re not on your feed. I do think that because TikTok just came out with a new feature called Playlist. Not everybody has that yet. I don’t have it. I think at some point in time that they’re going to allow your live streams to appear in your playlist.

44:46
Okay, so for the most part, what is the point of going live then? So it’s a way to really, really connect with your community because like on on TikTok, like they only have access to whatever that video was, you know, like, and you can only engage so much. when I’m live on TikTok, I get to they get to hear me talk directly to them. They get to ask me questions and I answer all their questions. I mean, one of they want to give me gifts they can, but I don’t put the focus there.

45:13
I put most of my focus on like teaching and answering questions. And I’ve gotten a lot of clients from teaching on TikTok live because people are able to actually interact with me live and not just in the comment section. Also, one of the things that I know is that with live is that people buy from people that they like, and trust. And so when you’re teaching live and you’re answering all these really hard questions that they never would have thought that you knew the answer to, you’re stopped.

45:39
goes through the roof because people are like, wow, I didn’t know you knew this and I didn’t know you knew that because if your videos are only about X, Y, and Z, then they don’t really know the magnitude of what you’ve got going on. But in addition to that, you can be doing like a training, you know, or doing a podcast interview and be streaming live on TikTok, letting them listen in on your conversations. And when you have videos that are hitting the For You page,

46:07
and you’re live, some type of explosion happens with the algorithm. And so what do I mean by that was I did a video this summer and I went live and I was being interviewed for two hours. And by the time I got off that live stream, I had 10,000 new followers and that video hit 3 million views in eight days. And I gained a total of 67,000 views and the 67,000 followers.

46:32
And I was like, what happened? I’m like, oh, I had that video. I went, I went live for two hours. I wasn’t talking to them. I was talking to the person that was interviewing me on my computer and the algorithm just went kaboom. And so that’s another one of the benefits. see. So you’re saying that when you go live, that might give more exposure to your other videos, which will then find and know that you’re going live and they’ll follow you. Yeah. And because like when you go live, your live video hits the for you page.

47:01
So everybody that follows you, there’s a button at the top of the screen that says watch Kenya live, but it also, will show to people that are not following you, hey, you should come and watch this live video. And I have found hundreds of people coming into my lives and then follow me from the live because TikTok posted it on the for you page. I see. How often do you go live? Usually every day for about every day. Okay. All right. So you’re pretty unique in that you’re on all these different channels.

47:28
How would you prioritize the channels in terms of value? YouTube, TikTok, Facebook, Instagram, just based on your experience? would say for me, Instagram has been the biggest moneymaker. Because that’s just kind of how I my business there. And so I spend most of my kind of time there. But I would say for anyone, it’s like wherever they are, their best self at. It’s not like TikTok is the best one for everybody.

47:57
But for me, the one that makes me the most money has been Instagram, because I’m able to do more with a person on Instagram and a DM and all that type of stuff. But I will say that YouTube is starting to increase for me even the more because I’m doing all these interviews with all these other people and they’re putting stuff out there. But from my direct attention, it is Instagram and Instagram, Facebook, and then TikTok.

48:25
All right. So if you were to start all over from scratch, which one would you start with? TikTok. TikTok. Yeah. By the way, can do DMs on TikTok as well. So couldn’t you in theory do everything that you do on Instagram on TikTok as well? Yes, you definitely can for sure. The reason why I like Instagram better is because TikTok DM, you’re going to get DM by people that are 30, 40, 50, and then those are 12.

48:55
Like when I’ve had videos go viral, I’ve had thousands of DMs from people 12, 13, and 14. It was like, wait, I love them, but business-wise, we can’t work together. So that’s one of the downsides of TikTok. I love them, but business-wise, it’s like, woo, what is going on? They could give you their lunch bunny, guess. Yeah, exactly. Do you use any special tools for TikTok, or is it literally just the app?

49:24
It’s just the app right now. I mean, I’ve started to learn how to use splice, but I’m like, oh, I need to hire somebody for that because I just don’t have the mental capacity to learn these tech tools. know one thing that I found is it’s really hard to hire someone to do videos for you or edit them on TikTok because the drafts only exist on your phone, right? Exactly. Yep. So, so a lot of people that those that want to hire, they’re creating content outside of the app.

49:49
and having them edit it and then uploading them to TikTok. And TikTok doesn’t mind that you’re having things edited and uploading at all. Is there any difference in exposure if you film using the TikTok app versus uploading your own video as far as you know? I haven’t seen the difference. I’ve watched people kill it with the app and kill it with like highly edited content. Like Jason Derulo and Will Smith, they kill it with these edited content. They’re also huge too. was just thinking about like the lay person. Yeah.

50:16
In terms of just last question here, in terms of selling physical products, do you know of any products that kind of work well or product tic tocs that you’ve seen well that are really well done? So one of my favorite accounts right now is definitely one called glow recipe, and they’re beauty products and they have learned how to use the tic toc trends, the the culture to sell to sell their products. Now, like, but everybody’s there now, like I was saying, I watched McDonald’s kill it.

50:46
I recently, today there’s an ad out from Dr. Pepper and they have chosen to use the culture for their ad. And like, I feel like all of these big brands now are now, they have now added TikTok to their strategy. So you can go to like Chipotle, they have one that’s incredible. Fashion Nova does a good job, but I would, there’s not a lot of brands that have come over there, over here yet. If I’m honest, some of them are there, but.

51:15
I don’t think they understand what is happening, but those that are using it are killing it. Yes. It’s the wild wild west right now. Yes. It reminds me of the early days even of Facebook, right? When you got tons of exposure, I think now’s the time to get started. Yeah, exactly. It’s like with us, we are in the process of learning all of this for brands because I’m like, okay, they’re going to come looking for somebody. I want them looking for me. Yes. And speaking of that, Kenya, where can people find you online?

51:44
For sure. So you guys can go to Kia Kelly.com. That’s my website. You want to spell that also? Yeah. So it’s K E E N Y A K E L L Y.com. It’s access to courses, consulting and all that. And then I do a lot of playing on Instagram at Kia Kelly. And then of course on Tik Tok. Yes. You guys should definitely go check out her Tik Tok channel. And I’m not, when I watch your videos, there isn’t anything like

52:11
It’s not like overproduced or anything. It’s literally just you being you and it works really well. Yes, tick tock, tick tock loves it. And the consumer loves it. They love to because we’re used to reality TV now. And now we’re like, I just want to see this person be themselves. They can teach me they can sell me but I want to get to know them and we get to do that on tick tock. Yeah. Well, Kenya, I really appreciate your time today. Thank you so much. So much for having me.

52:38
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now the only thing I have to say is that if you are not on TikTok, you need to be on TikTok. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 366. And once again, I want to thank Clibio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIIY.

53:06
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

53:35
and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

In this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90+ score on your Google Core Web Vitals (desktop and mobile) and achieve a sub 1 second load time for an eCommerce store even if you use a lot of plugins.

Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience and it’s important for SEO. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • What Are Google Core Vitals?
  • How To Fix Your Large Contentful Paint (LCP) And First Input Delay (FID) Problems
  • How To Achieve 1 Second Page Load Speeds
  • How To Lazy Load Your Javascript And CSS Code

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to address a question that I’ve been getting a lot and it has to do with page load speed and Google Core Web Vitals. Now, if you listen to my episode with Kurt Elster a couple of weeks back, we basically told people not to worry about page speed too much. But just mentioning page speed and Google Core Web Vitals actually made people panic and I’m beginning a ton of questions as a result. So in this episode.

00:30
I’m going to reveal to you how I achieve sub one second page load speeds and a 90 plus rating on Google core web vitals. And for you Asians out there that consider 90 % of filling grade, this is the one exception. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store. And it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

00:56
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. And Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which makes it extremely powerful. Let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce,

02:23
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:45
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode. And in this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90 plus score on your Google Core Web Vitals, both desktop and mobile, for an e-commerce store, even if you use a lot of Now when Google first released their Core Web Vitals assessment, many e-commerce store owners begin to panic. Now unlike a content site or a blog, your store is actually very image heavy and it requires many more functional elements to close a sale.

03:14
And every single thing that you add to your website actually slows down your site. So for example, if you have live chat on your store, it can take six to 10 seconds to load just by itself. Loading up basic email tracking with Klaviyo can take one to two seconds. Even adding the Facebook pixel can take 100 milliseconds to load. So it doesn’t matter whether your code uses deferred or asynchronous loading. I’m going to try not to get too technical in this episode. But basically every additional element on your site

03:40
is going to have a negative impact on your core web vitals. Now, right now, according to search metrics, 96 % of sites testing in the US fail Google’s core web vitals assessment for either desktop, mobile, or both. And the failure rate is actually even higher for e-commerce stores because of the required functionality to take transactions online. So once again, in this episode, I’m going to show you the exact steps that I took to achieve a 90 plus Google core web vitals rating

04:10
for my seven-figure e-commerce store website. Okay, so before we get off into the weeds, what are Google Core Web Vitals and why should you care? Well, Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience. And it consists of three components. Largest Contentful Paint, this is essentially how fast your page loads, and Google requires 2.5 seconds or less. This is basically a measure of how long it takes to see the largest piece of content

04:40
displayed on your screen. The next factor is called first input delay. Google requires 100 milliseconds or less. This is a measurement of your page’s responsiveness and usability. And specifically, Google is measuring the delay between a visitor clicking on an interactive feature and how quickly the page responds to that click. And then finally, there’s cumulative layout shift. Google requires a score of or less. This is basically a measurement of how stable your page is as it loads.

05:08
Like, does your content move up and down as the page is rendered? This is actually the only Google Core Web Vinyl metric that has nothing to do with page speed. And it’s also the hardest one to debug if you don’t know what you’re doing. All right, so from here on out, I’m gonna detail exactly how I fixed these three metrics for my e-commerce store to achieve a 90 plus score on both desktop and mobile. And why should you care? It’s because it affects your Google search rankings.

05:33
Now most of you listening to this are either on Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, or Shift4Shop, and all these strategies apply no matter what platform that you’re on. Now my store’s over at bumblebeelens.com. Feel free to run the Google Page Speed test in my store as you’re listening to see my results firsthand. Now first off, my store uses many of the latest e-commerce bells and whistles because I teach a course over at profitableonlinestore.com. And I treat my store like a lab to test new features as they come out.

06:01
and report about them on the blog. So here’s just a short list of things that I’m running on my shop for this case study. Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform, Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, Visery is my push notifications provider, ManyChat is my Facebook messenger marketing provider, Gorgias is my customer service software, Spindle and Popup, I had the Facebook pixel installed, Google Analytics, a notify slide up, a whole bunch of stuff that’s installed. And just for fun,

06:29
I ran my site without any optimizations and my site actually loaded in 18.7 seconds. But when I run with all the optimizations that I’m about to talk about in this episode, it loads in 1.2 seconds. All right, so how do you fix your largest Contentful Paint and First Input Delay problems? Now, usually it’s basically page speed, right? It’s basically cause when your site is slow. Now, if you can make your website faster,

06:58
then your Google Core Web Vitals, the LCP and the FID scores will just fix themselves. So for 99 % of the shops out there, your largest contentful paint problems are caused by loading JavaScript and CSS that blocks some rendering. And just by default, when you have your own site, without any optimization, JavaScript and CSS files are sequentially loaded, which can actually block the rendering of your page. So the best way to speed up your code is basically to lazy load your code

07:28
or to defer the rendering so it doesn’t block anything. Some shops load big photos and or videos and in general, the larger and the higher resolution your images are, the longer they’re gonna take to load. And in general, you should never load a larger image than what is being displayed on your site. Also, you should never load any image that is invisible on the screen either. And the final reason for a slow website is you might be on a slow server. Now in general, this isn’t gonna be a factor if you’re on Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop.

07:57
But if you happen to be on WooCommerce, then going with a faster host like a WP Engine could speed up your site dramatically. But in a nutshell, if you address these three issues, then you’re have lightning fast page speeds. All right, so here’s how you can achieve a sub one second page load speed. And here’s my complete list of speed optimizations. So what I’m gonna do now is I’m gonna tell you what all the speed optimizations are, and I’m gonna give it a rating of one to five, where five indicates that it will

08:25
it’s going to have the highest impact on speed. And in general, like in terms of priority, you should always focus on the fives and then implement the ones and twos only if you have time or if you’re super anal like myself. Okay, so the first factor is called enable browser caching. I give this a rating of one out of five. Basically browser caching tells the client browser to cache images and other elements of your website on their local machine to make browsing your website much faster after the initial page load.

08:54
Now, browser caching should always be turned on, but please note that browser caching will not affect your Google Core Web Vitals or your page speed. Google only cares about how your website is loaded from a completely cold state. The next way to speed up your site is to minimize CSS and JS files, and I give this a rating of one out of five, which means it’s trivial. Minimizing your CSS basically removes all the white space from your CSS and JavaScript files to save a couple of bytes here and there.

09:23
And in general, the minification of your CSS JS files is not going to dramatically improve your page speed. Basically perform this optimization if you’re trying to eke out every last millisecond of speed from your site. By the way, I just wanted to mention that I’m going from the least effective to the most effective in that order. The next thing you can do is combine HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files. I give this a rating of two out of five. Basically, you’re combining all the different files into fewer files because your server has to fetch less files.

09:53
But here’s the thing, with the latest web server technology like HTTP2, multiple files can actually be fetched at the same time in parallel, which mitigates this speed optimization dramatically. So I wouldn’t spend too much time on this. The next thing you can do is clean up your redirects. And I give this a rating of two out of five. If you’ve had your website for a long time, it’s basically constantly changing. And sometimes you might have redirects from certain images or pages to others. So for example, when I migrated all of my pages from

10:21
HTTP to HTTPS many years ago. What I did is I issued three or one redirects from certain pages and images to their secure counterparts as a quick fix. Every redirect on your page is going to slow down your site. So just make sure you use a tool like GTmetrics to detect any redirects on your page elements and remove them. You can also use a faster web host. I give this a rating of three out of five. If you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce or Magento, your first instinct might be to just throw money.

10:50
at a brand new server, but most of the time I’m going to say a faster server isn’t going to solve your speed problems. But if you’re currently using a cheap shared host, a VPS or a dedicated server could make a significant difference. Use a CDN. CDN stands for Content Delivery Network, and what it basically does is it stores your copies of your website and your images on multiple servers all over the world so that your content is delivered by the nearest geographically located server.

11:19
If you have customers worldwide and your site is very image heavy, then using a CDN might have a significant impact on your page speed. But for smaller sites of mine that mainly serve the US, using a CDN only has a marginal impact on your page speed.

11:35
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

12:03
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

12:33
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

12:44
All right, we’re getting the good stuff now. Preload larger images and scripts. Now metrics like largest contentful paint measure the speed of the largest element on your page. And as a result, it makes sense to preload the largest elements on your page by providing hints in your HTML. Preload hints are instructions in your code that tell a browser which resources are the most important for the page. So for example, if you have a large splash image, it makes sense to start loading this image first to improve your LCP.

13:11
Now, while preloading important elements of your site might help your scores, it won’t have an impact on your overall page speed. All right, you can shrink your images. I give this a four out of five. Most new e-commerce store owners use image sizes that are much larger than required. So if your theme uses 1000 by 1000 pixel images, then you should never upload an image larger than 1000 by If your website uses the same image on multiple pages in different sizes,

13:40
you should create a separate and smaller image for each version. So for example, a product image on my store is displayed in full size, 50 % size, 33 % and 25 % depending on the page. So as a result, I have four different image files, one for each size on my site, and I only display the smallest image required without loss of quality. In addition, you should obviously compress all of your JPEG files down to a maximum of 50 quality in Photoshop or whatever image program that you use.

14:09
Next up, you need to compress and cache your pages. And I give this a rating of four out of five, which makes it very important. If you’re on a fully hosted platform like Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop, your pages are probably already compressed and cached before they’re served. But if you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce, make sure you use a plugin like WP Rocket. WP Rocket will prerender all of your web pages so that your store will serve static pages that require little or no CPU usage. WP Rocket also compresses your webpage to about

14:39
90 % of its size. Okay, the next one, I give it a four out of five also, which is just to simply use less plugins that load external code. Remember what I said earlier, every plugin that you add to your site is going to slow it down. As a result, you should be extremely careful whenever you decide to install a new software tool. Seemingly innocuous features can sometimes dramatically slow down your site. So for example, adding a Facebook share button or a Pinterest pin it button can potentially cause a new piece of JavaScript code

15:09
to be downloaded from an external source. For buttons like Twitter, Facebook, or Pinterest, I always use non-code versions that don’t require externally loaded code. Now, if you want to add a Facebook share button to your site, there’s always a hyperlink version that requires no page speed delays. All right, finally, we’ve gotten to the most important part of page speed. Lazy load your images and your JavaScript code. This is the most important factor to page load speed.

15:38
So here’s what I mean by lazy loading. When it comes to improving your page load speed, you should only load elements of your site that are required or visible. So for example, if there’s an image buried five scrolls down in your page, you should not display that image until your customer makes it down far enough to see it. Similarly, for your code and your plugins, you should not load any functionality for your website until it actually needs to be loaded.

16:05
Lazy loading for images is already pretty straightforward, and a lot of themes already have image lazy loading built in. But what most people are not doing is lazy loading their JavaScript code. So how do you do that? Here’s the secret. For every page on my site, I load the visual elements of my site first. Then I only load the functional JavaScript code on my site once the user takes an action on the page.

16:33
So for example, if you were to go to Bumble Bee Lens right now, you’ll notice that my website loads super fast, sometimes under a second. But if you click on the page or move or scroll the mouse, only then does the live chat load along with the other shopping functionality in my shop. So in other words, I’m lazy loading the shopping cart functionality on my site only when the user starts taking an action or shopping in my store. And as a result, my page loads super fast.

17:00
because I’m only loading the graphical HTML and CSS elements of my site. From the user perspective, the shopping experience is perfect because every page loads lightning fast. Meanwhile, Google also sees a fast loading page as well. Okay, so how do you implement JavaScript lazy loading? You can just take this podcast episode and actually literally send it to your developer and just have them do what I say. But if you want to know how I did it, the first step required to lazy load your JavaScript

17:30
is to figure out what you can lazy load without breaking your site. Remember, you got to load all the essential code for your site so that your customer’s visual shopping experience is not affected. And as a result, you must load every piece of code that affects the rendering of the graphical elements of your site. Here’s how to figure out what’s essential. Go to gtmetrics.com and analyze your waterfall chart. Basically, your waterfall chart will tell you everything that’s loaded on your page and how long it takes to load.

18:00
Now, just as an example, Clavio’s code is actually taking almost a half second to load. And in addition, the CSS associated with Clavio is taking almost another half second. Now, if you guys don’t know who Clavio is, Clavio is my email marketing tool. And I know for a fact that Clavio does not affect the rendering of my site at all. So as a result, I can easily lazy load Clavio without affecting the visual elements of the page. And in fact,

18:27
removing the Clavio code will shave almost a full second off of my page speed. So what you should do is you should choose GT metrics, create a list of all the slow loading code that is not required to render the visual elements of your site, and then lazy load the code when any of the following events occur, mouse movement, page scroll, or a screen touch. Now, obviously, if you don’t know how to do this, just tell this to your developer and they’ll know exactly what to do. If you have problems, feel free to email me.

18:56
But once you implement this one step, you should be able to achieve sub one second page load speeds on both mobile and desktop. All right, let’s shift gears for a little bit and talk about cumulative layout shift. Now remember, that’s when your website shifts as it’s loading. Then 90 % of your CLS problems are going to be caused by one of two reasons. You are loading elements without dimensions.

19:21
Now, the image size parameters are what allow a web browser to know the size of the content as it loads. So for example, if you define the image dimensions in your HTML code, the browser will reserve space for your image so it loads so the page does not jump. However, if these size parameters are missing, no reservation takes place and the page will have to rearrange itself when the image finally loads. And the simple solution to this problem is just to specify dimensions of every element on your site.

19:48
Now, some Shopify plugins also use code to dynamically display features on your website. Sometimes this code loads late, which can push your page up and down. So for example, if you display ads on your site, your site might jump up and down as the ad loads. Now the best way to prevent this from happening is to just pre-allocate space on your page for the added content to be displayed. Now, doing this can be problematic for certain plugins, so if this happens to your site, just reach out to the plugin creator and tell them what’s going on.

20:18
All right, so that solves, I would say, 90 % of the problems. The remaining 10 % can be extremely difficult to figure out without using a specific set of tools. For my sites, it literally took me three weeks to fix my issues because the Google Page Speed Test is not reflective of the actual CLS scores measured in the field. So for example, my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com had perfect CLS scores on the test, but in the field, the test failed. I don’t want to get into it.

20:48
but Google makes things overly complicated for some reason. But basically what they’re doing is they have the browser installed on all these devices and they’re taking real user data, whereas the test that you run online is only local to your own machine. Now, when the two scores don’t match, basically the field versus your local test, it’s actually a pain to fix because Google doesn’t tell you what’s wrong. In fact, you can have a perfect score in the lab, but then completely fail in the field.

21:16
All right, so here’s what Google’s not telling you about cumulative layout shift. The page speed test only measures your CLS above the fold under ideal conditions. And in real life, a user is scrolling up and down on potentially a much slower internet connection. So in order to solve your CLS problems, you must emulate a slow connection and behave like a real human user. So this is how I do it. All right, I use the Chrome debugger. So if you guys don’t know how to bring up the…

21:46
Chrome debugger, you really just right click on anything and then select Inspect on the menu. And then on the Network tab, you want to throttle the page speed down to slow 3G. This basically slows the page down dramatically so you can detect little minute shifts in your website. Then, and this is really hard to explain on a podcast, but there’s this button that displays layout shifts. Once you have all that stuff turned on, refresh the page.

22:13
And then what will happen is your site’s going to flash in blue when there’s a layout shift. That’s it. All right, and then once you’re there, you can send that to your developer and they’ll fix it for you. Now, if you follow all the directions that I just outlined, you can actually get sub one second page load speeds and achieve a rating of 90 plus on your core web vitals for both mobile and desktop. And in general, this is my philosophy. You should always keep your website as simple as possible.

22:41
and avoid using plugins at all costs. Ask yourself if you absolutely need a certain feature before you decide to implement it. Then seek out solutions that do not require additional JavaScript code to your site. Now I’m super anal to an extreme. I actually examined the source code for every plugin I install in addition to the network calls that the plugin does. Once I blindly used a plugin that was literally sending my website information to several ad networks,

23:10
and selling my customer info without my knowledge. Now most PageSpeed issues are not caused by your theme, but by the plugins you install. So just be careful once again with what you choose to install and happy selling. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you have any questions about PageSpeed or how to implement anything that I talked about today, feel free to reach out to me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. It’s not rocket science. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 365.

23:40
And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

24:08
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

This episode is extra special because it’s about a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store course. Claire Carpenter runs a site called EasiFitEbikeKit.co.uk and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes.

What’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money to start yet she still managed to create a 6 figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at half a million bucks right now.

In fact, the main thing limiting her growth is raising enough capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit, and ingenuity.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to grow a 6 figure business within 10 months with no money
  • How Claire sourced her first products
  • How to start an e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is an extra special episode. Now I know I’ve said this about a bunch of episodes in the past, but I think this one is truly special because it’s about a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course that was in a bit of a financial pinch and really needed her business to work. Now this student’s name is Claire Conferter and she runs a site called easyfitebikekit.co.uk.

00:29
and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes. And I was actually so fascinated by her product that I bought one myself, installed it this past weekend and it’s incredible. In fact, I had a lot of problems getting my son off of this bike. Anyway, what’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money, but she managed to create a six figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at a half a million bucks right now. And the main thing that’s limiting her growth is the capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit and ingenuity.

00:59
Now before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people were not marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:28
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but any way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:55
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

02:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:58
Welcome to the My Wife, Quote Her Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have a student from my Creative Profitable Online Store course on the podcast, Claire Carpenter. And I remember Claire vividly because we hopped on a one-on-one consult immediately after she signed up and she barely had enough money to afford the course, let alone purchase her first product for sale. But we concocted a plan to start our e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay. And today she runs a multi six figure business selling e-bike kits online.

03:27
And Claire is a perfect example of how you can succeed with a little ingenuity, persistence, and the drive to succeed. And with that, welcome to the show, Claire. How are you doing today? Hi. Good. Thanks, Steve. It’s good to be here. I’m so glad that everything has worked out. And I think it was, it’s been a bit since we talked, right? Yeah, it’s been about 10 months. We’ve been trading 10 months and you’ve been, you talked to us right at the beginning. And yeah, I’m so glad it’s worked out as well because

03:55
We were in a bit of a precarious position when we started. We really, really needed it to work out. So things are quite good at the moment. Nice. So Claire, walk me through your journey on what led you to sell these e-bike kits in the first place. First of all, what are they? And then what led you to sell them? So it’s a kit that you install on your push bike and it converts it to an electric bike. So there are essentially three parts to it. There’s a motorized wheel.

04:24
So you would take your wheel off and put our motorized wheel on. There’s a battery and then there is a little controller that you fit to your handlebars. there are various settings and things that you can control the bike from on the handlebars. And that’s it. It’s a fairly simple kit. It sounds like a pretty complicated product for someone to tackle on their first try though, right? There’s a lot of moving parts. It’s electronics, things can break, there’s support.

04:54
I know, and actually that’s one of the reasons why I really wanted to speak to you when we first started because one of your first videos, in that video, you explain various guidelines about your first product. So for example, you say, try and keep it under $200 so that it’s classed as an impulse buy. Try and keep it like a shoe box size. Try and avoid electronics because it’s complicated and it can fail and it gets out of date and so on.

05:23
And we pretty much violated every one of your guidelines. So we were really, really nervous about going to this product in the first place. And that’s why they’re just guidelines. mean, so this is what I usually tell new people because it makes things easier. There’s less things that can go wrong. But in your case, I mean, these products were cool. And I remember when we talked, do you remember how much money you had when you first started like to launch this?

05:48
Oh, God, I mean, it was hardly any. I mean, we didn’t have a fixed amount. We didn’t have any savings or anything like that that we could use. But what happened was so we went into lockdown round about March last year because of the pandemic, of course, and the income that we had at that time, I’m a speechwriter. So I had two sources of income. I’m employed part time.

06:16
as a speechwriter and that’s about two thirds of my income and then about a third is freelance. And when we went into lockdown, my freelance dried up overnight, that was just gone, that income. And then my job didn’t go initially, but I was really nervous about whether or not I was gonna be able to keep that job because my work depends on the live events industry and there was no live events industry.

06:42
Right. Yeah, so I didn’t know if I was going to have that income. And then my partner Clive, he’s a mortgage advisor. And when we went into lockdown, the housing market just ground to a halt. And so the way that he’s paid, it’s 100 % commission, but it’s paid in arrears. So he would get paid about three months after he’s done the work. So when we went into lockdown, we still had an income, but

07:10
I knew that in about two or three months down the line, Clive would have zero income. And so we were literally looking at, we were facing a cliff edge with our income in about two to three months time. So when you say how much money did we have to start, we didn’t have any savings to start, but we did have that income for a couple of months. But then we would have virtually nothing after that. That is scary. Did that come out when we talked one on one? I don’t remember that part of the story. That’s scary.

07:40
Okay. Yeah. I mean, I was really, really frightened. But actually what happened is that in the event, I didn’t lose my job. They kept me on. that was really great. And actually, I’m still doing that job part time. So that was fantastic. But the situation that we were in, it was really terrifying. And I was really scared as well, because, you know, normally, if you’re in a normal circumstance, and you have to leave your job for one reason or whatever, then you can just go and find another job.

08:07
But our economy was just shutting down. I thought, well, you know, if Clive’s income is disappearing, then what on earth are we going to do? So it, it was really, really scary. So I just sat there and I Googled how to make money online and all sorts of rubbish comes up as you can imagine. amongst that rubbish was your course. And that really, really appealed to me, really appealed a lot. And, know, one of the reasons why it appealed to me was because

08:36
You were talking about selling products. Now I was used to selling myself as a speechwriter. You have to put in a lot of hard work to sell yourself as a speechwriter, but once you’ve done the selling, once you’ve got a sale, then you have to write the speech. So what you were saying was just, yes, you have to put in a lot of effort to sell a product, but once you’ve sold the product, then you’re done. You don’t have to do anything after that. So that really, really appealed to me.

09:05
as well as, you know, the things like staying at home and… You also said actually that you didn’t need a huge amount of startup and obviously that appealed to me as well. So to sell what you had to sell would normally require more startup, but then I really like how you actually launched your product. Actually, before we can get into the guts of, you know, how you launched, were there any other ideas you were considering at the time?

09:30
Yeah, we had no clue what product to sell. At that point, when we first started, I didn’t even know that this product existed. So I bought your course, and that was an investment. I just thought, God, we’ve got sort two or three months worth of income before our income stops. Do I really want to spend some of that money on a course? What if it doesn’t work? Right. But anyway, we decided, oh, go ahead. We went with the course.

09:58
And I just followed your steps. you know, using jungle scouts and I think there are a couple of other tools. can’t remember now how to find a product. And we, we just talked nonstop about what product could we sell? Every time we sat down for a meal with the kids, you know, we would ask them what products should we sell? We’re driving them mad. Driving ourselves mad.

10:24
But we put a deadline. remember putting a deadline. think what I said to myself is I would pay for one month’s worth of jungle scouts. And by the end of that month, we have to have a product. And I was looking at things. I was looking at things that I’m kind of interested in because I thought it would be easier to sell if it’s a product that I’m interested in. So I was looking at, you know, maybe fitness products and nutrition and was looking at like cooking.

10:52
things, you know, all sorts of things. I was looking at all sorts of things. Anyway, one day I was sitting there just going through the process, like it says on your course. And I came across this product and it’s the second I saw it, I just thought, oh my God, this is it. It is a very cool product. Yeah. And it’s expensive to source. So how did you get the capital necessary to start selling these? What was the process like?

11:21
Yeah, so we didn’t have enough money to buy the products to begin with. So we thought, well, we’re just going to have to build the website and try and get some orders. we built the website. I’d already built a website for my speech writing business. So I knew a guy on one of these freelance websites based over in India. So he built a very simple website for us on WooCommerce. And I thought, OK, we wrote a couple of

11:50
Google Ads and we thought we’ll just see how it goes. I’ve got no idea whether or not it was going to work. Right. But we switched the ads on and in the first 20 minutes we had three or four phone calls. So I thought, oh my God, we’re just not ready. It’s quick to switch it off again. We’re not ready. I’m not sure we didn’t. Yeah, we had actually

12:16
We’d found the product that we wanted to buy, but we hadn’t bought it at this point, nevermind tested it or anything else. So then at this point, then we sort of gathered our senses together. We really, really got to know the factory, you know, the manufacturers. We spoke to them a lot, or my partner Clive really, really spoke to them a lot to just get to grips with the product, how it worked so that he could answer any questions.

12:45
And this is before you even saw the product though, right? But did you say before we saw or before you touched the product? We hadn’t seen the product. hadn’t seen the product. Listen, this is one of the things that I found really difficult to begin with is that we didn’t have the time to get a test product sent to us. So we had to go on faith. Interesting. And that was really, really scary. Really scary. How did you, I remember

13:15
I remember talking about this with you. How did you find that supplier in the first place? We just looked on Alibaba. On Alibaba, okay. All right, so you ran ads, you got phone calls, and this is something I also wanted to emphasize. You actually talked to your customers via voice, right? Yeah, we talked to them a lot. So it’s quite an expensive product. And what we found is that the customers just maybe needed a little bit of a nudge or a hand holding, just…

13:44
just to make that final decision to buy. And that was fine, we were willing to do it. This is one thing I should say actually, when we were deciding that this was the product that we wanted to sell, I did have a look at the competition in the UK. And like you said, there were a lot of people selling complicated kits. I mean, really complicated. were like, you know, it looked like about 20 different parts, wires sticking out all over the place and, you know, it was really, complicated.

14:12
There was one other company in particular that I thought would be our main competition and they had a streamlined, relatively simple kit, which is what ours was. It’s not the exact same kit, but it’s similar. But on their website, although they had done loads of things really good, they looked quite slick. They’d been featured on national media several times, all sorts of things. If you looked at the reviews, people said their customer service was appalling.

14:42
and it was really difficult to get hold of them. They never answered their phones, never answered emails. And we thought, that’s our angle, that’s where we can really show a difference. That was our USP, is that our customer service was going to be good. And it’s one of Clive’s real bugbears, is that whenever you buy anything online, you just can’t get hold of anybody. And it really, really frustrates me. He’s quite old school. And he said, I don’t want to be that company. want to be, we’re people.

15:10
let’s put our phone number all over the website. And we do, and we answer the phone as well. I was just going to say that’s probably the wisest thing that you did. Because for an expensive product, were like, people want to talk to somebody. And also, whenever you’re shopping online, you should always have your phone number on there, just for peace of mind and trust, if anything. Like even if people don’t end up calling you, it’s good to just have that number up there.

15:35
I think so because it just is transparency, isn’t it? It just shows that you’re there, just that you’re a person. And actually, one of the things that I really love and makes me feel really good is that if you look at our reviews, and we’ve probably got about 140 reviews up there now, loads of them talk about our customer service. And in fact, a lot of them mention us by name. And that just makes me feel really good. I’m really pleased about that.

16:00
So you run Google AdWords, you get some phone calls. Can you walk me through what some of these initial conversations were like? Did you tell them you didn’t have the product or how did you sell them on it? Or pre-sell them, I should say. Well, we had to tell them we didn’t have the product in stock because they were going to have to wait eight weeks. Right. So pretend I’m calling you right now and say, I want one of these e-bike kits right now. And I have a whole bunch of questions. Were you just answering their questions? We were just answering their questions. A lot of their questions were just about the product.

16:29
I don’t think I was ever asked directly, have you used the product? Because I would have found that very difficult if I had. wouldn’t have lied. But I don’t think I was asked directly. I think we could just confidently say that the product was good and was going to work for them. we just had every fingers and toes crossed. Oh, but one thing Clive did do actually.

16:58
One thing that our supplier did, which he probably shouldn’t have done, was he did give us the name and phone number of another person in the UK who had bought a few of these kits, not many, but he’d bought a few. So Clive phoned that chap and just asked him about the kits. Didn’t say that we were planning on selling it ourselves, but just said, you know, how have you found it? Right. And he was very promising about it. So that gave us that gave us reassurance. And he

17:26
I mean, he, Clive talked a lot to these manufacturers, you know, every day, just a constant stream of techs back and forth to these guys. And so we kind of built up trust. I do remember one thing that you said in our conversation, Steve, you said, don’t trust anybody. But in those early days, we had to trust, we had no choice. You know, we just had to trust everybody.

17:51
So yeah, I mean, but it was scary. I’ll tell you something good did happen to us though. that is so fair. So we did take some back orders, we did, but even then, you know, there was like, let’s say we took three orders on the first day. That comes to about say $2,000. I mean, it’s in pounds, but I’m just sort of converting in my head. It was about $2,000.

18:16
Well, we can’t go to this manufacturer and say we want to buy $2,000 worth of kits. It’s not enough. So we had to wait time before our sales built up, before we were in a position. But of course, every day that goes by is another day that the customer is waiting for their kit. that was really difficult. But one thing, one stroke of luck we had was that the UK government brought out

18:44
some help, some financial help for small businesses because of coronavirus. So it was called the bounce back loan. And it was a loan that you could get. It was backed by the government, which meant they didn’t do all the usual, know, the usual due diligence that a bank would give you before lending. know, if you, if you want to go for it, if you want to get a loan from, from your bank, you need to, from, for a business loan, you need to be operating for two or three years usually.

19:13
And you need to have accounts, published accounts, all those kinds of things. Well, we didn’t have that. But I was eligible for the bounce back loan because because my speech write my freelance speech writing was a limited company in the UK. It meant I was eligible for this bounce back loan. And it wasn’t big, but it was enough combined with some of our pre orders that we could put in an order quite fairly early on. What was the minimum order quantity? I’m just kind of curious.

19:40
I think we ordered 20 kits at the beginning. 20 kits. Okay, wow. Okay, so that’s a decent amount of money, given how expensive they are. Yeah, and it’s also quite a lot of money when you haven’t even seen a kit. Right. Okay, so you bought 20 without even seeing a kit. Wow. Okay. Yes, that’s definitely not something I would have recommended in the class. I would have but hey, it worked out. So great power to you. Not only not only have we not seen a kit, we didn’t

20:08
get them quality controlled and we didn’t have any insurance. Okay, so real quick, when you pre-sold those first orders, did you just tell them upfront that the kits wouldn’t arrive for like another eight weeks? Oh yeah, we did, yeah, definitely. That was a really big thing is that we just wanted to be completely upfront and honest with them so that they knew. And what we had to do actually with those initial people, we gave them quite a big discount because what we said to them was, look,

20:36
You know that we’re a new company because there’s no reviews, there’s nothing on our website and you’re going to have to wait eight weeks for your kit. So you’re taking a real big leap of faith. So we’re going to give you a big discount. So we did. So we set up Klaviyo on our website and if they signed up, then the first email that we gave them was a hundred pounds off the kit.

21:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. Nice, nice. And that’s great. And you talk to these people on the phone so they feel comfortable ordering with you, Yeah, yeah, exactly. Anyway, if you guys are listening, anyone who’s listening to this, that’s very important. Like if you can establish any sort of relationship with your customer, especially for a big ticket item, that’s very important.

22:25
Okay, so let’s talk about this first shipment of 20 when you first got them. And it was sight unseen, right? So did you have any problems with any of those first 20? Oh, my God. We did. Oh, God. Right. So the shipment was a right was due to arrive, but the date kept being delayed and delayed and delayed. And we, we haven’t been on holiday for several years. But we decide because we’ve been getting these sales in, we had a little bit money, we’ve gone through this really, really stressful period.

22:54
And we thought, look, we’re just going to take the kids and have four or five days in really lovely part of the UK called Cornwall. It’s about 300 miles from our home. And we timed it so that it would be after the kits had arrived, so that we would have been able to deal with them, send them out to the customers. We could tell that it would be in a quiet lull in the business that we could go on this holiday. Well, then the shipment was delayed and delayed. we could tell.

23:24
Finally, we got the final date that it was going to arrive and it was right bang in the middle of our holiday. So we thought, that’s easy enough. We’ll just change the address and get them delivered. Clive went and found this third party fulfillment fairly close to us. And we thought we would just change the address. Well, it was an absolute nightmare getting through to UPS because of the pandemic. I don’t know why they just couldn’t take phone calls, but.

23:51
Anyway, it was hellish getting through. eventually got through and they said, okay, don’t worry. We’ll change the address. But they actually didn’t do it correctly. They put the new address label on, but they kind of put it on some of the kits. They put it on half, it half covered the label. So a lot of the kits went to…

24:14
our home address, of course we weren’t there, so then it went back to UPS and it just kept bouncing back and forth from the UPS to our home. But a few of the kits did go to the warehouse and we, to our third party fulfillment, and we asked them, can you ship one of the kits down to where we are in Cornwall? And so they did that and we went and we couldn’t take our own bikes to where we were on holiday. So we went and hired a bike and we installed the kit.

24:44
And it was, it was just horrendous. was just awful. Did the kit work? No. Oh, it didn’t work. Oh my goodness. Okay. It kind of worked, but it didn’t work properly. Like it didn’t fit properly. It was rubbing. It didn’t go smoothly. And it made this really high pitched noise when you were cycling and it just didn’t, you know, the power wasn’t kicking in properly when it was supposed to. And it was just horrendous. So, so then Clive had to uninstall the kit. We had to get the bike back to

25:13
to the place where, you know, the bike hire place. that night, I just remember that night so clearly with just the two of us were just lying there in bed, you know, in the pitch dark with our eyes wide open and sweat trickling down. no. Oh, it was horrific, Steve. It’s just horrendous because, you know, we’d spent two months by that point taking a lot of money, you know, a lot of orders. Right. And the money that we’d got was not in our bank account. would use that to buy more stock.

25:44
more of these kits that we thought didn’t work. It was just, was so, I just can’t tell you how stressful it was. But then we went home after the holiday and we put the kit onto our own bike and it worked absolutely perfectly. So I don’t know what happened now. I don’t know whether it was this rickety old bike that we’d hired or what it was. I don’t know. But by the time we got home and it worked on our kit, then I thought, okay, that’s not too bad.

26:13
And then we started getting phone calls from the guys, our customers who had got the kit saying, oh, it’s fantastic. We love it. And then we started, you know, the reviews started trickling in and we just started to breathe again and it was okay. And actually the product is fantastic. We just, don’t know what that was, whether it, I don’t know what it was, but that first one, but anyway, all’s well now. you, so all 20 units were fine that you got? All 20 units were fine. Yeah. Wow.

26:42
That’s amazing. Okay. So how soon did you deliver? Actually, I’ll tell you what, no, something did happen. You know, I said half the kits turned up and half of them didn’t. You know, the ones that didn’t turn up, they never did turn up ever. We never got there. And we chased down UPS, we chased down the forwarder that sent them, we chased down everybody. They never did turn up. And in the end, the manufacturer ended up swallowing the cost of that.

27:11
because we paid the manufacturer for shipment as well. So they were responsible for that. that means some of your customers didn’t get their product? They didn’t get the product when they were supposed to, but by that time we’d already ordered another shipment. like two or three weeks later, the next shipment came. But I do remember at the time, you know, we’d been promising the customers that they would get it on a certain day. And of course they, and it was, they’d waited a long time already. mean, two months is a long time to wait for a product.

27:41
and they were going to have to wait, I don’t know how much, maybe three weeks more or something like that. But I remember phoning everybody around personally and just explaining what it was. most people were okay about it. They didn’t love it, but I think they appreciated the phone call. Oh, absolutely. I would probably be fine if the company actually phoned me, which is very rare today, if you think about it, right?

28:07
It is, it is. I think it is rare. Yeah, but we were in a position where we could, you know, we weren’t talking about huge numbers here. Right. We could so we did. So did some of your customers get their product within two months? Yes. Yes. Okay. All right. So the product worked well. And this is a complicated thing, right? I’m looking at it in the installation process. Did you have any headaches there helping people even get their units installed? Yeah, we have had some some headaches. I mean, the reason why we chose this particular product and there are there are there are different

28:37
types of kits out there, but we chose this one because it probably is one of the easiest on the market to install. But even so, yes, there are, some people do have issues. Occasionally it doesn’t fit somebody’s bike, in which case we just pick it up from them and give them a full refund, that’s fine. But sometimes it just needs a bit of an extra helping hand. So what we did after a while was we clived.

29:00
installed a kit and we recorded him doing it and he spoke as well while he was doing it. Basically we made a step-by-step installation video and we send that around to everybody now and they really like that video, it’s really good for them. So that solved most issues. Occasionally we still have an issue and of course because it’s an electronic product, you do occasionally get faulty parts but very luckily Clive’s got an engineering background.

29:29
Okay. Okay. If we didn’t have that between us, then I think we’d, you know, we wouldn’t be able to do this, I don’t think. So I am curious, though, on the if someone wants to make a return, these are these are heavy units, aren’t they? Yes. So are they shipping it back? Or I mean, would you lose money if someone returned it? Yes, we do lose money. But but not too much. We one of the reasons why we went to this third party fulfillment is because they get a really good deal.

29:58
on using a courier, you know, they get it much cheaper, they almost pay for themselves because of the discount that they get on the shipping. So I think it costs costs us 10 pounds. So what’s that maybe 1314 dollars or something to collect a kit from somebody. That’s actually really inexpensive. Yeah. How heavy are these units? I’m just kind of curious. It’s got to be like over 10 pounds, right?

30:28
Yes. Seven kilograms. Seven kilograms. Okay. So about 15 something, 15 to 20 pounds, right? Yeah. Okay. Can we talk about the 3PL? I know this is Clive’s department here. How did you find someone that you wanted to work with? Was that a long process in itself? No, it wasn’t a long process. If it had been me finding it, it would have been a long process. that

30:52
it was Clive. he did think if it involves picking up a phone and speaking to people, then Clive will do it in a flash. I was thinking, I think it’d be a good idea if we use a fulfillment place because we haven’t really got the space and I just thought it was going to be a lot easier. And so I said to Clive, right, I’m going to go and watch Steve’s video. He’s got advice on there about how to find the right one.

31:20
all the rest of it. So I went off and did a few things and I came back and he said, found it. And he just, he just Googled third party fulfillment and just phoned about a dozen of them. And the one that he found was about maybe half an hour’s drive away from us. So that was really good. They were cheap. And on top of that, just by chance, the guy that run it is a bike enthusiast. Yeah. And that was really, really helpful because actually we did need him to do some stuff to the kits.

31:50
He does modify the kit slightly. And so he could do he does that. Yeah. So what do you actually get most of your sales today? Do you still have those AdWords ads running? Yes, we do. So I would say, well, I gonna say 100%. But it come from Google Ads, but it’s not 100 % anymore, because we do get quite a lot of referrals. Right. And then you also have email marketing, right? Oh, yeah, we have email marketing as well. Yeah. I am curious. It’s actually

32:18
kind of rare that you just turn on Google ads and they just start converting at a profit right away. What was your experience with it? Yeah, it just worked really, really well. I think it’s to do with the product, actually. I mean, it’s quite a specific product. And if somebody is typing in e-bike converter kits, you don’t get millions of

32:47
you get the same names coming up again and again. and, and, you know, I think we, we’ve got a really good proposition because like I said, these other people, for some reason, they just are not good at customer service. And when you’re spending that much money, people do like good customer service. Are you still answering all the phones yourself or do you have people to help you now? No, we do it all ourselves. Okay. So does the phone, is that how you spend a lot of the time then?

33:15
doing pre-sales or sales? I wouldn’t say we do it a lot of the time. I mean, we maybe get, I don’t know, I don’t know, maybe a dozen or two calls a day and emails, quite a lot of people prefer to email than call. Okay. So yeah, I maybe an hour or two on emails a day. I mean, I think at this point, you’re pretty established on, you have all those reviews, people probably feel more comfortable just buying without even talking to you, I would imagine, right? Yeah, definitely, definitely.

33:45
So are there any other hiccups that you can think of just selling like an electronic part with so many moving parts? Do you do quality control now or do you depend on the manufacturer? Like have you had any, what percentage of your units have any sort of flaw to them? Yeah, about 5 % I think. Okay. And actually Clive has started doing repairs now. So there’s a year warranty that the manufacturer gives and they’re pretty good at honoring that. You we haven’t had any…

34:14
problem with them. what happens is the next time we place an order with them, they just put in extras for us, or maybe they just lower the price slightly so it accounts for the faults. But there are some faults, like within the motor, for example, that it’s quite, I was going to say it’s easy to fix. I mean, it wouldn’t be easy for me or anyone without an engineering background to fix, but it is something that Clive can do.

34:42
let’s say something goes wrong with the motor, then we’ll pick up the wheel from a customer. Clive will just put a new rotor in it or whatever it is he does with his spanner and screw driver and then send it back out to the customer. And it’s a lot easier and quicker than, you know, having to wait for the next shipment of goods to come in. Right. Nice. So are you at this point, are you still taking pre-orders or

35:10
Do people, oh, you still taking pre-orders? So there’s still a two month lead time? No, it’s not two months. We’re better than that now. And there are there have been times when we’ve got kits in stock. And as soon as we do have them in stock, you know, they just they just fly out the door. but we probably place a new order once every two to three weeks. OK, yeah. Nice. We found we found it easier. We got some more funding. We use ClearBank.

35:39
for funding, which are really good because ClearBank, what they do is they don’t look at you as an individual, they don’t look at how long you’ve been trading, they don’t look at anything like that. All they do is they connect to the back end of your store. So they see the sales and then they give you an offer of how much they can lend to you.

36:01
Yeah, they’re quite expensive. It’s an expensive way to borrow money, but they’ve been good for us. And I like the way that you repay the loan as well. And that is that you literally do it by how many sales you make that day. So if you don’t make any sales in one day, then you don’t pay any money back to ClearBank. Right. Yeah. Yeah, there’s actually several of those companies out now. Yeah. And these are short term loans anyways, right? We’re talking like a couple months or whatnot, right?

36:27
Yeah, exactly. exactly. And that’s that’s helped us. It’s helped us get to a certain level where people don’t have to wait two months anymore. They may have to wait, I don’t know, maybe three or four weeks. Something like that. One thing I have found is that because we’re still new to this and because we haven’t done a full year of trading yet, we have been caught out sometimes. Like I was I know this sounds crazy, but we were caught out for Christmas. You know, I suddenly thought in October, the middle of October. Oh, gosh.

36:58
shouldn’t we have lots of stock for Christmas? You know, scrabble together to do that and, you know, to get an order in time for Christmas. And so we’ve been caught out a little bit, but at least now it’s not, we’re not at the point where we have to wait for somebody to order before we can place an order with the manufacturer. You know, we’re ahead of schedule a little bit. We’re just not at the point where.

37:26
we can hold lots of stock ourselves. Right. Let me ask you this. I mean, you basically learned a lot as you did things. What would you do differently today if you were to just start all over again? Well, that’s interesting, because what I would love to say is have the funds to buy the stock. But if you don’t have it, then you don’t have it. Right. So, you know, I mean, that’s that’s a sort of, you know,

37:55
very wand type situation. I could have the perfect ideal situation, then that’s what I would say have the money to buy stock upfront. Regardless of that, what would I do differently? Cloud might disagree with me here because it did all work out in the end, but I’m not sure it was worth the stress of not having insurance and not having a quality check. So that was just a monetary thing, right? At the time? Yeah.

38:24
Right, because if you had the money, you would have done all these things. that? Well, we yeah, we would have done all these things. mean, yeah, we Clive and I have got a slightly different risk profile. I’m definitely a lot more cautious, whereas he’s sort of, know, just trust it will work out. We would we would have addressed the balance a little bit, I think, if we could, you know, if we could have done. Let me ask you this. What would you say is the hardest part about getting started? Was it the tech?

38:53
Was it the sourcing? Was it getting customers? What were your struggles? It wasn’t getting customers because Google AdWords did that for us. So that worked really well. The tech, I did find the tech quite frustrating actually. And it’s funny watching your videos, you know, when you talk about getting hooked up, getting linked up with Klaviyo, getting that installed or, you know, getting a review platform installed. I mean, these things should take somebody half an hour to do. They would take me three or four days.

39:22
And so I really, really struggled with the tech. That was tricky. we did, I I outsourced, but even with outsourcing, I found it difficult because there’s still some things that you have to do yourself. Right. Like write the email sequences and that sort of thing. Yeah, the writing I didn’t find too bad. I mean, I write for a living. That’s true. So I thought that was OK. One thing that I did find was good was that I used to put fake deadlines in place.

39:53
because if you don’t do that, things just can take forever. So I would just put these deadlines and say, like for example, writing the email chain, I think I said to myself, you’ve got half a day to write 10 emails, something like that. And if I didn’t put the deadline in, I’d spend forever trying to refine them or make them extra perfect or find the…

40:22
find a better picture for it or anything, I don’t think it’s worth it because you can spend so much more time just to maybe get it 5 % better. And we weren’t at that stage, we just had to get money in. Remember we had this cliff edge facing us, know, Clive’s salary disappearing. that wasn’t a fake deadline, that was a real deadline. Can we talk about your email sequences? Do you get a lot of repeat business or is it?

40:49
just the primary unit that you sell? Because I noticed there’s accessories and stuff now on your website. Yeah, we do get some repeat business because let’s say somebody buys a kit, then not repeat business for them, because most people just put it on one bike. Once in a blue moon, I think we’ve had somebody who’s maybe got two bikes, they put it on, but very often they’ll come back and maybe somebody in their family, know, their partner, their wife, they say, you know,

41:18
I got a kit for my wife two months ago and it’s fantastic. And now I can’t keep up with her. I need one for my bike. So they’ll do that. Or we get people who are maybe part of a cycling club. So they get a kit on their bike and then suddenly you’ll get two or three referrals from there. Other people see them and like it. So we get that quite a lot, which is good. And I know it’s only been 10 months so far, but what are your plans for this year in terms of

41:48
making changes to make the business better. Well, then we’ve got a couple of things. One of them is I would like to get a YouTube channel going. We’ve got a couple of videos up there, but not very much at the moment, but that’s the channel that I would like to use to try and get some organic traffic going. Nice. Yeah. So that’s one thing I’d like to do. I would like to maybe look at getting some more accessories because I think once people have got that trust in you,

42:13
then they’re willing to buy other things. And with cycling, there are some quite nice accessories that you can get. People like to sort of spend money on that type of thing. So that’s another thing. And one thing that we are thinking of, I’m not sure we’re quite ready with this yet, but it’s seasonal. we definitely have noticed that our sales dropped in winter and they’ve picked up again now in spring, is the weather’s getting better. And so we’ve been looking at other countries.

42:42
to try and even out that sales, you know, the sort of graph of sales. And I quite like the look of maybe South Africa or Australia, something like that. Those countries, their summer is when our winter is. it could even out. We did think about America, but like I said, our insurance company, we’ve now got insurance, product insurance, and they will insure us everywhere in the world apart from America and Canada, because it’s…

43:11
That’s interesting that you can’t get insurance for this in America. I don’t know if it’s because you’re more litigious over there. Oh yeah, yeah, definitely. I mean, that’s the understatement of the century. Yeah. So for anyone who’s listening to this, who can’t find a product to sell or is having problems finding a product to sell, how long did that process take you? And when you were thinking about value props, what was going on through your head? Like how many products did you go through? Like how long was the process for you to just even figure out what to sell?

43:41
Well, it probably took about three weeks, but remember, we really, really had this big deadline. We had the deadline looming over anyway, three months down the line, most of our household income was going to stop. And then I imposed another sort of interim deadline that we had to have a product by a certain date. I think I gave myself a month to do it.

44:10
But we just thought about it nonstop, nonstop. We talked about so many different things. I just went through the process on your video. I wouldn’t have known what to do otherwise. And that was really, really good. But I think it’s important as well to look at the competition. Look what else is out there and see what angle can you. So you don’t want to be selling the same stuff that other people are doing. You have to come in with a

44:39
with a unique angle, I think. definitely. And so for us, seeing where seeing that other people were falling down on the customer service, well, that’s just an easy thing that you can do. And it sounds like something you excel in, quite frankly. thank you. Do you have any other advice for just people who are kind of waiting on the sidelines, kind of debating whether to get into business or not?

45:04
Yeah, buy your course and just follow your videos. Yeah, think, think, really, I mean, this, this, this just, it sounds like such a simple thing to say. And I know from experience, isn’t, but you just absolutely have to take action. You have, and if you set these deadlines for yourself, don’t let those deadlines slip, just follow them. If you give yourself a month to find a product, for example, then stick to that.

45:32
And even if it’s not the right product, at least you’re getting going, at least you’re doing something. So if this product hadn’t worked out for us, the entire process of designing the website for it, of writing the emails, getting connected up to Klaviyo, that’s just huge learning experience that you just don’t get when you’re just watching the videos. So you have to take that action and go for it. And we were just really, really lucky that it did work with this one product.

46:02
But if it hadn’t, the amount that we would have learned going through that process in the early months would have been invaluable. And I’ve got absolutely no doubt that eventually we would have come across the product that did work for us. So that’s what have to do. If you’re standing on the sidelines, get off the sidelines, get on the pitch and start playing. And I will say this is, you know, we had a chance to speak one-on-one via Zoom and there was something about you I can just tell from talking to people within like the first five minutes, like that drive.

46:32
or it could have been desperation, who knows, but that drive was there. And I had a good feeling about you as soon as we got off our conversation. So, and I’m very glad it all worked out for you. Oh, wow. That’s really good to hear. Thank you. Thank you, The vibe isn’t bad either. He’s not bad. He’s not bad. I really have to say a massive thank you to you because honestly, if this hadn’t worked, then I don’t know what would happen to us.

46:58
So thank you because it’s work because of you and what you’ve taught us. So thank you. Yours is one of those products that I think has broad-based appeal. Do you ship to the US also? Oh no, you don’t right now, right? Yeah, I’m too nervous without insurance. But if anyone is in the UK right now, can you just tell us what the URL of your website is? Yeah, it’s easyfitebikekits.co.uk

47:28
It’s a bit of a mouthful. Actually, that’s probably one thing we I’m not 100 % convinced we did the right thing because the URL is a mouthful actually. Actually, do you want to spell that because I know easy isn’t spelled as what you would expect, right? Yeah, so it’s easy with an I so it’s E-A-S-I-F-I-T-E-B-I-K-E-K-I-T.co.uk. Easy fit e-bike kit. Yep. It is a very cool product.

47:57
And I’ve actually, so we have these bikes around where we live where you can rent them and bike around. And I think it would just be amazing to just have one of these kits. And it’s reasonably priced. was just looking on the website. I encourage everyone who’s listening, especially if you’re in the UK. Do you ship anywhere outside the UK? Yes, we can ship anywhere outside the UK except for America and Canada. We’ll have to get that rectified because I actually definitely want one of these. So, okay. Cool.

48:26
But thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. It’s going to be inspiring to a whole bunch of people who are on the sidelines debating right now whether to start their business. You’re welcome. Thank you. Thank you so much.

48:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I know a lot of you out there love listening to stories about successful students in my course. So if you want to hear more, simply go to mywifequitterjob.com slash category slash podcast where I’ve organized every single episode for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 364. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

49:09
basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

49:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash div. Now when I talk about how I these tools on my blog, if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

363: How To Make Email Your #1 Revenue Source With Chase Dimond

363: How Email Can Generate 30% Of Your Sales With Chase Dimond

Today, I have my buddy Chase Dimond on the show. Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs which is a top email marketing agency with a focus on CBD companies.

Chase lives and breathes email, and he has helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails resulting in over 50 million in email revenue. If your email marketing is not driving at least 20% – 30% of your total revenue for your eCommerce store, then you’re leaving money on the table.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to run email marketing campaigns that generate 30% of your sales
  • How Chase started Boundless Labs and helped his clients secure 40% – 70% open rates
  • How to increase your email marketing open rates and run email marketing the right way for an online store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my buddy Chase Diamond on the show and Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs and he is an expert on email marketing. Chase is also going to be a speaker at Seller Summit 2022. Now, if email isn’t driving at least 20 % of your sales, then you are leaving money on the table and Chase is going to teach us how to do it for an e-commerce store.

00:27
But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store in exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:56
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:23
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and that is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have my buddy, Chase Diamond on the show. Now, Chase is someone who I met at Nick Shackelford’s Geek Out event, and he is the co-founder of Boundless Labs, which is a top email marketing agency with a special focus on CBD companies. Chase lives and breathes email, and he’s helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails, resulting in over 50 million in attributable email revenue. Now, if email marketing is not driving at least 20 to 30 % of your total revenue for your e-commerce store,

03:03
then you are probably leaving some money on the table. And what’s also amazing is that Chase has secured crazy results for his clients, like sending emails with a 40 to 70 % open rate. And today, Chase is going to teach us how to run email marketing campaigns specifically for an e-commerce store. What up, Chase? Steve, my man, how are you? I’m doing well, man. I’m glad we got a chance to catch up before we actually hit the record button. But before we start, give me the quick background.

03:31
how you got started with Boundless Labs and how did you get into email of all things? Yeah, absolutely. Thank you for having me. So really long-winded, I got actually started in marketing by accident when I was 14 years old. At the age of 13, I was diagnosed with Crohn’s disease and I was essentially sick for an entire year through lack of awareness and basically lack of a diagnosis for this disease. So as a 14 year old, I took it upon myself to do guerrilla marketing. At the time I didn’t know I was doing guerrilla marketing.

03:58
but I basically was taking out ads in the newspapers. I was calling my friends. I was doing walks and restaurant fundraisers, so on and so forth. So from 14 to 16, I dedicated my lives to raising awareness and fundraising for the Crohn’s and Cladis Foundation. And at 16, I actually became the youngest board member of CCFA and spent a six-year board term working with them. And in college, I had to help pay for my tuition. So I had to work.

04:26
random jobs and internships at one point in time. think I probably had two or three jobs and internships at a time while also playing college soccer, while also doing business clubs and fraternities. So through college, I really got into marketing. I did a bunch of different marketing from SEO to email, to pay acquisition, this, that, and the other. And email really was the thing that stuck with me as the thing that was really intimate and personal, but scalable. And what I really mean by that.

04:53
So within an email, right, if I can get you to open the email, it’s just me and you. And I have your attention for two seconds, 30 seconds a minute, dependent upon how great my content is. Whereas with something like social, you know, if you’re running an ad on, let’s say Facebook or Instagram, not that it’s not effective. Obviously it’s super effective, but you’ll see, you know, an ad and you also see a post from a friend, a family member, you know, boyfriend or girlfriend. So there are other descriptions on your screen. So for me, I really liked the fact that I could send an email to a thousand people.

05:22
100,000 people, a million people, but in a way that felt really personal for each person. So from there, I was basically building after college products that served college students documents. And I was building travel series and email was really the core at what I did. And I did it in the beginning of my career kind of on the cold email side. So I was building massive audiences with cold email, essentially aggregating data from Instagram, from SoundCloud, from forums and driving traffic to

05:51
know, newsletters and communities. So long-winded, did cold email for a couple of years. Nick and I have been close friends for about 15 years and he hit me up and he’s like, dude, the stuff that you’re doing on cold email is so cool. However, you know, I foresee a day in the future, we’re going to probably be on the wrong side of the law. This was before like GDPR and California privacy and all these things. Why don’t you come join me in e-commerce? So I’ve now been doing e-commerce for about three, three and a half years. Thanks to Nick. So long-winded, that’s kind of my story of how it got to

06:21
you know, boundless labs and in our structure. Right? Yeah, you guys merged, right? Yes. So about a year ago, we merged. So we were doing exclusively ecommerce, email marketing, Nick’s company was doing exclusively paid social, we’ve kind of come together. So all in, about 45 to 50 employees, and we offer email paid and content. This is random. But did you guys meet through soccer? Because I remember Nick was almost pro, right? Yes. So we actually met through our brothers playing soccer. So

06:49
I played soccer my whole life, Nick played soccer his whole life, our little brothers played soccer together, so that’s how I met Nick initially. And Nick did play, he had a stint with the LA Galaxy, so he played in college and then he went pro for think a year or two. Yeah, I thought there was some connection there. So hey, so Chase, what are some of the companies that we might have heard of, e-commerce companies that you’ve helped in the past, and what are some of your biggest wins in terms of sales when helping these companies?

07:14
Yeah, so one that was really cool for me growing up, I was a big fan of the Chive, like the men’s millennial kind of newsletter site. And they have an e-commerce brand called the Chivory, which is an eight figure e-commerce brand. So I had the opportunity to consult for them on their email program for about a year and a half to two years. I actually only had stopped because I had my daughter and I kind of was cutting back a little bit on the consulting, but I worked with them for a while and I think we increased their revenue year over year by like 50%. So that was pretty significant for a brand that was doing

07:43
you know, a couple million dollars already from email. So that was a cool one. We currently actually work with a brand called Poopery, which is the spray for the bathroom. Yeah, I’ve seen the commercials. look really good. Maybe I saw them from Nick’s feed actually. Yeah, Poopery is awesome. I mean, that’s like a household name that’s in a bunch of stores. Never thought we’d land them. Happened to get them as a client. So that was really cool. And then like one or two others. We previously worked with a protein company called Orgain.

08:13
They’re sold in a lot of you know, grocery stores, Amazon, so on and so forth. So we work with, you know, a couple really big household names like that, but a lot of our brands typically do between about one to about $20 million in annual revenue. Um, so they’re kind of smaller, fast growing, you know, seven to eight figure brands that not as many people know, but they’re doing a really great job. Those are brands kind of like nugs, which is like the chicken nugget alternative, you know, a brand called hydrant, which is like a, you know,

08:42
kind of like a electrolyte replenishment for your drink, your water, and so on and so forth. Sweet, which actually is the actual target demographic with this podcast, so it’s perfect. So let’s start from the beginning, because you can’t really do a lot of the techniques unless you actually have an email list. So what are your recommendations on building your email list as quickly as possible? So what we do, so we kind of are middle to bottom of the funnel. So we are completely dependent on top of the funnel traffic.

09:12
that brands drive. So typically that is Facebook and Instagram. Outside that is the other platforms like Google, Snap, Pinterest, et cetera. There may be some SEO, maybe some affiliate, maybe some influencers. So once traffic hits the page, that’s kind where we come in. And we basically leverage forms to collect emails. So whether that’s a pop-up, a fly out, an embedded subscription, we leverage forms and we kind of optimize these forms to collect as much traffic as possible. I

09:41
my own kind of research and also through some of the research that I have from privy, basically having like some kind of call to action of just sign up, there’s no discount, there’s no incentive, you can expect that to convert between one to 2 % of the traffic. So for every 100 people that visit your website, if you just have sign up for our newsletter to get our content, you can expect about one to two people to give you their email. If you have an incentive, whether it’s 5%, 10%, 15 % off, you can expect about five to 10 % of those people to give you their emails, right? So

10:10
every 100 visits, if you have some kind of discount or incentive, you can expect five to 10 people to give you their email. And what’s kind of interesting is the whole giveaway type thing. So enter your email to have a chance to be entered into our weekly giveaway or monthly giveaway, whatever it might be, some kind of like enter to win. We’re actually seeing that converting in the low teens in terms of people giving us their email. So 10 out of every 100, 12 out of every 100, so on.

10:36
That’s how we’re typically collecting emails is through the traffic that’s coming onto the website. All right. That’s one. Two. Um, there’s not a lot of control that we necessarily have on this one, but other ways that we collect email is when someone starts checkout and whether they purchased or not, as long as they’ve entered their email, their phone number, their address and click next, we will collect their email. And then outside of that, we’re leveraging, you know, giveaways, um, and ambassador programs and referral programs to try to grow the list. So what is the top converting?

11:06
email form that you guys have seen with the clients? Is it the giveaways? Yeah, so it’s, it’s interesting, right? So the giveaways gets you the most number of emails. It’s a little bit longer tail in terms of actually seeing like what that conversion looks like just because, you know, if you’re doing a weekly or monthly giveaway, someone signs up and then you have to wait a week and then you have to announce whether they want or not. And then, you know, some people convert other people don’t. So giveaway helps you collect the most email, the conversion on it’s pretty decent, but the

11:34
The interesting thing is like the incentive or the offer, that’s actually like the most immediate in terms of conversion, in terms of actually someone purchasing, even though it’s only five to 10 % and it’s less people giving their email than the other, you see the ROI there the quickest just because when someone enters their email to get a discount code, they’re typically gonna buy as soon as that discount code either shows them on the pop-up itself after they submitted the form or directly within the email. So that’s kind of like the interesting thing. So it kind of depends.

12:02
And we’re still trying to track an attribute, someone coming in through a giveaway and then converting and how they converted just since attribution is a whole thing in and of itself. Yeah. The reason why I’m asking you this question is because traditionally when I’ve done some giveaways in the past, the email quality isn’t as good, but the way I’ve been running them is like, I hate having to remember to like give out the prize after a week. So I use, I started using messenger to just give out a prize every single day automatically through the bot. And then that way I’m collecting emails, but the quality of those emails aren’t nearly as good as my

12:32
standard coupon pop-up form. So I was just curious, since you work with a lot more companies. Yeah, that makes sense. And that’s really cool and interesting about the daily messenger thing. OK, so you get your emails. How many emails should you be sending per week? Like, how do you figure out the frequency? And what is the right frequency? Yeah, so there’s two different types of emails that we’re focused on. And there’s actually three types of emails in general. So I’ll talk about the three types in general, and then I’ll talk about what each one are and kind of the cadence. So there’s campaigns.

13:02
There’s flows, flows is synonymous with email automation, and then there’s transactional emails. So a campaign is a one-time send to a group of contacts. Think about like a Black Friday sale, a new product launch, a holiday offer. Right? Those are all campaigns. And I’ll talk about kind of the cadence in one sec. The flows is an email automation. These are emails that are triggered off of an event or behavior. So someone enters their email into a pop-up that then triggers the welcome series for non-buyers, so long as they have not converted already. And then the transactional emails, I don’t talk about as much about those.

13:32
Those are very important, but the reason I don’t talk about it as much is they’re typically set up by default within your Shopify or, you know, WooCommerce, so on and so forth. are things like shipping confirmation, order confirmation. So it is definitely important to kind of edit and make those look on brand and do what you can just because those inherently have a really high open rate. Um, but I mainly talk about the campaigns and flow. So on the campaign side, the way that I think about sending, you know, numbers of emails per week or per month is you start with one per week, right? Send one per week.

14:01
Look at that open rates, look at the click through rates. Those are like the positive engagements, right? Look at the conversion and then look at the negative things, right? The unsubscribe, the market spam, the bounces. If all of those are solid, right? So if the open rate is North or at around 20%, you know, if the click through, obviously it’s going to vary depending on the kind of content you’re sending. Is it plain text? it designed? Is it an offer? Is it content? You know, the click through will obviously vary also varies by industry, but as long as those metrics look healthy and solid based off what you’re at and what your industry is at, cool.

14:31
And if the unsubscribes and mark a spam, the balances are all low. Great. Can you provide a guideline? Like what number is considered low? Yeah. So it depends. like, for example, like mark a spam, that one’s really important to keep extremely low. So I believe it’s one out of 1000 people can mark as spam. think anything over that is considered a little bit high. Right. On the unsubscribed side, typically about like half percent or lower is what you want to be. You know, if you’re at like 1 % or 2 % or 3 % unsubscribes, it’s

15:01
a little bit higher depending on the ESP, the email service provider that you’re using. For example, I Klaviyo recently rolled out benchmarks that you can kind of see based off other stores using Klaviyo in your industry, like what they’re pacing out. So I think that part is really solid just to be able to see great, we’re average at the open rates, we’re below average on click through, you know, so on and so forth. So you look at all these metrics, right? And then if they all look good, send a second email per week, right?

15:28
Second email, right, there’s not an increase in customer support tickets saying, oh my God, you send me two emails per week, what are you doing? Right, send a third email per week. And at that third email per week, if you notice like after you send one more in the fourth email, there’s friction. You know that there’s the optimal number of emails you probably want to send is two to three emails per week, right? So again, like you’re trying to straddle on between maximizing the number of times you got to send because that’s, you know, going to maximize the opportunity to hopefully drive revenue. But you also want to minimize the churn, right? You want to minimize people.

15:58
unsubscribing by sending them too many emails. And the way that you can send more emails per week, which I’ll happen to annoy one person four times or five times or six times is by leveraging segmentation, right? So with some of our brands, we actually will send four or five, six times a week, but one person might only receive two or three of those emails. Sure. that making sense? Yeah, it does. I’m just wondering though, let’s say you are sending these people three emails a week. Would you be concerned if each one of those sends resulted in a 0.5 % unsubscribe rate?

16:27
which were within your guidelines, but at the same time, you’re still shedding a bunch of people. Yeah. Yeah. I think it depends on like how much revenue we’re driving, right? Like if we’re selling these and we’re driving a lot of revenue, um, and then we can go acquire new customers for, you know, profitable, right? So I think it really depends on like the, the unit economics of like how a brand and what their LTV is, whatnot. think, know, about half a percent, I’m doing that, I’m making a lot of money. I’m probably okay with it. Um,

16:55
Again, a lot of the list size that we work with are fairly large, right? So not that half a percent isn’t a big deal. Obviously, the larger the list, the more people that is. But we’re focused like really on trying to drive A, the conversion and B, like the repeat purchase and that relationship. So I’m not super concerned if it’s a few emails per week at like half a percent. If it goes to like 1%, 2%, I would be more concerned. Okay. And then you mentioned segmentation. How do you manage that?

17:24
We were just talking about acquisition forms initially where you give out a coupon or something. How do you know which buckets to put your people in? Yeah, so for us, there’s a couple of main ways that we segment people and everything revolves typically around, you know, an engaged segment. So either an engaged segment by itself. So, you know, 30, 60, 90, 120. So people have opened or clicked over the past 30, 60 days, past 90 days, 120 days, whatever it might be. The way that we pick these segments is we want to be able to get that 20 % open rate on a campaign.

17:53
So if you’re getting like a 30 or 40 % open rate and you’re only hitting a 30 day engage, you’re probably being a little bit too strict. You probably can open that up to like a 45, a 60, a 75. And the reason that we want to get a 20 % open rate on campaigns is that allows us to have good deliverability, right? That means, you know, people are open to emails. Hopefully it’s in the inbox, potentially it’s in the promo. When you’re hitting like a 5 % or 10 % open rate consistently, that’s really bad for your domain reputation. That’s really bad for your deliverability.

18:22
So everything that I’ve done, everything that I’ve heard from any ESP, 20 % of that benchmark. So we picked the segment that allows us to hit that. And then other segments that we’ll hit is an engaged plus gender based, right? So within Klaviyo, they have predictive analytics where they can tell you someone’s likely male or likely female, right? So for males, we might show the content for men first and then for females second. And for females, we’ll show maybe the content for females first and male second, right? And just by having like the switch in that cadence.

18:51
does increase engagement from what we’ve seen because it’s more relevant right when they open the email. So that’s one thing we might do for gender. Another segment that we might hit is geography, right? So two examples there. I live in California on the West Coast, right? And it’s like 75 degrees out right now. Someone can send me an email, say an apparel company sends me an email with flip flops and shorts. I would probably buy that right now. Whereas on the East Coast, right? Maybe in New York right now, you would have to send like a

19:20
a beanie, a sweatshirt, and sweatpants because no one else is going to buy flip-flop thread if they’re not in great weather right now. That’s one way we think about geography. Another way we think about geo, a lot of our brands have both domestic and international customers. Say, for example, in the US, we have free shipping. We might segment the US people and send them a free shipping offer while internationally, wouldn’t. That geography is another.

19:49
previous buyers, someone’s purchased product A that’s complementary with product B. So they’ve bought item A, they haven’t purchased B, right? That might be another segment. So those are kind of some of the segments that we focus on most often. And then we could kind of get more granular from their VIPs and so on. So can we talk about the open rate of 20 % as your benchmark? So let’s say your 120 list, meaning it’s opened within the last 120 days, doesn’t hit that threshold. What do you do with those people?

20:18
Do you continue to send to them or like, let’s say you’re reaching like a 10 % open rate on a particular time-based segment. What do you do? Yeah. So there, there’s a couple of things that we do. So one thing that we’ll do is we’ll have a special segment set up for people that typically shop during Black Friday, Cyber Monday, right? And we’ll kind of protect these people. We won’t necessarily send to them too frequently. We’ll send to them maybe let’s say once a quarter and then during Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

20:47
be pretty aggressive because what we’ve noticed is there are just people that are on our list that have shopped last one or two years of a Black Friday, seven Monday around the holidays, but they don’t do anything around the rest of the year. we’ll kind of protect these people and keep them in a segment that will exclude from ongoing campaigns. we also want to keep them protected where we don’t suppress or delete them. that’s kind of one thing that we’ll do. But the main thing that we’ll really do outside that small sliver of people is we’ll find, so for example, depending on how many times you send per week and whatnot,

21:17
So I’ll give a couple of examples. So say you send once a week, you want to give people probably at least 10, 15 chances to open. So once a week, that’s four month. So at about, let’s say, three to four month mark, we’ll want to have those people that have not opened all those emails automatically go into a sunset unengaged. So that’s basically a fancy way of saying a breakup series. So we want to find that window of time where we’ve given people enough chances and they haven’t opened, where they’re likely never to open.

21:47
So we’ll drop them through kind of like a last chance, you here’s an offer, you know, do you want to hear from us? If you do great, if you don’t, you know, we’re going to get rid of you. So we’ll send them through a sunset unengaged, they’ll automatically have a property that says unengaged equals true, if you’re using Klaviyo. And then we’ll go through on like a monthly basis and suppress those people. So that way we’re not paying more money for them. That way we’re not accidentally sending to them and causing potential issues.

22:13
Yeah, I’m just wondering what you do for the borderline folks though. Do you just reduce the frequency for those? So for example, let’s say you have them segmented by month, right? Open the last month, open the last two months, three months, four months. Let’s say within your four to five month people, or sorry, like three to four month people, they’re at a percentage that is low, but it’s lower than 20%. Do you continue sending to that segment? So we would, yeah, we would, to your point, we would drop the frequency and we would

22:41
lump that in with like the overall sense. So what I see some people do, right, is they’ll send to like they’re engaged and that’ll get like a 30 % of rain. And then they’ll send their unengaged, which gets like a 2%, right? Like that looks really, really bad. I don’t hear many people talking about this, but like, I believe in a process of blending the data. So that way, you know, ESPs don’t actually know what’s happening. And that sounds kind of like sneaky, but like, it’s just a way to go about it where I’d rather have, let’s say, you know, a 15 % open rate, um, sending to.

23:08
So that looped in group or even the 10 % open rate that you mentioned versus having a 30 % on one and like a 2 % on the other, right? It looks really, really bad. But yeah, I would probably send to them if you’re three times a week, four times a week, maybe once a week, once every other week. And then from there, as those people kind of expand and they don’t open, then they’ll hopefully fall into that unengaged segment, which will then trigger the breakup series. Okay. That’s actually instantly what I do. I was just kind of curious what you do, mainly because Klavia actually sends you a nasty email.

23:39
if your open rate drops below a certain amount. Exactly. And, you know, this might be going too much back into my gray hat days with like the cold email stuff. But what I learned back then and no ESP would ever admit this or agree with this, which is fine. But we basically used to send tons of high quality outbound cold email. Like we were sending millions and millions of emails. And what we actually noticed is like these ESPs and people

24:06
They don’t actually care whether someone’s opted in or not, right? They say that they do, and they said that they don’t tolerate purchase lists. And I’m not telling anyone to go do this, right? This is something that worked a long time ago and you have to be very careful. But what we notice is say we had a hundred thousand people opt in into our newsletter. We could merge, let’s say 5,000 of these people that were completely cold in with this hundred thousand person list. And the ESPs would never know that those people were added and uploaded because the good people would mirror the metrics of the bad people. So I’ve known for a long time,

24:34
blending and the mirroring of the data is something that was really kind of interesting. But anyways, that’s kind of like something I figured out before. And that’s kind of why I still do that practice today. But all the people today are opted in all white hat, you know, none of this gross stuff. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens.

25:02
Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs,

25:32
policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergcouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

25:57
I’ve also heard of ESPs putting you on a worse IP or a lower quality IP as well. Like if you send too many emails with a lower open rate, just kind of behind the scenes. Yeah, so you have either like a shared IP or a shared pool or kind of like a dedicated IP or a dedicated pool, right? So they typically group people together based off of size of a list and also engagement and behavior, right? So the great thing about a shared thing is if you’re starting out, you get a

26:27
leverage to some degree, like the shared pool and the benefits that being said at the end of the day, like, you know, one rotten egg really spoils the bunch. So if you’re on a pool where someone is really, you know, doing things that are, you know, I don’t want to say illegal, but doing things that are not best practices, right? It really can hurt you. Right. So a good practice and recommended practice for people is to move to like a dedicated thing. So that way you control your own destiny. But again, it’s, it’s, it’s a little bit more to it than that, but to your point, like,

26:54
Yeah, that’s definitely something that can happen. So you do have to be careful and mindful. If you’re following best practices and you’re getting in trouble, it could be worth looking into, you know, asking who else is on the shared pool. What does that look like? Is there ability to move to a different or better pool? And sometimes too, depending on how much you’re paying the ESP, right? You might be on a preferred pool. you recommend going dedicated IP as soon as you can then? So

27:20
I want to say yes. I, all my own personal stuff, like my personal newsletter and everything that I do, I do do a dedicated one. That being said, like a lot of people that are going to hear this and listen to this probably aren’t following all the best practices, aren’t probably being religious about cleaning the last and doing these things. So I would hate to say yes and get people in trouble. Like if you’re not sure what you’re doing or you’re kind of doing email, even if you’re doing it well, but you don’t know all the things that you don’t know, I think a shared is probably safer. Okay.

27:49
Well, we’ve been talking about open rates for a while. What are some of these things that you do to get these crazy open rates that I’ve seen you get? Yeah, so it’s a couple of things, right? Well, on the automation side, right? Like the open rates there inherently are going to be higher. So on a welcome series for non-buyers, email one, you should be seeing 40, 60, 70%, right? Like the open rates on these automation emails should be really, really high. So you have to take advantage of it. The abandoned cards to customer thank yous.

28:18
So on the automation side, just because someone has taken an action that will then trigger an email, that relevance is what I think allows some of those emails to be super high and engaging. But on the campaign side, again, it’s picking the right segment, leveraging the right content. So basically, talking about the open rates, just going back to that really quickly, there’s four main factors that determine whether someone’s going to open your email. One that you have some control over, but not really, is where your email lands.

28:46
the inbox, is it in the promotion, is it in the spams? You have every power in your hand to stay out of the spam by following best practices. Whether you’re in the inbox or the promotions, it’s really kind of a coin toss. It really just depends. The more things that you do that are personalized, having live text and plain text involved with your emails, the better. Again, that’s not a guarantee. There’s no silver bullet. So where your email lands will have an impact on your open rate. Next is from left to right in your email, you have the from name.

29:16
the subject line in the preview text, right? The from name. So if it’s my newsletter, it’s Chase Diamond, right? If it’s your newsletter, it’s Steve or whatever it might be. My wife quit my job. Right. Do the people, are they familiar with it? Do they recognize it? Are they interested in the content that you sent previously? If yes, great. Then the open rate. think the open rate is the most important thing that you can control is the, or sorry, sorry. The subject line is the most important thing that you can control for the open rate. Is the subject line something that’s interesting, intriguing? it personalized? Is it witty?

29:45
but also has to be related to the content. And then the preview text is that text that you see to the right of the subject line. That’s almost like a second subject line. So you have to use the two hand in hand to make people really have enough info, but also leaves them wanting a little bit more that they do open. So those are kind of like the four levers that you can kind of pull. You have to be running A-B tests on the subject line. After you’ve tested subject lines, you have to be running A-B tests on the preview text, things like that. So those are the things that impact kind of the open rate. Does that make sense?

30:15
Yeah. So how do you run your AB test? Do you just send to a very small segment your, your test? then once you find out the winner, then you send the rest out. Yeah. And it depends on the list size, right? Like we want to make sure that there’s enough significance on the test that is worthy of being, you know, statistically significant. So depending on your list size, right? Like some of the lists that we work with are a million people big, right? So we could send to 10 % of that list, right? Version A and version B, and we have ample amount of data.

30:45
However, if your list is really small, you might need to send to a larger percentage on the testing just to have significance. So if you have a 10,000 person list that you’re sending to, you might need to hit 20 or 30 % of the list in a test. So that way you have at least thousand or 1500 people receiving each variation. But typically, right, a fair split for most clients we work with is a 20, 80. So 20 % of people receive the test and then the 80 % of the people will receive the winning variation.

31:14
And there’s two ways that we run tests. You can only one one away at a time. If we’re running something that tries to get people to open it, say a subject line, we’ll run a test on the open rate. So depending on which open rate has the highest percentage, we’ll then select that subject line. Or if we’re running a content test, we’re only going to have one subject line. The subject lines will be the same, but instead we’re going to be testing the content. So we’ll want to have that test run off the click through, right? So whichever click through has the highest percentage, we’ll send that version. Do you run an A-B test on every single send?

31:44
for the companies you work with? Nine out 10 times we do. The one out of 10 times that we go is when something is so last minute and so urgent that needs to go out that we forgot about, or there’s an emergency, right? So, say there was like a weather or something that affected fulfillment, right? And we needed to send an email out to everyone that’s purchased over the last week or something. And we would just send that out ASAP with our best guess and our best judgment because that’s really time sensitive. So when we have a little bit more time, you know,

32:12
And typically we’ll run an A-B test for anywhere on like two to four hours if we can, right? So two is typically the shortest amount of time that we’ll recommend and then four is probably the longest. Anything past that you’re maybe kind of missing out on kind of optimal send times. So nine out 10 times A-B test, you know, we do. What is, can you give me an example subject line that just kind of killed it for an e-commerce store that had a really high open rate? Just to get, people an idea of what like a good subject line is.

32:41
Yeah. So for, let’s say like a welcome series for non buyers, right? You know, we honestly keep that pretty simple. Um, let’s something like, you know, welcome to whatever, or, know, here’s your 15 % offer or congrats your end, you know, welcome to the family. So, so like, we kind of keep it somewhat simple, like on the welcome series, know, but other emails, you know, we might leverage, let’s say like something in brackets, right? Like let’s say for example, like new in kind of brackets, and then we might have like,

33:11
new, you you don’t want to miss this or something like, so we’re kind of leveraging things like more based on FOMO, like you don’t want to miss this or last chance or going fast or something around time. we’re leveraging like countdown timers within emails. In my weekly newsletter, actually every single Monday that I send, I actually break down the subject line of the week that we send. And I also break down like what the open rate and the click through was. And, you know, even saying that I can’t even remember what the last one was that I sent two days ago, right? Sure. Yeah.

33:41
Yeah. What is your view on single versus double opt-in? Because I know all the ESPs want you to use double, but realistically, I don’t know any e-commerce store that uses double. And so I’m just kind of curious what your opinion is. Yeah, I’d say again, nine out 10 times we’re using single opt-in. The ESP is right. They say that’s best practice. They always push you to do that. Within Klaviyo by default, they actually have double opt-in set up and you actually have to ping their customer service saying, hey, can you please

34:08
unlock the ability for me to go to a single opt-in, they’ll unlock it. Then you have to go in for each list and click that you don’t want it. Right. So not that they make the process impossible, but they do add some barrier and then you add some friction because they want you to leverage it. say for example, like you have a hundred people that enter their email into your pop-up and you have a double opt-in, you you might only get 50 to 70 % of those people actually go into the email and clicking confirm, right? Maybe even less. So you’re missing out on a lot of people that.

34:36
might’ve just missed that first email that could be engaged. So yeah, nine out of 10 times we use single opt-in. The one out of 10 time that we’ve known is if someone has a lot of bounced emails, I don’t know if they got hit with something that’s spam or maybe they have like a spin to win, right? One of those wheel of things and people just keep entering random emails cause they want the best code. Maybe if you’re running Facebook lead ads, right? And you’re not having people, you know, manually enter their email and it’s defaulting their email from when they’re in college, right? That they don’t have access to.

35:03
So in rare cases where like the bounce rate is really high on like a first email, then we’ll switch to a double opt-in for a period of time just to see if that kind of changes it. But yeah, I’m a big believer in single opt-in just because I follow the best practices and I’d rather have more people on my list. And then I’d rather filter them out later by myself versus Clay deal not allowing me to send emails that don’t confirm. Yeah, I I found cases where the double opt-in email doesn’t even get delivered. So you actually have no chance of getting them on your list in some cases.

35:33
Right, that would suck. And I could definitely see that happening, Email is definitely not like a perfect thing. Sometimes emails that are supposed to go to the inbox go to the promotion spam and vice versa. So we talked about some of the default segments that apply to most stores like demographics and opens. What are some of the specialized ones that you create for customers? So one kind of cool thing that we do within Claviy in particular, I’m not sure if you can do this in other ESPs or not. Hopefully you can.

36:02
But within Quavio, you have the ability to create custom tracking links. So I’ll give you kind of two examples. So most companies have like a product navigation, a product header, right? We’ll say something like, men’s, women’s, children’s, sale, right? All these different buttons that you can click. We’ll actually tag each of those buttons. That way when someone clicks on one of them, we’ll automatically add a property to their profile saying, Steve clicked on the males category, right? And Chase clicked on the males category.

36:29
and our wives clicked on the females or the kids category. So we’ll tag the product navigation within these emails. So that way we know not only if people have purchased what they’re interested in, but also basically just off of intent and browse and viewing something, what people are interested in. So that’s one thing that we’ll do. So we’ll have a specific flow or specific segment for someone that’s clicked on the category of men’s. And then we’ll run that against Klaviyo’s predictive analytics of whether they think they’re likely male. We now have two points that say,

36:57
their gender and they’re interested in this, right? So I never talked about gender before, but that’s one thing that we do on that. The other thing that we do is, for example, with the child, the child breed, they sell tons of apparel, they have tons of different categories. It’s almost impossible to know what interests people have unless they’ve viewed or added something to cart. So what we’ll basically do in their welcome series is we’ll pick the top nine categories. We’ll show them in the email, like, hey, here are our top nine categories. Here are funny t-shirts, drinking t-shirts, sports t-shirts, et cetera.

37:27
And we’ll have each of those links and those buttons tagged for when someone clicks on it. So, you know, I like sports. So if I click on the welcome to your email of the sports category, that will automatically update my profile saying, is interested in sports. Then we’ll start sending campaigns to you about sports t-shirts and whatnot. Right. So we’re using like these links to track these different types of things. You also could do a survey within an email, right? Of like, you know, Hey, what are your thoughts on, you know, this versus that? Do you like buying things one time or subscriptions?

37:56
So if we’re working with a brand, Hydrate, that has a one-time purchase or a subscription purchase and someone clicks, hey, I like to buy things one time, all the discounts and campaigns we’re going to run, it’s going be promoting one-off products. However, if someone clicks that they’re interested in subscriptions because they want to bundle and save and not have to remember every month to order, we’ll start sending people offers about subscriptions. So those are some other things that we do that I think are a little bit more advanced that people aren’t really talking about.

38:24
So someone might only get an email two or three times a week, but you have all these segments in there, which really means that you’re doing a lot more sends, right? So you’re doing a lot more sends to different segments. how do you, how do you work out like the amount of work involved in sending to so many segments with, you know, the amount of sales and the segmentation that you can do? Does that make sense? Yeah, 100%. And again, I think we’re at a little different like revenue stage and list size. We’re like,

38:53
some of these slivers of segments are still pretty big, right? We’re working with hundreds of thousands or millions of people list. So for us, like we basically plan all campaigns a month out and we basically build like three, four or five different kind of master templates that we’re going to use for the month. So a lot of this is more like modular, right? So in the case of sending a campaign to men and a campaign to women, it’s more or less the same thing, just the order of swapped, right? So it’s just a matter of putting, you know, women’s first for women.

39:23
and men second, then for men’s, know, men’s first, women’s second, right? So in theory, it sounds like a lot of work, but in something like that, where we’re going to send two different campaigns in a week to gender, it’s pretty easy. In some of these other cases, right? We have a lot of building blocks from other clients, from the same clients that we’ll send three months ago, right? So if we’re to send a UGC email, right? User-generated content email this week, of harping on social proof and kind of just showing people different.

39:52
styles and diversity. We can pull elements that we did from the UGC campaign from last quarter. So we’re really focused on efficiency. And a lot of times because these lists are so big and because they’re so segmented, the ROI and the engagements there, and also too, we’re an agency. So we are getting paid based on the number of emails that we send. Obviously the emails have to be profitable for our clients. it’s kind of like the synergy for us at least. But I think for a smaller store that’s doing it in-house, that has limited resources,

40:22
I think just sending two or three emails a week to an engaged segment, that is better than not sending any emails at all. Sometimes good enough gets the job done. I’m sure people that are listening to this are going to be $100,000 a month, they’re going to be a million dollars a month, they’re going to be $50 million a month. You do have to make sure that the juice is worth the squeeze. I think a lot of people get caught up with not sending enough emails per week. That’s how I would err on anyone listening that is thinking this is so overwhelming is create templates.

40:51
Start trying to plan out a couple of weeks or a month in advance. Leverage as much of the same assets as you can. Just swap in new graphics, maybe new call to actions, but leverage the templates you have. Don’t custom code every single email if you don’t have to. In that example that you gave where you were tagging people based on which links they clicked, what do you do with the people that open but don’t click at all? Are you just dealing with those people who clicked in a separate segment and you’re still sending emails to the people who didn’t click anything separately?

41:20
Yeah, exactly. So the people that open, if they don’t click anything, they’ll just be getting a little bit more like, you know, generic emails since we’re not specific to like what their interests are. They’ll kind of be like in the, the engaged bucket, right. Or like the gender bucket or the geo bucket versus like, you know, the engaged male that like sports, right. So obviously we prefer to be super targeted in laser focus because obviously that’s going to increase open rates, cook through rates, conversion rates. But, but truthfully, a lot of people don’t do those types of things. Right. So.

41:50
I don’t have an exact percentage, right? But for every person that’s opening the email out of every 10, we’re probably only getting like one or two people, potentially three people to give us these kind of interests or these questions or these behaviors. And again, they don’t know that they’re doing this, right? There’s no incentive for them to do it. This is the thing that we’re collecting on the backend. So from what I understand, if you can have a tighter segment, you’ll send specific emails to that segment. Otherwise, they go to this general pool that you’re already sending to people who are engaged with your list overall.

42:19
That’s correct. And also too, think one thing that I should have mentioned before is it really depends on like what you’re selling, right? For example, with the brand Hydrant, they sell basically two different main products and they have different flavors of each. So one product is just like a hydration kind of supplement packet by itself. The other one is hydration plus, was basically just electrolytes plus caffeine, right? They have two different products and then they have different flavors of each. So with them, we can only do so much, right? We can try to learn about someone’s

42:47
behavior in terms of, again, the subscription versus one-time purchase, um, flavor preferences through like a quiz, et cetera. But we can’t do like the gender. We could do geo to some extent, right? Like if it’s really a hot day, we might come up with a last minute sentence saying, Hey, you know, you’re in, you’re in California and make sure that you’re hydrated today. It’s going to be 90 degrees. Um, so it really also just depends on like the number of skews in the category that you’re in things like, you know, apparel and home goods and some of these other categories.

43:15
really lend themselves to doing a lot more of these things where other companies that are a single product store or just a few product stores, you have to be a little bit more crafty and there’s less things that you can do. Right. What is your best advice on escaping the promotions tab? Yeah, the best, again, there’s definitely no silver bullets. I don’t want this to come across like that, but the best thing that you could do is leverage personalization in the subject line and then also in the content. And then basically leveraging as much

43:44
live text as possible. And basically what I mean, right, is there’s plain text, right? A lot of times companies just have plain text that looks like text, but it’s actually an image. Actually having text that you type out within the email provider itself, that’s not behind an image. Having live text is, I think, really important. So I think those are kind of good things.

44:06
The earlier on that you can get people to click an email, the earlier on you can get people to reply to your email, the earlier on that you can get people to hopefully drag your email into the inbox. Those are all other things that you could do, but again, those don’t guarantee hitting the primary. Since you just touched on this, text or HTML based emails? Man, I know there’s such an ongoing debate about the two. And again, I don’t mean to be that guy, but I’m really somewhere in the middle. I think it depends on the brand, it depends on the email.

44:35
A lot of the brands we work with are really obsessed with brand and that’s everything to them. So they come in wanting to err on the side of being more designed and more branded because that’s them. And we’ll slowly start pushing them away from like 100 % design to like 75 % not design, 25 % kind of plain text. So a couple of use cases of plain text that I think you have to test. The first email after someone purchased, customer, thank you email.

45:00
typically coming from like the founder or the community manager, whoever it kind of is, the evangelist of the brand, you know, just sending a thank you and their gratitude, I plain text, maybe even having a signature at the bottom. I think that feels like a good one. Say you’re sending three abandoned cart emails, having that third abandoned cart email basically be like, hey, I my team sent you two emails this week, wanted to check in to see if you had any questions, let us know if there’s anything we could do with you. think that’s a great candidate for a plain text email. I even think sometimes, you know,

45:29
certain campaigns, like whether it’s like, you hey, quick heads up, we’re dropping something new tomorrow, stay tuned. Even a simple plain text email like that, I think is great. So I think it depends on like your audience. think it depends on, but we do send a lot of branded kind of HTML emails for our clients just because we happen to work with a lot of brands that are focused on how they are perceived. sounds like anytime you want to come across as more personal, you might want to go plain text based on your examples that you just gave. Yes. Right. Okay.

45:59
All right, last question. What are some of the coolest things that you were doing in email marketing today right now that most people are not doing yet? Yeah, I think a couple of things. I think one goes back to like the custom tracking, right? The link and learning more about behavior. think that’s one. Two, this is actually something I’ve never talked about, I think on a podcast, but basically what we’re doing. So because we have clients that have such a list and again, because churn is inevitable, people are going to unsubscribe. No one’s really taking advantage of that unsubscribe window, right? So

46:27
happens is you click on subscribe, you say, want to unsubscribe, then you basically get an unsubscribe confirmation on the page. We’re taking advantage of that real estate that says, hey, Steve, you’ve been unsubscribed, but by the way, in the next 24 hours, if you do want to make a purchase, here’s a custom discount code. So we’re actually showing someone a discount code when they unsubscribe on that window because we’ve lost them anyways. We might as well take a last chance to get them to convert. And I wouldn’t say the conversion is high as a percentage, but in terms of the number of people opting out,

46:56
it since that’s so big number of people that are actually converting is pretty large. I wish I could remember the exact numbers, but one of our brands, a bigger brand, I don’t know, they highly had, let’s say 50,000 people unsubscribe over the course of, I don’t know, eight months or 10 months or a year, I don’t remember the exact number. We ended up converting of like the 50,000 people. think we have like 500 or 700 people actually convert. That’s really good actually. Which isn’t huge, right? As a percentage.

47:23
But like that was pretty significant in terms of like 500 sales that were like free money. So again, because it’s so much volume, we’re getting a lot other stores, right? Maybe, maybe it’s lower, but any sale you get, even if you get one sale, 10 sales, 20 sales on people that aren’t subscribing, that’s free money to you. So that’s one thing that we’re doing that I’ve never really seen anyone else do that I’ve never really ever talked about out loud. that’s another.

47:49
One thing that we’re testing, I can’t really talk about it a whole lot yet since I don’t have a lot of ample data, but we’re testing AMP, which is basically accelerated mobile pages, which makes emails behave a lot more like landing pages. So it’ll make emails a little bit more interactive around being able to do like a product carousel. So just like you’re on a website, you can click between product images. You can do that same type of thing within an email. They have this thing called the accordion where you could click on a category and it can expand it out.

48:16
So basically what we’re trying to build is like an FAQ within an email at the very bottom. Now, what’s your return policy? How long is shipping going to take? And it’s kind of all stacked together unless people click it. So those are kind of the things that we’re testing. There are certain barriers, like you have to get approved by the ESP, you have to get approved by Google, you have to be highly technical. So it has proved to be a little bit challenging to kind of roll out for clients, but I’m kind of starting to test this a little bit just on like on my own.

48:45
personal newsletter. So hopefully we’ll be able to send something like that out over the coming months. What about the use of GIFs or animated images in the emails? Do you guys do a lot of that? We do a lot of GIFs. So right now, at least within Klaviyo, they don’t support the ability to show videos the way that you have to be able to, if you want to link out to a video, you either have to do a screenshot of like, you know, the video with a play button, or you can kind of do a, you know, a GIF or whatnot to try to get people to do it.

49:12
So that’s kind of one thing that we do to get people to go to a video if we’re going to do it. We also use GIFs a lot to kind of get around the whole AMP thing, right? If we want to do like a product carousel or kind of like a UGC where we’re shutting off people, we kind of leverage GIFs. I think, you know, we’re probably sending for clients, we work with 50 clients on the email side right now. You know, we’re probably sending, I don’t know, hundreds of emails a week, conservatively. I’d say probably like at least a quarter of those have a GIF. Nice. So Jayce, we’ve been chatting for a while.

49:41
Time has kind of flown. I wanted to give everyone out there the opportunity to find you in case they need your services or they have any questions for you just about email in general. Yeah. So for me, the two places that I’m posting a lot of content in, and they’re both free, is on Twitter. So my handle is Ecom Chase Diamond. There’s no way in diamond. So it’s Ecom Chase, and then last name is D-I-M-O-N-D. So Ecom Chase Diamond, tons of free e-commerce email marketing tips.

50:09
And then on there, you’ll be able to find my free weekly newsletter. Every single Monday, I send a interview, a guide, a tip of things that are working for our clients. So those are my two free resources that I think people will get a lot of value from. And if they need your consulting, I don’t know what the minimum company size that you work with us, but if you wouldn’t mind just mentioning it in case people are looking for those email marketing services. Yeah, on the email side, we’re typically working with brands that are on Klaviyo.

50:37
They have a list size of at least 10 to 15,000 people at minimum, and they’re doing north of a million dollars in terms of annual e-com revenue. Okay. And then also the, I guess the sister side, I shouldn’t call Nick a sister, I guess, but he does the like Facebook ads and paid social essentially, right? Yeah. Client size is pretty typical. They’re around the million dollars or more in terms of annual revenue. So basically we’re focused on paid social, primarily Facebook and Instagram, and then

51:07
We also do have a content studio where we’re a videography and photography for social and also email. Cool. Hey, well, Chase, I appreciate you coming on, man. I’m sure the audience learned a ton about email and we talk about a lot of things that a lot of people aren’t doing. So that’s great. Thanks a lot. Yeah, thanks so much, man. Appreciate it.

51:29
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you aren’t sending out emails on a regular basis and segmenting your audience properly, then you are leaving a lot of money on the table. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 363. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D-U. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

52:28
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Many years ago, Andrew Youderian sold his dropshipping business, Right Channel Radios to Pat. And since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

In this episode, Pat teaches us what he did to grow his sales and how he’s improved the business dramatically since Andrew owned it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Pat purchased Right Channel Radios
  • How Pat turned Right Channel Radios into a 7 figure dropshipping business
  • Pat’s primary strategy for growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Pat Haggerty on the show. Now most of you know who Andrew Udarian is of e-commerce fuel. Where several years ago, Andrew sold his drop shipping business, Right Channel Radios, to his friend Pat Haggerty. And since the sale, Pat has grown the site tremendously. And in this episode, Pat is gonna teach us exactly how he’s grown the store.

00:28
And Andrew, if you’re listening to this episode, let me know what you think. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:55
It’s an inexpensive solution converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire are the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:24
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. And to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you own your

01:54
growth, visit claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K L A V I Y O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:35
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Now I’ve been looking forward to this interview for a very long time and we’re all gonna have a good time together today. Now I’m not sure if you remember the very first interview I ever conducted with Andrew Udarian from Ecommerce Fuel when he sold his business, Right Channel Radios. Well, Andrew sold his drop shipping business to Pat towards the middle of 2016 and since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

03:05
And his business selling CB radios continues to thrive today, especially during COVID. So today, we’re gonna have Pat teach us what he did over the years to grow his sales and make Andrew totally regret selling his business. And with that, welcome to show. Pat, how are you doing today? My wife quit her job podcast. What’s up, Steve? Oh, it’s good to catch up with you, man. I had a really good time when I went out to Montana that one time. I really want to go back actually, whenever I can travel again. Yeah, yeah, you got to get out here.

03:35
You gotta get out here with it’s a better place with you here, Steve. That’s for sure. You know what’s funny? A lot of my buddies are moving out there right now. They’re probably driving at the cost of property out there as we speak. Yeah, they’re the worst. We don’t. don’t like your buddies. One that you can come, but the rest of those jerks keep them out of here. It’s thing. I mean, I just talked to actually one of the guys who works dual plane, dual planes, drop shipping software. Yeah. But one of the like my main rep over there.

04:06
He’s coming out here and he’s like, hey, we just sold our place and we’re looking for a place in Bozeman, but it’s really hard to find a home. And I’m like, yeah, it’s your fault. And all the other folks just like you. No, it’s true though. It’s tough to find a home here. Property values have skyrocketed. So I guess my home’s worth a lot more, so that’s fun. But we’re also trying to buy another place and it’s really hard to do that. Yeah, I wouldn’t be surprised if it becomes the next Bay Area over there.

04:33
Oh, don’t say that. anyway. Catch us up. Okay, so let’s go back to 2016. When did you acquire Right Channel and what was the multiple? Do you remember? So yep, closed on the sale of Right Channel radio’s May 31st, 2016. And the multiple is just over three. I think it was like 3.1 something. Which basically means that within three years, provided you didn’t even go at all, you would have gotten your money back, right? Yep.

05:03
And are you still the sole owner of the business? You know, I’m not the sole owner. I do have a couple very minority partners. When it came time to get financing for the business, one of my partners is my parents, which I’m actually thrilled to have them a part of it. But essentially, when I went finance the business, I needed a couple co-signers on the loan that had more assets than I did.

05:30
And then I think back in the day, it was just you and maybe one VA. Is that right? That’s correct. Okay. And then now do you have more employees? Oh, man, it’s been a wild ride. Yes, I do have more employees. And since I’m on the business, I started off with the same model me myself one VA, I’ve moved to I’ve moved to using some contractors in the business. And now I have two stateside employees. these full time employees? Not not full time, not full time to

05:57
part-time employees doing phones and customer service responsibilities. And then I have a contractor who does a bunch of project management along with myself. And so it is the four of us who are kind of deeply ingrained in the business at this point. Yep. Nice. And what is the business model of the store? Has it changed? Is it still pure drop shipping for the most part? We are drop shippers, drop shipping for the win, my friend. Nice. Yeah, the model’s been great. yeah, we…

06:27
Yeah, so nothing’s really changed. We inventory a very, very small amount of product, but not enough to call us anything other than a dropshipper, that’s for sure. Have there been any plans to like private label anything under your own brand or is it, are you planning on still sticking with the dropship model? We will primarily stick with the dropship model until it doesn’t make sense to do so any longer. Yes, I’m going to, the plan is now to just take some very vehicle specific mounts and try to.

06:56
when new vehicles come on the market. Because one of the things we sell for the folks who don’t know, so we sell radio equipment, you need to have put an antenna on your vehicle for a lot of the equipment we sell. And so you need a mount that’s specific to whatever make model of vehicle you have. Sometimes the manufacturing companies for these mounts sort of lag behind with new vehicle, like new vehicle body styles and things like that come out. So we just want to be on the, I guess more on the forefront of building those mounts and labeling those. And so that’s the plan and that’s

07:25
That’s what we’re gonna be moving towards on the latter part of this year. You know what I really like about this interview here is I get a lot of questions just on drop shipping in general, which I’m hoping you could answer as part of running a successful drop ship store. So first of all, a lot of people are worried about the margins. Would you mind commenting on like what your average margins are? Yeah, so I try to keep our margins at 30%. Okay. 30 % or higher. Yeah, it can be tough. There’s definitely times.

07:53
It’s a dip below that. fact, in December, I was closer to that 25 % and we’ve had to bump it up. Shipping has become a real issue. I think that’s been the toughest thing because both because of the amount of volume we’ve done, especially this year, not not we, but I’m talking about us as a whole, like, let’s say America, the amount of packages America’s ordered has caused both UPS and USPS and other shipping companies to increase their rates and do increase their rates, reduce their promises.

08:23
and generally do a worse job of delivering packages. Yeah, that’s for sure. Yeah, no kidding. That was this last year, especially towards the latter part of the year, the thing that has been squeezing our margins the most. yeah, mean, it’s a very, if you’re drop shipping, for anybody who wants to get into it, you want to find a product that you can really add some value to, right? What we don’t do is we don’t just throw a bunch of products up on a page and expect that.

08:50
somebody’s gonna buy them. You have to be able to provide some sort of tangible value to your customer, whether you’re a dropshipping business or any other business, whether that’s with your product, whether that’s with your service. I mean, at the end of the day, you just have to bring value to the customer and that’s why they’re gonna choose to buy Actually, what is your primary value add? More technical knowledge, product technical knowledge, installation advice, the products that we carry.

09:18
aren’t as straightforward, like a lot of them aren’t plug and play per se. So it requires some specific knowledge to know, what parts do I need for this complete radio system for my Jeep? Let’s say they just brought a brand new 2020 Gladiator and they want to, you know, outfit it with a CB system or GMRS radio system. And they’re wondering, okay, what mounts do I need? What kind of cable do I need to go from the mount, you know, to the radio? What antenna is right? And then once this stuff is installed, you know, for CB, you actually have to like,

09:47
you have to tune the antenna. It’s hard in a day where everything is plug and play, right, to imagine that there’s some equipment out there that you actually still have to install and then tune for it to work properly. And so because there’s a lot of complexities around our product, we’re able to answer the questions around those in a way that drives sales and gives customers great experiences. So in terms of pricing then, presumably there’s other people that sell this exact same products that you carry, right? absolutely.

10:16
Would you say you’re on the higher end of pricing or in the middle or low? I try to be on the higher end. However, it’s interesting competing with marketplaces because I was just alerted yesterday by a customer that one of our top selling antennas they said oh man, you’re you’re cheaper than Amazon and I thought to myself I need to raise the price of that You know, I’m like I’m definitely selling it for two less. Yeah, we we try to be on the higher end right because we we bring value

10:45
in ways that a third party marketplace can’t. Or a marketplace can’t. So yeah, we try to be on the higher end. So let me ask you this then, what if I call you up and I get all this advice and then I go and buy it from somewhere cheap? Is there some service contracts that you provide that make me want to buy from you or is it just goodwill? Oh yeah, just goodwill. Presumably you’d want to be a humane person.

11:12
and you wouldn’t do that to somebody. No, I’m just giving you a hard time. I was like, of myself, oh, would I do that to you, Would I do that to you? No, I mean, it happens from time to time. But the truth is, most folks care to buy from somebody who knows the product. the thing is, Steve, it’s not like we’re that much more expensive. talking maybe we’re $10 more, right?

11:40
For a lot of people, it’s worth $10 to do it. Now, if we were $50 more, that would probably start to create some real problems. But I’m talking like, yeah, we’re like maybe $10 over what somebody might be able to piece something together for on their own, but then maybe they miss a part, right? And they have to order it again. That costs time and delays. then if they order from us, if they have issues or if they have questions, they can actually call and talk to a person about it who knows something about it. I mean, you can’t call, you couldn’t call Amazon about.

12:10
You know, Yeah, definitely. mean, what kind of I mean or or anything else by that, you know, so there you go. So that implies then that everyone on your support staff is very knowledgeable about the products that sounds really hard to find, actually. You know, it the products that we have are complex in some ways, but, know, I’m actually just currently training, training a new hire. And this was his third week, and I’d say he’s very close.

12:40
I mean, he’s already had customers comment and say, hey, his name’s Paul. they said, hey, Paul is super helpful. Really appreciated his product knowledge and expertise and just patience to talk me through the process. That happened just a couple of days ago. So, wow, yes, it’s technical in nature. And there are some things that I will always know that maybe my support staff isn’t going to be able to communicate. They’ll be able to communicate 95 % of it, no problem and help.

13:09
99 % of problems. So it works. Do you get a lot of sales over the phone then?

13:17
Good question about. I’m trying to think of what our percentages were last year. It was less than 10 % phone sales. I want to say it was closer to seven, which is pretty actually, which is pretty weak for us. The year before we did more last year, we did just a ton more volume though. We did did also some a fair amount of work on on CR on some conversion rate optimization tactics, creating our.

13:46
making our website a little bit more mobile friendly to bolster our conversion rate a little bit. So I think that that’s also pushed that percentage down a little bit. However, I do feel like we have a handful of touch points with customers when they call us or email us and then they go self-serve purchase online. Okay. And the last time I interviewed you, Darian, about his business, it was obviously before you’d acquired it. I remember him telling me that it was pretty manual.

14:11
I think he said like at the end of the day, he had spreadsheets that he sent off to distributors to have things shipped. Is it more automated now? Much more automated. You know, since that time, you know, there’s there’s been soft drop shipping software developed. And truthfully, one of the things I’m working, spending a lot of time on now is just really getting getting our drop shipping software set up to so so everything is is very automated. It’s very intelligent. I mean, we used to have to back in the day, you know,

14:39
we would have to manually, we were manually inputting tracking numbers. That was one of our VA’s primary jobs. You we would get an invoice, the tracking number, they would go on the website and literally copy and paste it in there. But now obviously all that information is automatically uploaded into Shopify from the drop shipping software we use called Duoplane, which is great. They have a great team over there. Is that Sanaki’s friends company? Yeah, yeah, Sanaki’s former partner, CINNA. I can’t remember CINNA’s last name, but yeah.

15:08
Can you just describe briefly what the software does so that it does it apply to most dropship vendors or do they have to have a tie into it as well? So they they can tie it in. So a couple of my vendors are very low tech and so they have some. Some kind of pretty old data feeds and inventory systems. All that to say what the system does is you know orders come in through us. You know.

15:36
through my website, through Shopify, those upload into Dualplane. Dualplane looks at the orders and looks at the, you know, take a look at the SKUs on the orders. And then the way that we have it set up is it will then route that order, send that order to the distributor that is closest to, that has the product in stock and is closest to the customer to reduce shipping costs and all that good stuff. And then it will ship out. If there’s an issue, then our customers or our vendors would say, hey, you know, we don’t have this part.

16:05
maybe let’s say if there’s something wrong with the inventory feed and, and it shows they had the part and they didn’t, they would communicate that back to us and we would just route it to another supplier. You can split ship, you can create, you know, some different, different rules within, within dual plane, how you want your orders shipped. And you could just choose the lowest cost supplier and have it go that way all the time too. Like I said, we, we choose to go closest to the customer for the quickest, you know, quickest shipment and, uh, you know, quickest delivery time.

16:36
by low tech, let’s say your distributors really low tech, like how would you expect them to connect to Duo Plane? is it like, how do you set, like to your lowest tech distributor, how do you send the order? Or how does Duo Plane do it, I guess? Yeah, so, so Duo Plane sends the order in an email format to them and then they either upload it, if they have an inventory system, then they would upload it via CSV into their inventory system and they would send a file and Duo Plane would.

17:03
grab the information on the CSV, or I even have one distributor where it legitimately pulls the tracking number out of the text of an email. So, an email. they send us the- I mean, it’s, yeah, there’s some real challenges, but if you have some higher tech distributors, it makes it lot easier. So. I see. Okay. So dual planes like glue, essentially. Like however your distributor wants the data or the order, that’s what dual plane does essentially. Yep. And they have a team over there that works to see that.

17:32
you get the information you need. We have had some cases where, you know, they’ve said, we can’t, you know, pull data out of this, this kind of report. But, you just try to work around that and problem solve. Yep. How does the inventory work then for the low tech guys? Do they give you a real time feed of how much stuff’s left? They all have feeds. So they at least have that much, right? So if you have any kind of inventory system, you should have some kind of FTP where you actually

18:02
show what you have. I mean, they’re not only paper. They’re not that low tech where they’re writing everything on paper all the time, but it is still pretty low tech. Yeah. it real time though? Like, you check it before? Like, is it updated in real time on your site or does it sometimes happen where you actually sell something that’s accidentally out of stock? No, I accidentally sell some things that are out of stock. I actually don’t have it set up where it necessarily manipulates the number.

18:30
on Shopify on our inventory numbers. The parts that we carry, Steve, I generally don’t carry things that, well, first off, I have distributors that have very overlapping inventory. So it’s very rare for them to be out of some products. When they are out of those products, we’ll manually list them out of stock because it’s something that we’ll know about. it’s, you know, and also we’re not talking like, I don’t have tens of thousands of SKUs either. You know, I run on around like 500-ish SKUs.

19:00
So it’s not an over. Yeah, yeah, but it’s not an overwhelming amount where you where you lose track of the product that you sell. If I had 20,000 SKUs, you know, it would be different. It’d be different game, right? So sure. Okay. And then if someone orders from different distributors, they might still get different packages or their order broken up into multiple packages, right? Once in a while we do that. We try to avoid doing that. But I’m just trying to get it happens.

19:28
of like when you’re charging someone for shipping, that’s based on weight or dollar amount or? We do free shipping on orders over $75 and then I have essentially like three different shipping tiers for different weights of products. Okay. And then it’s up to Duoplane to route it to the cheapest place or all to one distributor preferably, right? Yeah, what it does is it just tries to first route it all to one distributor and then the distributor

19:58
closest. So whoever has the product and whoever is closest to the customer is how the logic works. ahead. I was going say, you have overlapping distributors for almost all of your products so that there is a way for, so Dualplane actually does some routing. Okay. Exactly. Nice. Okay. Let’s talk about your day to day. I remember before you were working four hours a day on this, this is way back in the day. What are your

20:26
duties now running the store on a day-to-day basis? Oh, good question. Well, I am still way more involved in the business as far as like daily operations than I would like to be. Over the years, you know, we because of the products we sell and what I was sharing before, the kind of nature of our business where we are, you know, are a little bit higher touch. I’ve just, you know, really taken.

20:53
taking pride in making sure that we provide really, really great customer service. Now it’s looked different over the years. When we first started, it was me and a VA and I was doing probably way more than I should. And I contracted some folks out to help specifically with phone calls and some email quotes and things like that. That worked for a little while, but now I’ve just decided I think the best way to do it is to have state-side employees who understand the product, who are happy to talk on the phone and you know.

21:22
answer customer questions and emails. Right now we have two customer service reps, and then I can fill in for like really kind of the higher level questions. And yeah, that’s that’s what it looks like now. I’m currently working on getting another VA hopefully, hopefully I’ll hear back tomorrow about new a new prospect for a VA so we can have whoever that person is, you know, help a little bit with customer service, but also some data and reports and things like that, that we’re trying to generate daily as well.

21:52
Here’s what I got a little bit. I feel like I got a little bit lost in the question. Now would you go ahead? What I was trying to get at is it sounds like a lot of it is automated now, whereas it wasn’t before. So outside of customer support, what work left is there?

22:08
Not a ton. The only other thing is we do have situations like right now we’re dealing with some shortages in raw materials. So we have some popular products that have now become out of stock because, for instance, one of our main products is a fiberglass antenna. Well, the company that makes this antenna ran out of fiberglass. And so we’re really starting to feel some of the

22:35
some of the effects of sort of like the interruption in the supply chain system due to COVID now. And so we’ve had to be a little bit more creative about solving like, you know, when we have like a primary product that’s in a lot of our packages come out of stock, you know, solving, you know, what are we going to, what are we going to substitute in here? How are we going to communicate it to the customer? How are we going to, you know, work with different distributors and how are we going to find some more of these antennas?

23:04
things like that. I’ve been doing more of that. beyond that, mean, that’s about what it is other than, you know, just, I guess, planning, creating more content. you know, but by and large, that’s kind of the precipice I’m sort of on right now, Steve, is I finally have the hands to start taking care of the customer service where I was just really involved with that more. And so I’m really just kind of extracting out of my, I’m in the process of really extracting myself from that world.

23:36
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:04
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:34
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So it sounds like you’re kind of looking for new products. That’s like one of your primary duties. Let me ask you a question then. What is stopping you from just carrying a whole bunch of stuff since you don’t have to carry inventory?

24:59
You mentioned you only have 500 SKUs, right? Why not carry a thousand? Good question. I think you just really want to be focused on what makes sense for your niche. If there are products that make sense for us to carry, and we are expanding out into some, I hope to have maybe a thousand SKUs maybe a few years down the line, but they will all be around high quality radio equipment, coax cables, things like that. We’ve branched out in the past and sold

25:27
You know, some like LED headlights, like high-end LED headlights and other products like that. And they just haven’t done well because that’s not what folks are coming to our website for. know, all of our traffic for the most part is organic. You know, we do really do well with, you know, long tail search, things like that. And so when folks are landing on our page, they’re not necessarily looking for LED headlights, you know, they’re looking for radio specific equipment. So I suppose we could, and I could, you know, litter the site with a bunch of coax, you know, connectors and

25:56
all this other stuff and maybe to be profitable but also sometimes carrying those more obscure products creates a lot more questions than it does profit. And then you spend time trying to work with hobbyists to figure out some random system than you do just kind of focusing on the bread and butter and what really makes money. Yeah, that makes sense. If the support costs exceed the potential profit, then it makes sense not to carry.

26:23
Yeah, but there isn’t a lot of stuff we’re saying no to. A lot of the products we sell, I mean, we sell very much, you know, we sell, we sell CB radios, you know, and so it’s a very mature product. There’s not a whole lot of new ones coming onto the market, you know? And so on some level, it doesn’t make sense to add a bunch more, but we, but recently we have expanded into, you know, other frequency radios. I’d mentioned GMRS.

26:48
mobile radios that that’s something that’s become really popular. So we’ve expanded probably 30 skews into that and we’ll be creating some more and we’re building content around that this spring as well. So, okay. mean, we’ll grow in that direction and in some hand equipment as well. But yeah, that’s what it looks like. Also, I think that you want to know your products well. So just littering the catalog with too many things, I think can be a little bit of a

27:17
Right, dilutes your expertise in a way too. I see. It could. It really can. Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about what changes you made with Right Channel now that you didn’t have you, Darien, weighing you down. I mean, that guy probably weighed you down like a ton of bricks, right? Oh man, the burden was lifted. You know, I think once I bought the business, it became the only thing we were doing, right?

27:46
I was working half a day on Right Channel Radios before I bought it. And then I just went into, we just made ourselves a lot more available to our customers in virtually every way, more available on the phone, via email. When you turn the switch, and I love Andrew and I loved working for him when I did, but when you flip the switch and you start seeing that money go from

28:15
or we start seeing the money from your sales come directly into your bank account, that definitely in my mind at least flipped a switch and man, I was doing anything I could to get anybody who called or emailed us, I was working as hard as I could to get, convert any of those sales. That’s funny how that happens. It’s the truth, know, it’s the ultimate, it’s just the ultimate ownership, you know, when you start seeing that come when you do pay also.

28:42
I also took out a huge loan and so that’s motivating. So I want to make sure my kids get to eat. So there you go. give us some numbers, Pat. Like how much has it grown? And let’s talk about your most recent years growth also. So how much has it grown since you bought it? uh, yep. Just did the calculation here. So it’s 47 % up. So we’ve grown 47 % since I purchased this, purchased it, uh, 2016 almost five years at this point, just under five years. Yep.

29:10
You made your money back after three and these past couple years plus the growth has all been gravy. So sounds like it’s a win win all across the board for you. Yeah, that and I mean, we’re doing because we’re doing significantly more revenue as well. I mean, I think that if we ever did want to sell down the line that both bolsters the multiple quite a bit. And so it’s been it’s been quite nice. It’s obviously had some some challenges, but yeah, 40 percent, seven percent up. And then we just closed the

29:39
The books on our biggest month ever in January, were, yeah, we did. I don’t know, Eudarian Mike. Do we want to make Eudarian jealous? You don’t have to say if you don’t want to. I think we just got to say, so we did, we just did our first month over 200K in January. Oh baby, I can’t, I couldn’t believe it. Congratulations, man. Yeah, thank you. And I am just thrilled and it’s been a wild ride. It’s been great to you.

30:08
I know you, Darren, have never seen that kind of money before. No, sorry, sorry, friend. mean, you know, that’s why I had to move from Bozeman to Tucson. So there you go. So let’s talk about what you did after the acquisition that grew the sales actually.

30:24
After the acquisition, like I think the main thing Steve was really just focusing on that customer experience and bringing a lot more value to the customer that that came in that did a that did a handful of things. I saw our return customer rate go up pretty, pretty significantly. You know, did to boost that. I think I think honestly, it was just as simple as being more available to the customer, being very responsive to.

30:54
You know chats. Well, we we added chat. I don’t think we we I think we might have done it there for a little bit But anyway added did everything from adding live chat to the website Which is funny to talk about or even think that we didn’t have that at one time But I guess five years somewhat on some level. It’s kind of a long time ago I don’t remember you expanding your phone hours, too Yeah, Yeah, because we only we only did you know, we’re only available half the day, which is kind of weird, you know when it

31:23
business is only available on the phone for four to five hours a day as opposed to eight to nine. So yeah, we absolutely expanded all that. And then we’re just more responsive the email. And I think I mean, that that was about as simple as it was was just being more available to the customer. There was no secret sauce or anything like that or anything that that we did that was super strategic. So how do you most of your sales today? Is it still the same as it was?

31:51
No, well, I mean, we drive a lot of organic traffic. However, we’re significantly more active with our email marketing. We send emails every single week. We’ve, we’ve developed a lot more, um, a lot more customer flows for different customer segments, you know, between like, you know, win back campaigns, retention campaigns. And I think that our content overall is just better, but we send very, very regular emails to our customers. So we’re communicating with them a lot more. You guys using PlayView? Yeah.

32:21
Oh yeah, sweet. I it’s, yeah, it’s the thing to use. Was Andrew using Klaviyo back then? I’m trying to think. That was a long time ago. Was he? Oh yeah. Yeah, man. You know what? I used to have, this is when Klaviyo first launched. We used to use Skype or not Skype. No, we used to use Skype. Yeah. We used to use Skype to talk with each other. And I had Ed, what is it? Ed Halen? Oh yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Ed Halen and Ed Edward.

32:48
Had them on Skype and I would call them up if I was having an issue way back in the day No jokes, and we were like really early adapters to clay vo I still have the same account still using it. So nice. Yeah, we never use we never use anything else at this point can’t understand Yeah, why why we would ever ever go but so it’s been great I remember clay view at the very beginning and when they’re you know templates weren’t really that great, but now they’re awesome And and I don’t make any of the emails myself. So it’s even better

33:17
So there you go. So you mentioned a lot of your traffic is still organic. that imply that you’re constantly, cause you’re getting new products in all the time, right? So does that imply you’re constantly churning out more content or updating the existing one? Yeah. So we are creating more content in the way of technical resources and blogs and things like that. But it’s, it’s far less than you would think. I think that we’ve just done a good job creating content in the past. You know, most of our project pages.

33:47
product pages have very in-depth descriptions. We have video content. We have our own photo content, things that just really set us apart from the competition who’s selling the same products that we have. But recently, man, we published this blog about just CB frequencies. I talked about what frequencies CB radio uses and what those frequencies are typically used or what those channels are typically used for. it’s, man, that thing’s been

34:17
You know, that thing is blown up. It’s it’s it. think last month had more hits than our SWR tuning article, which was our, you know, or our intended tuning article, which was our, highest performing articles. And now, you know, we just launched this new piece of content and yeah. Also recently the, the, uh, recent Google algorithm updates, the one in, I think it was December 3rd and the other on January 7th and eight have both been very kind to us. And so I think that.

34:47
As we’ve created content over the years, we’ve created content for humans primarily while obviously putting, using some keyword, you know, targeted keywords in our product, just made a descriptions and tags and things like that. Anyway, I’d like to say it’s been, it’s really paid off. remember that was Euderian strategy. That was one thing that you guys did really well back when he owned it. And it’s nice to see that.

35:15
I mean, a lot of this stuff takes time, right? So it’s great that, you know, finally it’s just decide to explode, like Google decided to explode the traffic. So you did a good job laying the foundation. Yeah. know what? He, you know what he did. Way to go, Andrew. Yeah. Let’s give him some credit for that. Hey, there you go. Give him a pat on the back. Yeah, he did. And I think, you know, from the beginning, uh, I think he even explained it in a way to me about how, how he went about creating content that

35:45
really sunk in. Yeah, we’ve never tried to game the search engine by any way, shape or form, you know, by keyword stuffing or anything like that. And so we’ve just always written for humans and it’s working out now. That’s for sure. Cool. And then are you doing anything paid at all? Or is it the reason why I asked that is because I know the margins are lower for dropshipping. mentioned you try to maintain 25 to 30, which is kind of borderline, I think, for advertising. So yeah, just kind of curious.

36:15
Yeah, so I do very, very little paid traffic and I probably should do more. Right now I have an AdWords budget that is embarrassingly low at around like $500 a month, it yielded, I should probably, I’ll just say that it yielded enough in sales. I should probably look at scaling that up a little bit. Yes, it costs to bring that traffic in, but when you’re spending as little as I am on that paid stuff, I should probably start.

36:45
Hey, there’s, I mean, you only have certain amount of things to focus on, right? Sounds like content’s working for you guys and you’re just putting the pedal down on content. So. Well, that’s, that’s, that’s every entrepreneur’s thing, right? Is there are a hundred other things that I could be, you know, focusing on or, man, this should really require some attention. It’s like, yes, at the end of the day, it’s about like, what’s your capacity to do that? You can’t do everything, you know? So, and you can’t also manage.

37:12
a thousand contractors doing everything for you either then you just end up in the hole. So there you go. Can we talk a little bit about your lifestyle and what this running this business is like? That’s kind of why I was getting that earlier on what your day to day was like. Is your lifestyle pretty free? It it has ebbed and flowed. So yes. In the in early days, I would say, you know, it’s very focused. And then I got these contractors and they were

37:40
you know, doing a great job on the phone. And then my lifestyle became very free. And I really wasn’t, I wasn’t really needed at the office a lot. And the thing is though, I, so I had these contractors and they were, were doing a pretty good job on the phone. And then I had this VA and she had been with us for a really long time at the beginning. She was awesome, but things started to not go quite as well. And details started getting missed and, it was about December of 2019. And I just,

38:08
I was just really getting this sinking feeling that, you know, I had a very free lifestyle, but it just felt like I wasn’t present enough in the business. And it seemed like, what’s the word that I’m trying to say? Disconnected? I no, I just maybe disconnected the word. just felt like we were doing about 80 % as good of a job as we could have been doing. Like we’re doing a good job. not doing a great job, you know?

38:36
And the thing is in our niche, we exist to just provide like the best recommendations, the best experience. And so I made a change. I let the contractors go, the phone contractors, let them move on. I let my VA move on somewhere else. so this, this was, this was a, well, you know, it was what it was, but for a while there, I was just kind of like setting the groundwork for what the business was going to look like next, getting ready to bring some more people on.

39:05
man and then COVID hit and then our business exploded and it was just me for, no joke Steve, like six months. And so yeah, from about March of last year until August, had, mean, what was my life? My lifestyle was not great. I still got out and I biked and I speeded with the kids and stuff like that. But man, I worked more in 2020 than I have in quite a few years. So I’ll just say it.

39:34
I feel like the lifestyle thing ebbs and flows. Generally speaking, I’ve kept like a pretty good lifestyle and a very nice lifestyle of the business. I’m out biking quite a bit, know, multiple days a week in the winter. You know, like I was telling you, you know, before we started this, I’m taking these kids up to Bridger bowl. We’ll get up there about three days a week. And so it’s, it’s been good. I’m not very, very rich lifestyle, but there was a solid six months there where I didn’t really have much of a life at all. I was in the worst shape. I’d been in, a long time.

40:03
and I was just working like a dog every day. I mean, when the sales are exploding like that due to COVID, man, that’s, I mean, that’s, it’s a good thing. So, well, yeah, it’s a good thing. I mean, you were packing boxes at one time. remember. Oh yeah, I do that. I mean, it was bad for us because we couldn’t hire anyone because we didn’t want to interview anyone. Yeah. Right. So I was in there packing every day during the holidays. Yeah. I remember that. I remember seeing, I remember seeing that. Yup. Got to do what you got to do. it’s your business at the end of the day, man.

40:31
If you, you know, at some point, if you don’t go into it, it’s not going to get done. So there you go. was going to ask you, what do you do about returns? Do they get sent straight back to the manufacturer? Do they come back to you? I try to have them know I have them all sent back to the distributor. Okay. And so yeah, I, I, our return policy could use some love, but the way that I have it now is if anybody receives a defective product, we just immediately replace it, send them a return label and get the other one back.

41:01
Very hassle free the thing is that they want to return a like brand new product. You know we have an ra system in place It’s on them to ship it back to us I am working on a system where they can get they can essentially pay for a label to toss it on there That would be a lot more customer friendly so working on that now But that’s what it looks like and then it goes we we we get an ra on one of my distributors I can generate my own ra the other one we need to get an authorization, but it normally only takes a couple hours and

41:29
We try turn those around pretty quick. Okay. So you don’t actually handle the return product for them. I don’t. Okay. No, I just remember back in the day, I think you guys had a lot of product returned directly to you. I think that’s changed, right? Yeah, that’s changed. That’s changed quite a bit. Yeah. We’ve cut down on that. I’ve one of the ways that you cut down on a product just showing up at your house is you just try to make sure that your address isn’t anywhere that your actual address. So I’ll have like Bozeman, Montana.

41:58
listed but I will not have the street address listed. I must say really, really dig for it. But all that to say, I mean, I have a solid, probably like $2,500 to $3,000 worth of CB gear in my garage if anybody wants to come buy some. There you go, come on over. So are you worried about Amazon at all? Just kind of, because in theory, a lot of this stuff can be found on Amazon for cheaper. You mentioned a couple cases where it wasn’t, but.

42:26
Are you worried at all about Amazon kind of undercutting you on price? You know, that that’s always that’s always a concern. Yeah, it’s definitely something to be cognizant of. The edge we have over Amazon is that when somebody wants to order the products that we sell, they don’t need just one thing. Typically, they need a variety of things, and it can be confusing and hard to find them all and know that they’re all going to be compatible with each other.

42:55
And so when you look at ordering via Amazon, which I’m sure they’re, I’m sure they’re selling more revenue and TV equipment than we are. mean, that’s to go, it goes without, goes without saying, but am I worried about Amazon? I mean, at some level, after all the nightmare stories that I’ve heard, you know, from our other customers or from other resellers being on Amazon, it makes me really happy that, that we don’t depend on any marketplace. I hope.

43:23
Well, I don’t know. I think it would be really hard for Amazon to get to a point where they can really compete with us in the realm of service. But, you know, don’t underestimate those guys for the time being. think we definitely edge them out in a lot of ways. Maybe somebody can find something a little bit cheaper over there. And if they want to do that, fine, that’s not a customer though. So I think after talking to you now, I think in a lot of ways your product is

43:50
pretty ideal for drop chipping. It’s kind of complicated. There’s a lot of moving parts that might be incompatible with each other. So I’d feel much more comfortable. I would just go up to you and say, hey, this is what I want to do. Just tell me what to buy, right? Exactly, exactly. And that’s what we have customers do all day every day is they just, call up and they say, hey, I’m a newbie at this. We just need some help. Show us what to buy. And the truth is most of the time when they say that we already have a pre-existing kit for what they need, they just.

44:19
Maybe they weren’t able to find it on the website. But the truth is a lot of times people just want to call and they just want that reassurance that this is the actual right thing that they need. know, right. So the million dollar question, I guess then is, would you recommend dropshipping as a model to other people? I think if you’re going to drop ship, you have to have just like, just like any business, you need to understand how you’re going to bring value to your customer, throwing up a website and putting products on it.

44:49
You know, and just, that’s not gonna work. Or at least I think it would be very hard to make that work. You have to have some specific value that you can bring your customer. And as long as you are bringing value to your customer, then I think you’re gonna do fine, whether you’re dropshipping, whether you’re selling a branded product. At the end of the day, I don’t think that matters quite as much. Now, obviously, if you have your own product and brand, you can enjoy some margins, but.

45:19
Yeah, I mean, what I recommend drop shipping. If you were in my shoes, if you are in my shoes, the same shoes I was in when I bought the business from Andrew when I was working for him, where, you he wants to sell this business and we have all these super happy customers. I’m getting emails every single day where folks are saying, wow, we love you guys so much. You were so helpful to us. Absolutely. I would not discourage you from buying a business just because it’s a drop shipper.

45:47
because that’s already evidence that you’re bringing value. If you’re just starting up from scratch, I think it’s gonna be significantly harder, but I do think it can be done if you can bring value to the end customer, no doubt about it. I’m just wondering if like the traffic from your content just all of sudden dried up. What is like the backup plan? Good question. I mean, you your email lists obviously, right?

46:12
Yeah, yeah, no, we have our we have our email list. We have paid traffic. We get a lot of direct traffic to Steve. So even if let’s say, let’s say we stopped getting organic traffic tomorrow, about I want to say like 20 to 25 % of our traffic right now has been for last month was direct. And so that’s just people typing in for those that don’t know that just people typing in right channel reviews.com and coming coming direct to our business past customers. We would you know, we leverage up our email really high.

46:42
Come to think of it, you said 25%. 20, maybe it’s closer to 20 Steve. No, mean, it’s still really high. That’s pretty good. Yeah. Yeah. That’s not bad. It’s because on some level we have built a brand for ourselves over the last handful of years. you know, we’ve been, this is our 13th year in business. Andrew started the business in 2008. So, you know, we’ve been around for a minute. I would really do something that I probably should be doing right now.

47:11
is I would really start reaching out and doing sales calls to people who I could see being larger corporate clients like, you know, mines and construction companies and other commercial companies that use our equipment. And then I would start writing a lot more content. That’s the other thing. I would just turn on the content creation, or turn the content creation switch. I’d probably recreate content that we created in the past, create more video content.

47:41
do some more, you know, product photography, the things that I believe really turn, you know, or really move the needle. And, you know, it would take a while to recover. There’s no doubt about that. But at the end of the day, you know, the nice thing about dropshipping is I don’t have like, this, you know, exorbitant amount of inventory that I’m sitting on, or I have, you know, most of my fixed costs are all in, you know, SaaS products, things like that.

48:08
So it’s not as crippling. And if it all dried up, that’s one thing about a business like this, right? It typically doesn’t just go to zero. If things get slower, I mean, that can definitely happen. Margins are getting squeezed, but it would be very unlikely for us to go from where we’re at now to just go to zero. That would be quite unlikely. I mean, I think it only has to go up at this point, actually, given the interest in that particular area.

48:35
Maybe next time when you hit eight figures, we’ll have you back and make you dare and feel really bad. Man, I just feel good. I feel good to be on such a distinguished podcast. I’ve been on e-commerce fuel a couple of times, but it’s not, you know, my wife quit her job is just, yeah, I know it’s not the same. Yeah. You know, I mean, I’ll be daring the other day. Give him a hard time. I mean,

48:58
last two podcasts have just been him monologuing. He’s having a hard time getting people to come on the thing. you know? you have any thought on this or what? He’s having problems getting guests these days, you know? So he’s forced to do those long drawn out monologues now. Just a long drawn out monologue. was like, man, what’s going on over there, buddy? Just joking, Andrew. We love you, bud. Yeah. So Pat, just in case, know CB radios are really popular now, especially post COVID.

49:25
Where can people find you, your store, and if they have any questions about that area at all, where can they find you? Yeah, so you can find us, of course, on our website, rightchannelradios.com. We have a Facebook page for Right Channel, of course. We have an Instagram, Right Channel Radios. You can find us there. And then we have a pretty cool Facebook group that we started called Overland Coms. And we’re just about to hit the thousand member mark over there. That’s been kind of a cool thing that we did start up in the midst of.

49:53
all the craziness of COVID, they started that Facebook group for people who are into this and have assigned a couple just interested members as moderators and they’ve just been doing a great job. yeah, Overland comms Facebook group. And then of course our website, rightchannelradios.com, all our contact information is there if they want to check that out. And then we have the same for Instagram and Facebook. They want to look us up on either of those channels. Nice. know those social channels are new since you, Darren also, I don’t remember him having any social channels back in the day.

50:22
We had a Facebook page, but we put not very much into it to save lives. Cool man, hey Pat, appreciate you coming on. I had a great time. I’ve been looking forward to this interview for quite some time. Thanks Steve. It’s great to talk to you and I just appreciate you having me on. Thank you very I can’t wait to head out to Bozeman again. Maybe during the summer, right? That’s the best time to go I think.

50:50
Freezing negative eight today. I’m in the office I had to come to office because trying to do a podcast in my house when I have five kids running around Isn’t the quietest environment so I’m at the office and man. It’s nighttime and the temperatures are just dropping I’m feeling every every degree go down. Oh man, you know We might who knows we might try to get a property out there and drive your property prices further higher

51:16
Please do. Yeah. I’ll start sending you some of the listings I’m looking at. If you guys could start bidding on them, really appreciate that. I’m like, Pat, isn’t this your address? Yeah, isn’t this your address? you should send some returns this way too, all right? Cool, Pat. I appreciate you coming on. And take care, man.

51:37
Hope you enjoy that episode. And if you ever see Andrew, ask him about this episode with Pat. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 362. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

52:05
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

52:33
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

361: How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It’s Not Financial Freedom) With Steve Chou

How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It's Not Financial Freedom)

It’s been a solid 5 years since I resigned from my day job so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about happiness in the context of your career, your business, and your life and what it takes to feel fulfilled.

What You’ll Learn

  • The patterns I’ve discovered with successful entrepreneurs
  • Why great success comes at a sacrifice
  • How to achieve work life balance

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m going solo to talk about business, family, wealth, fulfillment, and the delicate balance between them all. You’ll learn about my philosophies on happiness and specifically the factors that contribute to happiness and my reflections on life after quitting my job many years ago. But before we begin, I want to thank Cleovia for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and they depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who’s purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:55
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Now, Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:22
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it how it is in a raw, entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife Clutter Job podcast. In this episode, we’re gonna talk about happiness and fulfillment in the context of your career, your business, and your life. Now it’s actually been a solid five years now since I resigned from my day job, so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy. And here’s the thing, most people have this rosy vision of quitting their job and being their own boss, but personally, my transition when I first quit was not entirely smooth.

03:05
And for those of you who think financial freedom is the answer to all of your problems, you might want to think again. And in fact, at one point, I considered taking on another day job at a startup because I had this void in my life. But one major positive about quitting is that it has had a profound effect on my business success. Because I have a lot more time to spend on work, I’ve been able to make numerous improvements to both my e-commerce store and my blog. So for example, in the last five years, my businesses have grown dramatically.

03:34
I’ve tweaked my tablet and mobile sites to drastically improve my conversion rates. I redesigned my e-commerce store. I rewrote four months worth of email autoresponder sequences to convert customers on autopilot. I started doing SMS marketing. I started creating Facebook messenger bots. I created a YouTube channel. I have an Instagram profile. I’m tweeting three times a day and hell, I’m even on TikTok right now. Now for my blog, I’ve been putting out longer, more comprehensive posts, which have done exceptionally well. And the same goes with YouTube.

04:04
but even though I’ve been cranking on the business front, I’ve also been struggling with a couple of things that I’m gonna talk about in this episode. So first off, here’s my take on happiness, success, and stress. Now, whenever I speak at conferences, and it’s been a while now due to COVID-19, a lot of people are always amazed at how lean I run my businesses. Now, I don’t have a staff, nor do I have any desire to build a large team. Now, for mywifequitterjob.com, I basically have one assistant

04:34
who helps me edit podcasts and my videos, but that’s pretty much it. I handle my online store course all by myself. I answer all my own emails and I basically help all the students on a personal level. I write all of my own posts from my blog and I produce all the content from my podcasts and my videos and my TikToks as well. Now, a while back, I actually spoke at FinCon with my buddy Noah Kagan and after my speech on how to make 60K in 90 minutes with an online webinar,

05:02
Noah Kagan asked me, he said, Steve, why don’t you up your game? Why aren’t you scaling your businesses to maximize your profit? Why don’t you hire more people to handle all of your stuff? And my simple answer to him was, I just don’t want the added stress. Both of my businesses each exceed seven figures. And if you look at my lifestyle, I barely spend any money at all and I have tons of free time. And outside of the kids, I have very few expenses. So in short, my businesses generate

05:31
way more money than I need to live. So with scaling my businesses generate me a lot more money, hell yeah. But would it make me any happier? I’m not so sure. And here’s something that I’ve come to discover. I’ve come to discover that great success comes at a huge sacrifice. Now ever since I started my podcast, I’ve actually met and hung out with many successful entrepreneurs, but I consistently get this feeling that the more successful you are, the lonelier

06:01
and the unhappier that you actually get. In fact, most of my uber successful friends have been forced to sacrifice their social and their family lives to grow their businesses. And believe me, I’ve thought a lot about pressing down hard on the gas pedal in the past. As an undergrad at Stanford, I was a member of a special group called the Mayfield Fellows. Now only 12 students are selected per year and you are provided with special resources and access to venture capitalist mentors to start your own company. And over the years,

06:30
many of my Mayfield fellows have had eight, nine, and even 10-figure exits. For example, Kevin Systrom of Instagram is perhaps the most successful Mayfield alumni. And another Mayfield fellow friend of mine, Steph Hannon, was the CTO for Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign. Now, when you put a bunch of driven people together, the pressure to succeed is intense. Anyway, whenever we have our annual retreats, I often feel inferior

06:58
Because while I’m out there selling hankies and digital courses, everyone else is creating life and world-changing companies. Now, I know it’s probably not the right way to think about it, but my ego wants to start and scale to a much larger company. And I often have to remind myself of the costs. Is the prestige worth it? Are the sacrifices justified? Will creating a large company actually make me happy? Which always leads me to think about achieving balance.

07:27
Now for me, I know that there’s four aspects of my life that I must maintain in order to feel fulfilled and happy. So number one, my basic needs must be met. Can I afford to buy whatever I need to buy and can I support my family? Do I have enough money to kick back and do what I want? Two, my mind also needs to be stimulated. Do I find what I’m working on interesting and fulfilling? And am I using my brain to its fullest capacity and potential? I also have to feel close to my family.

07:55
Am I spending enough time with my wife and kids? And am I involved enough to be an integral part of my kids’ lives? I also require social stimulation. Am I interacting with interesting people who share my goals and ideals? And do I have peers that are constantly challenging me to do better? Now, over the years, I’ve actually discovered that once a minimum threshold has been met for a given category, the categories that I just mentioned, further gains have diminishing returns.

08:23
So for example, if I go out with my friends two or three times a week, that’s generally good enough to satisfy my social needs. Going out any more often than that isn’t going to improve my social satisfaction, and the same goes for all the other categories that I just mentioned. Now, the secret to happiness in my mind lies in achieving the appropriate balance that matches your specific personality. But how do you figure out your need thresholds for each category? Well, here’s what my current situation looks like, and you can figure this out

08:52
for yourself. And just a quick note, my life is not entirely balanced yet, but I’m actively working on

09:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

09:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

09:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

10:09
So here’s aspect number one, which I call wealth, and I give myself a 4.5 out of five. Now first off, I don’t actually consider myself rich, but I do have more than enough money to do whatever I want. If I feel like going out to eat at nice restaurant, I don’t blink an eye. If I want to take an extended vacation on a cruise ship in a two-story suite, not a problem. If I want to attend a couple of NBA finals games, no sweat. As long as I don’t do anything stupid or spend my money recklessly,

10:39
I can easily generate enough income to cover my basic expenses and anything that I want to do. So back when Noah asked me why I haven’t tried to blow up my businesses, two immediate thoughts popped up in my head. One, scaling any business requires hiring a team. And managing team members always makes things more complicated. Now at Bumblebee Linens, we have three employees. And while they’ve generally been pretty good, dealing with different personalities and keeping everyone motivated

11:07
has caused a good amount of stress. And then two, life is always much simpler when your business is small. And right now I can actually take care of almost everything by myself. And in the worst case, I could keep everything running on my own and not have to worry about juggling a bunch of different moving parts. And finally, there are diminishing returns in the money department. Would I welcome more money in my life? Of course, but would money make me happier? Probably not. So right now I think I’m pretty good in the wealth department.

11:37
and I will continue to grow my businesses at a steady pace. Aspect number two, mental stimulation. I give myself a four out of five in this department. And I’ve mentioned this many times in the past, but my mind requires constant stimulation. And one of the main reasons I worked as a hardware engineering director for so long is because designing microprocessors requires a decent amount of brain power. And at my day job, I had the pleasure of working with brilliant people from MIT, Stanford, and Cal.

12:06
Actually Cal sucks, I don’t count Cal as one of those colleges. But anyway, there was one point early on in the company where 80 % of the employees had advanced degrees from the top five colleges in the nation and it made me appreciate working with people so much smarter than myself. And unfortunately for me, selling hankies, blogging, podcasting, YouTubing, teaching my class isn’t really enough to satisfy my intellectual needs. So when I quit my job, I actually tried to fill the void

12:36
with a couple of software projects that I silently worked on in the background. And that’s how I covered myself in this department. And today I write all my own plugins and that sort of thing. And that’s done a pretty good job of keeping me satisfied and mentally stimulated. Okay, aspect number three, family. I give this a five out of five and family is the main reason why I decided to quit my job. My kids are at an age right now where they still adore me and they actually want to hang out.

13:04
So instead of sitting behind a computer in an office all day working for the man, I made the decision to sacrifice a little mental stimulation for an active role in their lives. And here’s the thing about my kids, while I love them to death, I’m not the type of dad that can spend every minute with them because they drive me nuts. So instead my goal has been to simply be present in their lives. So for example, I make sure I’m around to help them with their homework. I make sure I’m around to play with them if they want to play.

13:32
and then make sure I’m around to attend their soccer, volleyball, basketball games, whatever they want to do. And I might not be hanging out with them every single minute of the day, but I’m there if they need me. Aspect number four, social stimulation. I give myself a three out of five, and this is actually one aspect of my life that I’m currently struggling with, and it might have something to do with COVID, but right now in my life, there is a lack of social stimulation. Whereas when I was working on my day job,

14:01
I was in constant contact with brilliant people every single day. And these people would challenge me to do better because I knew that they were smarter than me. But once I quit, this interaction abruptly stopped. And after quitting my job, I found myself sitting in front of my computer alone. In fact, the lack of interaction with smart and driven people is one of the main reasons why I considered joining another startup company shortly after quitting. But I knew deep down going back to work wasn’t the right choice. And today,

14:29
I have to make an active effort to meet up with other like-minded entrepreneurs in my area. I also try to attend as many relevant conferences as I can. Heck, I even started my own conference over at Solo Summit to help fill this void. But overall, I think that I’m in a pretty good place, and meeting three out of four of my happiness attributes isn’t bad at all. And currently, I would have to say that my biggest struggle is keeping my ego in check.

14:56
I know deep down that I could achieve much greater things in life and business if I were to just put the pedal down to the metal. And part of me always wants to be wildly successful and to be known for accomplishing amazing and impactful things, kind of like my mom who has discovered a cure for a rare disease. But at this point, I’ve got a decent handle on what makes me happy. And it’s just a matter of executing on that plan. But I am curious for anyone who is listening to this episode.

15:25
What are your minimum requirements for happiness? I would love to hear your thoughts and how you rate your four happiness parameters right now. Hope you enjoyed that episode and I was serious about wanting to know your thoughts on this episode and how you rank these factors in your life. So please leave a comment below this episode or just email me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 361. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.

15:53
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

16:20
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

360: Idiotic Mistakes We’ve All Made As Ecommerce Entrepreneurs With Kurt Elster

360: The 6 Most Common Mistakes That Ecommerce Entrepreneurs Make With Kurt Elster

Today I have my friend Kurt Elster back on the show. Kurt runs the Unofficial Shopify Podcast which is one of the few e-commerce podcasts that I listen to.

In this episode, both Kurt and I discuss the 6 most common mistakes that we’ve all made as ecommerce entrepreneurs. We talk about the stuff that almost everyone gets wrong when first starting out including myself!

What You’ll Learn

  • Steve’s list of boneheaded mistakes
  • Kurt’s running list of blunders
  • How to avoid making these same mistakes with your store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Kurt Elster back on the show and Kurt runs the Unofficial Shopify podcast, which is actually one of the few e-commerce podcasts that I actually listen to. If you run an e-commerce store, especially on Shopify, you should definitely check out his podcast on your favorite podcast app. Anyway, today, both Kurt and I are gonna talk about these six most common mistakes that e-commerce store owners make.

00:29
And between the two of us, we’ve seen a lot of mistakes, believe me. So enjoy the episode and be sure to check out the unofficial Shopify podcast. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text message provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce.

00:58
and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klavia who is also a sponsor of the show. Now are you working around the clock to build the business you always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it?

01:26
companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion.

01:56
To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:23
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:37
Kurt Elster, what is going on? It’s been a while since I’ve spoken to you. It’s been a bit and I regret that. That’s my fault. I should really be following up with someone as fabulous as Steve Chow. Well, it’s funny. Last time we hung out was at the Klaviyo conference and we recorded one of these podcasts. Awesome. It a lot of fun. I was going to say, as soon as you said the last time we hung out was at Klaviyo and the first thing that popped in my head was that was so much fun. Like when I think about that conference, that’s really the memory I have is

03:06
recording with you and you Darian and Tony in that like cool and but weird little recording booth set up they had. It was a ton of fun. And what I remember is you guys like busted on me the entire episode and yet I still publish that one. You know sometimes you just have to speak truth to power. All right so Kurt today’s a really exciting episode we’re going to be talking about common mistakes that store owners make and

03:34
Let’s start out with your number one pet peeve. What is that? Obsessing over page speed and now as of today, Core Web Vitals. Yes. So actually, can you talk about Core Web Vitals first and what they are even just in case the listeners don’t even have any idea what that is? Okay. So originally we, Google said, Hey, you got to look at your page speed. And they had like this arbitrary. What I feel is a largely arbitrary metric that much to its detriment.

04:03
gives you a score, grade, it grades your website. And it’s based on what I think is fairly flawed data. And the implication was always, if it doesn’t perform well, at some point, you’re not gonna rank on Google if you can’t get a good score. And the reality is like that, that is an overstatement of what is really happening. It’s a reason, as of now, coming out a Google update is around the corner or maybe like about to publish.

04:33
in which they’re going to take into consideration three metrics from the larger Google PageSpeed score called Core Web Vitals. And probably the most important one there is first content paint. So really it’s like, long does it take? Not necessarily like how long does the entire website take to load? How long until I could see it and use it is really what Core Web Vitals looks at to like simplify it. Right. Because you could be on a website, it starts loading and you can start using it and scrolling.

05:01
before it’s finished, like stuff can load in the background, that’s fine. They don’t actually care about that part. It’s how long until I can use the darn thing? And so people naturally freaked out. And the reality is when they, what’s really going on is if you look at like the fine print of the description of what Google’s saying they’re gonna do, it’s, they’re saying, hey, if we have two sites that rank for the same placement, the one with the better Core Web Vital rating will take priority.

05:30
We’re going to use it as a tiebreaker. OK, so speed is important, but it is not the be all end all lose sleep over it thing that I think it’s being presented as and people are treating it. And really, my issue is I’m so sick of the anxiety and the hair tearing out that’s occurring with merchants needlessly because of page speed. That’s my problem. You know what the problem with it is? It gives you a letter grade.

06:00
zero to a hundred and agents everywhere are trying to get a freaking hundred percent and it really can’t be done without jumping through a lot of hoops and I think I think it was was it your podcast or one post on Facebook where you actually looked at some of the top Shopify stores and all of them had page speed scores under 20. Yes, yeah, yes, yeah. Shopify is making effort in trying to get people to make to have more performant websites and as part of that

06:28
They said, hey, you could see in your store, like here’s a page speed grade. And it’s a little better than like the regular page speed grade because it’s an average of like a homepage, a product page, a collection page. It’s a little more accurate. And then in my partner portal in Shopify where I could see like these are the stores I have access to. These are my client stores. I could rank, just sort them all and see what the scores are. And what’s interesting is very few people get above 30.

06:57
And the stores I have that get above 60, they’re stores that we built like five to 10 years ago and then really haven’t changed. They just worked and that was the end of it. And so I thought that was interesting. So I know part of the issue here is like, is app JavaScript. We’ve done the research here and discovered largely it’s JavaScript, it’s apps, and it’s not deferring the load on that JavaScript that creates the problem. in our like our seven, eight, a couple nine figure stores, all of them.

07:27
are in the low double digits, like 12 is a pretty typical score. And Shopify will tell you like, oh, you score the same as similar stores. So we know for the highest performers, the teens, so like F minus minus if we’re applying a letter grade is the typical average score. You know what’s frustrating about this is that since I teach e-commerce and teach SEO,

07:53
Like I felt like I had to do it for myself. So all my sites are in the nineties now across the board, but it took me three weeks to do that. And I had to jump through hoops and get into the code in order to do that. And I can’t expect a non-technical person to possibly do that, which is ridiculous. Like Google cannot expect you to do this stuff. Right. Would you agree? Yes. No. And the, I just don’t understand. I don’t understand the initiative. I don’t understand the why this has become a priority all of sudden.

08:23
Like I would love to know internally at Google, what is going on here? Is it some altruistic desire to make the internet more accessible to slower devices? It’s got to do with ads. Probably not. Yeah. Yeah. Like I wonder what the real objective is here. Well, here’s my take on that. You know, one of the core web bottles is cumulative layout shift, which is basically whether your website shifts up and down when it’s loading, right?

08:49
Have you ever gone on one of those sites where like you’re trying to click on the next button, but then the ads all of a sudden appears with a next button and you click on an ad by accident. Yep. I think they’re trying to reduce that and click fraud. That’s their motivation. Oh, wow. I like that theory. Never would have occurred to me. And that’s pretty brilliant. Like if you look at how they generate their revenue, that makes a lot of sense. And also this page speed, like if it loads faster,

09:19
That’s more ad clicks. Oh man, you cracked the case. So that’s what I really think this is for. And so they’re trying to automatically algorithmically take out those people who are just trying to scan the system for AdSense. Hmm. This is really good. That’s my take. That’s my take. All right. I love it. So I think the other interesting thing is Brian Dean from Backlinko published data yesterday where they looked at something. It was like 200,000 sites, something nuts.

09:46
And he said there was very little correlation, if any, between UX metrics, which I think they measured. It sounded like they measured in page views and Core Web Vital scores. So obviously, stuff that was way screwed up, it would correlate. But for the most part, it really did not have an impact on UX. I don’t think the rollout has fully happened here. I think they delayed it till like next month, I believe. So we’ll see what happens. But I suspect you’re right. It’s probably not going to happen.

10:16
of effect. It’ll have a similar effect as to what PageSpeed did when it first got announced. So tell me sir, what PageSpeed is clearly the thing that makes me crazy. That’s my big one is every time someone brings up the ghost of PageSpeed I’m like oh here we go. What drives Steve Chow nuts? Okay you know what drives me crazy is when someone comes up to me and says I tried Facebook ads and Google ads and it didn’t work and then I go over to their site to take a look

10:46
and they’re driving paid traffic to a site that just isn’t ready. And we can expand upon this, because I know this is part of your pet peeves too, but how many times has someone said that to you? You go over their site and it’s just terrible. But yeah, but then Facebook ads gets blamed. You can’t blame the traffic store because your site doesn’t convert. Right. And they spend all their time on the copy and all this stuff where they’re just driving it to something that has poor copy. It actually doesn’t even make sense to me.

11:16
Yeah, often the disconnect there is frustrating. really, how often have I been on, or have you been on, I like Instagram, I’m a millennial I suppose. So I like Instagram, I go through my Instagram stories, and then I’ll see an ad for something that looks interesting, I’ll swipe up on it, and I just end up on, either they send me to the homepage, in which case I’m just clicking out, heaven forbid, do not send anyone to your homepage, or,

11:44
I just end up on like an entirely standard unoptimized product detail page with like a one line description. And I’m like, what did you think was going to happen here? And of course it just bounds. Well, you know what my pet peeve is since we’re talking about product descriptions. My biggest pet peeve is when I see a product that has zero likes, zero shares, zero everything, zero reviews, and they didn’t even take the time to hide the zero part. Cause when I see zero, that indicates to me that

12:11
no one’s buying anything and it’s a brand new site. social proof is what you just advertised. Exactly. That’s negative social proof. It is. It actually causes me to leave because that means no one’s bought that product before, And that’s, funny that product reviews apps don’t know to hide themselves, especially like the review stars widget, if there are zero stars. And that’s for most of these apps, that’s a pretty easy customization that we have to go implement. It’s not hard.

12:39
that should just be an option built into them. Because yeah, zero reviews is just like a red flag. If I’m a brand new visitor. Actually, you know, that’s really interesting. So you actually have to muck with the code to fix that? Yeah. Interesting. And then same goes with social proof, right? Like Facebook likes and shares and that sort of thing you you physically go in. I almost don’t you know what I

13:03
almost always scrub those social share buttons because what are the chances that you actually get someone to share a product page to their Facebook feed? That’s a tough sell. agree with you, actually. I had considered removing those altogether because I know from my own site very few people click on those. However, I will say that people do click on the Pinterest button though, since I guess since I’m in the wedding industry. What have you will say, yeah, for some industries, the pin it button, that’s a win.

13:33
But you need to be in the right niche, and Wedding is perfect for that. But beyond that, like, oh, a product page, I’m gonna share this to my timeline. No one’s doing that, it’s just not gonna happen. Interesting, so do you take away those social buttons, actually, for your clients? I do, yeah. At this point, I just strip them out, and then if there’s pushback on it, I say, well, we can heat map it or split test it. I said, but if I heat map your best-selling product,

14:03
you will get flip a coin one or zero clicks. And sure enough, that’s what happens every time. And it was so consistent that I don’t even think about it anymore. I just strip them out, unless it’s in a wedding, in which case, just give me a pin it button and that’s the end of it. What’s tricky about this is the default Facebook buttons always have the number next to it, right? So unless you know how to manipulate the code a little bit, it’s actually kind of hard. I had to code up my own button to do that, to remove the Oh really? Yeah.

14:32
Yeah, most of the time it’s yeah, it’s just like Facebook share and it doesn’t have the numbers. I mean, if people are actually sharing it more social proof, that’s always going to be my priority. If the question is, should we add more social proof? The answer is yes. I don’t think you could do enough. And here’s like an obvious pet peeve. Like it’s intuitive to me, but sometimes I’ll land on the site and I’ll have no idea what the heck they’re selling or why I should buy from them at all. Oh, the story.

15:02
and the description and the positioning and those are the fundamentals. swear to God, all of the fundamentals are in copywriting and that’s including the social proof. Like you got to nail those before you worry about design and page speed. I think that’s my other issue is like, you know, sites with one line descriptions that in no reviews and like we’re worried about our page speed score. You got bigger problems. Actually, you know, I’m actually curious since you work with a lot of clients, what is your hierarchy of

15:32
priority when you land on a site or what you work on. Okay, so a hundred percent. Number one, it needs to be clear. The positioning or the tagline needs to be clear. Cause you said like, I land on a site, I got no idea what they’re doing, why I’m here. That’s a big problem. And if like you saw it, everybody else did too. So when I land on a site, need within seconds, I need to know

15:57
what they sell, why, or at least you’ve been able to spark my curiosity. know, like I land on doglawyer.com and they’re like, oh, that’s not a real site. But certainly like a name like that, I gotta know more. So like sometimes you get lucky and you can get away with not having more of a story initially. But for the most part, like you gotta have a tagline, a headline. You need something to orient me as to like why the heck I just got dropped in here and what I’m supposed to do next. And so I really like the absolute.

16:25
cornerstone of everything is knowing and nailing and communicating that positioning statement. And that needs to be above the Yes, usually it’s like, all right, I want your logo and can we put a three to five word tagline underneath it? Oftentimes, that’s a great way to do it. Maybe you get lucky and the brand name has what you sell and it is obvious. Like, Harney and Sons Fine Tea Company. I’ll give you a guess what they sell, right? So that one, you get lucky. But yeah, I want a

16:54
a tagline, want a headline, I want something that’s gonna make it really clear to me above the fold what you sell. Alright, and then that makes it easy for me as a visitor, as a customer, to go, alright, I wanna know more. Or this isn’t for me, one of the two. But either way, we’re separating the wheat from the chaff. And then from there, okay, tell me a story. I like stories, tell me a story! I want that brand story. And it’s even like in a product description, you still wanna be able to tell a story.

17:22
on an about page you’re telling a story, on the home page you’re telling a story. If you’re not storytelling throughout this journey, you’re leaving money on the table. Like that is the next fundamental. And that really comes down to, right, all of this falls under copywriting. We’re not talking about design or development. This is just, you gotta type on the keyboard and make it make the click clack noise, right? Nobody wants to do it. It feels like homework. So it gets pushed to the bottom. So our mutual friend, think Michael Jammon, he runs Twirly Girl.

17:51
And they sell kids I love Michael Jammin. Girls dresses, very commonplace, very saturated. But their story is so amazing. It was about how his wife was abused as a child and she just wants to express all the… Of course I’m not doing a good job of explaining this. But she wanted to create these dresses to make girls really happy. And he has just really clever videos on his site that clearly express this amazing story. I’m not doing it justice. And that video makes almost all of their sales.

18:20
It’s on the about page, it’s on the front page, it’s an amazing story. Every time I watch it, I want to go buy a dress. They have, well, there’s quite an unfair advantage there in that Michael Jammin is a actual honest to goodness Hollywood screenwriter who wrote for King of the Hill and Beavis at Butthead. mean, guy, it’s just brilliant and hilarious. And he applied, he knew what Hollywood storytelling worked, like what that looked like, what that process was and when it worked. And he turned around.

18:49
and just applied it to copywriting on this website. And the results are million dollar videos. For most humans though, like you should work on your About Us page a little bit. Tell a story, just something about yourself that’s a little bit more personal. Because you don’t want to appear as like a big faceless, big large company, right? You want to be, you want to play off the mom and pop aspect because people want to shop from mom and pop stores. Well, yes. And especially now the, I think in

19:17
the last two years we’ve really seen the rise of conscious consumerism where people want to know who’s getting their dollars and why. Like why should I care? I have at this point I now have what feels like infinite options for just about anything I want to buy. So being able to tell that story that’s the competitive advantage against Walmart, against Amazon. They can’t compete with that. They’re not a person. They’re, you know, Jeff Bezos richest man in the world.

19:45
going to sp- like the guy feels like a super villain at this point, right? You’re not, you’re a person, you could be their neighbor. If they can relate to you and relate to their story, your story, then you are going to get those dollars. People are gonna vote with their dollars and say believe in what you’re doing. And if you keep your mouth shut and never share your story, you guarantee that that’s never gonna happen.

20:10
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:38
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:08
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So a common misconception is that people don’t even look at your About Us page, but I guarantee you, and this is for our store, the About Us page is probably the second or third most trafficked page on the site. Because when you’re shopping at an unknown boutique, people actually want to know the people behind the store. Yes. Yeah. Well, think about it. It’s like…

21:36
If somebody jumped out of a parking lot, hey, give me your credit card number. I’ve got these t-shirts. You want to buy them? Give me your credit card. That’s insane. But that’s functionally what a lot of online direct-to-consumer stores do. And so I need to know who it is who’s asking for my credit card number. And that’s why that About Us page is so important. And if you run screen recordings on a site, it’ll probably be true for just about everybody’s. As you’ll see, a fair number of people will add to cart and then go check the About page.

22:05
and then you can see whether or not they’ve made a purchase decision on if they go back to the cart and proceed to checkout. Here’s what I actually like to do. So usually when you ask your friends for an opinion on your site, they’re your friends, right? So they’re going to say, oh, it’s great. It’s great. It’s going to do great. But they’re probably lying to you because they don’t want to hurt your feelings. So what I like to do is I’ll use a service like PickFu. It’s basically like a polling service. You can get 50 responses within like 15 minutes. And I did it with my site maybe a year ago and

22:35
You’ll get real unbiased comments like, Hey, I hate the pop-up. I hate this. I hate this. Hello. No, I would not shop there. You just ask a simple question. Like if you landed on this site for the first time, assuming you like the products, would you buy from here? Simple question like that. And you’ll get a lot of answers. How do you spell pick food? P I C K F U. Um, maybe in the show notes, I actually have a 50 % off coupon off of that. Say if you want to try it, it’ll be the best 25 bucks you’ll ever spend. I guarantee you. Sweet.

23:05
No, I know this works because we’ve used, I’m not familiar with PickFu, but I’ve used Hotjar, which will let you do, they call them incoming surveys. Same concept. There’s a lot of companies that do similar things. Yeah. Yeah. lot of like, I don’t use it, but I know a lot of Shopify merchants like Lucky Orange. I think it can do it. Oh really? Okay. I’m not sure. You know what? I shouldn’t say that. I really have no idea. Well, so the students in my class, I have them do it before they submit, before they asked me to critique their site, basically I asked them to do it.

23:35
Ah, and it’s eye opening. It’s eye opening. Well, so this brings me to one of my other pet peeves, not talking to your customers. Yes. Nobody talks to their customers. It’s like, well, in oftentimes you ask, like, oh, why do your customers buy? And they’ll have an answer. And then I’ll say, how do you know? Oh, we just know. So what you just know. That means you that means it’s a best guess and that you might be right. But until you ask, it’s still just a best guess. And that’s what I love about talking to your customers. And one of the best ways to talk to your customers and pick up the phone.

24:05
Call your customer, use phone.app, it’s the best app. Call your customers on the phone and talk to them. And be like, hey, why’d you buy? What’d you hope to get out of this? Tell me about the experience. mean, just talking to a few people’s really enlightening. know, the same, it will have a similar effect to asking your friends. They’re not gonna tell you your face, like, well, it kinda sucked. They might, but they’re less likely. Whereas that instantaneous pop-up, like you’re getting that immediate reaction unfiltered.

24:35
Man, people will tell you the craziest stuff in those pop-ups. But it’s so, it’s incredibly helpful, especially when it’s like, all right, I got a few weirdos, but eight people all kind of said the same thing was their initial impression and it wasn’t great. Oh, all right, so now you know that’s a thing you need to address. You know what I do every time I release a new product? And it’s actually driving my wife crazy. I have an abandoned cart script on my site where if they abandon, like I get emailed saying, hey, this person with this phone number abandoned.

25:04
and I’ll call them up and I’ll say, hey, we just noticed that you tried to check out but you didn’t complete the process. Was there anything wrong and is there anything that I can help you with? And more often than not, they’re actually willing to talk to you and tell you what’s wrong. And then usually what I’ll do is at the end, I’ll give them a big coupon or sometimes I’ll just give them the product for free after that to just compensate them for their time.

25:30
It’s really hard to do this. It’s really hard to cold call. It’s technically not cold calling, right? Because they were on your site and they gave you their It’s not cold calling, but no, okay. But it’s awkward. Who wants to pick up the phone and call a stranger and be like, you tried to buy from my website and you bounced and I want to talk to you about that. Like the first several times you do that, I’m sure was nerve wracking. It is actually, you know what, if you want to make it a little bit more comfortable, what you can do is you can lead to the offer. You can just sit, you can lead with the offer and say, hey, you know,

25:59
We noticed you didn’t check out and don’t worry, I’m gonna compensate with your time with a big coupon or give you the product for free. But I just like some honest feedback on why you didn’t make the purchase the first time. And do you represent yourself as like, I run this site with my wife. Like, do you make it very personal? say, hey, I’m the owner of this business. I run it with my wife and we just launched this product and we just noticed that you tried to check out but you didn’t finish it. And we’re just wondering if you’d give us some feedback on the process. Something very straightforward like that.

26:29
I would say seven times out of 10, someone will probably be willing to talk to you. Interesting. And so, oh, I love this idea. And so when you call them, what kind of objections do you typically hear? They’re like, well, because they’re going to tell you’re essentially saying like, why didn’t you buy? And so that you can then bust that objection for other people in the future. And then you seal the deal with, hey, I’ll give you the thing for free. And now you’ve got a customer for life or like, here’s 50 % off. I’ll just give it to you at cost.

26:58
Right. So I can tell you this because maybe a couple of years ago we launched like a new apron line and sometimes you’ll get a question, you’ll get an answer like, hey, I was on my mobile phone and it just wasn’t convenient to check out, which could be a problem in itself, right? Like maybe you need a better mobile payment system so you don’t have to enter in all that stuff. Like you’re not using PayPal OneTouch or, or. I was going to say, like you need, if you, if you hear that objection and you don’t have an express payment option, now you know what the solution is. Right.

27:27
But so in this particular case with the apron, what ended up happening was the woman was like, know, I, so we sell a mother daughter apron set just to kind of give you some background and there’s sizing for the adult and then for the kids, we just have an age range like two, I can’t remember what the age range is now two to four and six to 10 or something two to six or six to 10. Anyway, the problem was, was that the person wasn’t clear what the size, the exact sizing was for their child because they have,

27:56
like a child who’s larger percentile wise and they weren’t sure that the apron was gonna fit. And we didn’t do a good job of conveying that. And so after talking with her, I was like, hey, so what information would you need? Because we actually have the measurements there, right? We had the measurements in the product description, but what she would have liked to see was like, if my daughter is five foot six or something like that, like a height scale. And so that was something that- Yeah, they want like a table. Exactly.

28:26
Yeah, based on height, not necessarily age because age is ambiguous. Yeah, I don’t like age. You know, like all of my children are tall, but my daughter is in the 98th percentile for height at age four. So people are always like, she’s four. Well, when sizing stuff is based on age, it’s really hard. I found for all of my kids, like just add, you know, plus one or plus two, depending when they use those age sizes.

28:51
And this might be common sense for apparel, but this was the first apparel item that we actually ever carry in our store. So we didn’t know, right? I was okay, because I was gonna say with apparel, the number one objection by far is sizing. Yep. Like will this thing fit me? And then the follow-up objection is, well, if I buy it and it doesn’t fit because this sizing is ambiguous. So I really, a lot of people feel like I’m gambling when I buy apparel online. Still to this day.

29:16
And then so you need to be really upfront with here’s the returns and exchange process if this doesn’t fit. And I flat out like put it in there as what happens if it doesn’t fit? Hey, we’ll pay for the return shipping and we’ll send you a different song. Here’s the rub on this though. So we do personalized aprons. So you can’t return them, which was a further objection. I mean, these are all things that we learned and this might be common sense to people to sell apparel, but we weren’t experienced in that. So these are all things that we learned just from cold calling people.

29:46
Yeah, no, like you, you know, no matter what you do, you don’t know what you don’t know. Yeah. Yeah. And that’s, and that’s why we’re hammering on. You have to talk to people because otherwise you don’t know. All right. Is it my turn or your turn? Was that yours or mine? I feel like we had the same peeves pet peeves. I have no, I don’t know anymore. All right. Well, so we, made some app recommendations and that leads me to the other issue that I see. And this is like, especially with Shopify stores.

30:16
is people, I call this app roulette and you know, the number, regardless of what platform you’re on, there are apps, plugins and scripts and like tools and there is no end to the amount of really cool stuff you can use on your site. And these are shiny toys and I call it app roulette because it’s like, well, if I just get the right combo of tools, if I have the right tool stack, you know, my conversions will explode. My average order value explode. I’ll make more money. I totally get what’s going on here, but

30:45
I mean, it just becomes detrimental where you end up, you could see the sites that are doing this when you land on it and A, the site takes a while to load. So like, you know that page speed score is tanked. And then it’s like, all right, spin to win, punch the monkey, enter your email. Like I see someone who is familiar with punch the monkey from the 90s. Those 90s flash banner ads, really ages me. And you know that’s what’s going on. Is there like, well, if I could just, you know, more.

31:14
throw more widgets at it, more shiny toys, we’ll fix it. And it isn’t the case, you know, it just, it looks cluttered, it’s confusing. And then, you know, and then on top of it, when they go to exit, my hot jar exit intent survey pops up and they’re like, not another effing pop-up. That’s a real thing that I see when I run those on sites that have a lot of stuff. They’re like, why there’s so many pop-ups? So you probably see this a lot more than I do, but sometimes I’ll open up a student site and I’ll see like 40 apps installed and some of them don’t do

31:43
anything except like install like a small piece of code in there because they don’t want to like touch their theme files and whatnot. Like it literally just inserts a piece of JavaScript. Yeah. Yeah. I edit my theme. Oh my gosh. That’s, know, you may as well it’s like pop the hood and adjust the timing on your distributor. Like it’s a scary thing if you don’t know what it means. So I get why those apps exist. There’s a lot that’s just like, you’re right. It’s just, it, jacks one line of JavaScript code and now you’re paying $8 a month for the rest of forever.

32:10
I do want to say something that I’ve seen and maybe you have more experience in this since you work with a lot of clients, but I’ve seen people uninstall apps thinking that it was clean, but in fact they leave a piece of JavaScript in there and whenever you have a piece of JavaScript in there, they can literally track everything about your site if they want to do that. Right? Have you seen that? Yeah, if they’re in cities. right. So Shopify specifically, when you have an app installed, when you click delete on that app,

32:40
or I think it used to say uninstall, I think it says delete now, but either way it’s a misnomer. Really what it does is it just immediately severs the app developer’s connection to your store. And it’s a security thing, that’s all right, you want these guys out, they’re out, the end of it. And the problem with that is depending on how the app works, some add theme code to the theme. I have four apps and all of them, we just put theme code in the theme. And we do it because

33:09
That’s the most performant option. But as soon as you delete the app, guess what? All that stuff’s still there. we’ll get, our solution is we fire off, immediately we fire off an email, a transactional email to the merchant that says, hey, we saw you uninstalled our app. A, tell us why. So we’re looking for that objection. And then B, okay, if you didn’t remove the theme code, here’s exactly how to do it and you have to do it. And if you don’t want to do it, just hit reply, we’ll do it for you. Like I just, you I don’t,

33:39
want to be part of the problem when it comes to performance. And so we do that. But so you have seen this. You don’t know what your certain apps. Oh, OK. Yeah. Oh, nonstop. And so like when people are called my site slow, former CTO of Shopify, JML said websites get slow slowly. And it’s because of exactly what you described. It’s cruft. It’s barnacles to a ship. It’s this code just accumulates over time. And even though it’s not doing anything.

34:06
You know, the web server’s not smart enough to figure that out, and the browser’s not smart enough, and so it just like, every new site load has to load all this old garbage that you’ve like completely forgot about from two years ago. So let me ask you this, I have students that, like I’ll see this in students’ sites, is there an easy way for them to do it themselves without actually having me step in? Yes and no. you, almost all of this stuff is gonna be sitting either in the

34:35
the beginning or the end of theme.liquid. This is specific to Shopify. So it’s like, I’m just looking for the header and footer that loads in every page and that’s gonna be in theme.liquid. And most of these apps, there’s either gonna be a comment on it or it will be evident from the name what it is. It’s like, well, I installed Acme Widget Popup Builder. And you’ll see a line that says include, single quote,

35:02
Acme widget pop-up builder single quotes. So you know like, oh, okay, that’s that app I don’t have anymore. And so you just safely comment that out or delete the line. A lot of people have theme editing phobia though. They do. But knowing just a little, like you don’t have to be a theme developer, but if you know enough to be dangerous, and that’s the camp I put myself into. So you just know like basic HTML, which is not complicated, and maybe like a little bit of liquid in theme structure.

35:31
you immediately are way better off. There is just so much more you can do that you didn’t realize, especially for like day to day stuff like, you know, add and remove tracking code, verification codes. Like a lot of people recently had to verify their domain with Facebook. So suddenly like you that’s the kind of thing that you would be very comfortable and confident with. Yeah. And there’s plenty of free classes out there like Skillshare has got a ton of stuff you can learn. Just like here’s the basics of how a theme is set up.

36:00
and like I could go learn basic HTML and CSS and you will be in such a better position. Like think about it. You’re a web professional. Think if you are a merchant, whether you want to think of yourself that way or not. And your theme is very much like the face of your business. It’s your full-time salesperson and you want to be able to speak its language. And so if you learn those things, that’ll like, you’ll be able to do this stuff yourself and you’ll be able to talk, uh, have better relationships.

36:27
communication with any theme developer you may hire. You can’t be an online professional without being willing to learn something about the internet or websites. That’s my philosophy. 100%. And like, whether you like it or not, you’ll end up figuring some of this will sink in over time. All Here’s my biggest pet peeve. Going for revenue over profit.

36:52
I once had this student show me their Facebook ads account and they were generating sales, but the return on ad spend was terrible, but they were getting the sales, which was making them happy. But it wasn’t return. Has it happened to any of your clients? I don’t know. Yes, but I think they were more, when it’s happened, they’re more aware of it. They’re like, okay, we got it this far where it’s like, this is a loss leader and we’re gonna make it up on subsequent sales.

37:21
Right? Like, we’ve acquired them as a customer at a loss, which is what like the big DTC brands do, because they’re spending other people’s money. You know, they’re not bootstrapping it. And then, all right, on subsequent sales, we’ll make it up. Or like drop shipping businesses where margins are razor thin and they’re like, well, just revise, revise. We’ll keep iterating. We’ll dial it in. But it’s like, well, all right, how much time do you give it? And I don’t know what the answer is. Well, I think I’ll just tell you story from my store.

37:49
So we’re in the wedding industry, so you would think that we wouldn’t have that much repeat business, right? But 12 % of our repeat business, 12 % of our sales is repeat business, but it actually makes up 30 % of our sales. But here’s the kicker. So our average order value is about 60 bucks, and 50 % of our customers spend less than half of our AOV. But they represent the bulk of our customers. Whereas I think only 10 % of our customers spend 2X of our AOV.

38:19
but they actually make up 50 % of our revenues. So we’re a small business, we’re very small. We have a couple of employees, my wife and I. So where should we be focusing our time? We focus now on those big, we call them the whales. And it turns out that after doing some analysis, that a lot of our cheapie customers were coming from Facebook and we only have a little bit of finite amount of time. So we now focus actually on the big repeat customers that we have in our

38:48
It just made life a lot easier for us. So you’re applying the 80-20 rule, Pareto’s principle there, right? Yes. It’s not quite 80-20 though, but yeah. Right. a similar idea. I love that you’re doing this. I think you could apply that same thinking to all manners and areas of your life. But tell me, when you’re doing that customer analysis where you’re segmenting them, and it sounds like maybe you’re getting to RFM model,

39:18
How do you do that analysis? How are you identifying these customer segments? So we, I can’t remember exactly how we came up with the idea with half the AOV, but we started with the average order value, right? What our average order value was. And then for our business, actually, a good portion of that 12 % that I mentioned are event and wedding planners, right? And as soon as you said we had like 12 % a repeat with a higher AOV, immediately in my head I I bet they’re wedding professionals. And so what ended up happening is,

39:47
We start now looking for anomalies in our sales, and then we pick up the phone, like you said, and we’ll call them up and we’ll say, hey, we noticed that you ordered a lot. Are you a planner? Are you going to order in bulk? I tell you what we’ll do is we’ll give you a special coupon code and a representative from our company that will handle all of your transactions and make sure they arrive at the destination on time. We’ll give you a hand holding, essentially. And after that call, once we have established face

40:16
some rapport, they continue to order from us over and over and over again. And they’re basically a customer for life that orders in bulk. They don’t complain about anything. It’s like the best customer ever. essentially, this is brilliant. So what some people do, they say, all right, I want those wholesale accounts because they have high AOVs. And so they’ll set up a wholesale program, but it’s just like a link on the site and they expect people to go sign up for it. You are proactive about it.

40:41
you’re identifying these people that are wedding professionals. And these are your like, really, these are your ideal customers who have the biggest lifetime value. so, and then, so once you identify them, you call them up and say, Hey, we, we see you and we want to help you. So here’s your lifetime discount code. And we’re going to really like their big fear is a wedding is a mission critical event. So you’re saying, Hey, we’re going to make sure you get yourself. We’re going to look out for you.

41:08
And then as soon as you do that and you were so proactive, I imagine that you just have customers for life with them. The phone call is actually pretty important in this case. Again, real contact. It’s that phone call. it’s like you’re no longer, it’s no longer a brand. It’s, it’s Steve. Steve’s helping me out. Another pet peeve is making a guess at who your real customer is and then writing all your copy to.

41:36
account for that imaginary person when you don’t have any data. I don’t know if that happens. It’s usually like they’re thinking about themselves. Most people, their first customer, they are their own best first customer. And so they’re writing to themselves. The only reason I can talk about all this stuff is because I made all these same mistakes, just to be clear for anyone who’s listening. Yeah, I’m sure we’ve both done some boneheaded things I got an example on this line too. I assume that all our customers are wedding customers.

42:06
The reason I found this out is I was looking at my Facebook demographic data and I noticed that a lot of our customers were over the age of 55. And I’m like, there can’t be people over the age of 55 getting married, like a whole bunch, right? Yeah, this was an outlier. This was an outlier. But it turns out like a lot of those repeat customers are people who just like to collect handkerchiefs, believe it or not. Oh, what? Yes, right? Just like you like to collect old cars. I do.

42:34
Kurt just got a Volkswagen Beetle, 79 Beetle, which is pretty sweet. There’s people who collect handkerchiefs, or they’re crafters, and these tend to be older women who do these things. Huh. And so you had this customer segment that you were not aware of. Did you, once you knew that, was there any like actionable info there? Well. Or anything that you like, you changed? Yes, actually. So in the old days, every single page was about weddings.

43:03
Every landing page was about weddings. And so now we have a special section for weddings now, but the rest of it is just talking about either embroidered blanks for crafting or some of these older ladies who like to collect them. Like the copy has changed, basically. Okay. And so initially, well, we talked about, like you said, the big pet peeve is people just assume they know what the customer’s like, and then they write to that customer.

43:30
What’s the correct method? What should they be doing instead? The correct method is you’re not going to know from the beginning. So you can start with some assumptions. But again, you have to, as you said before, talk to the customer. We have a survey in our post-purchase sequence that asks them what they’re using it for and that sort of thing. And then based on the survey data, we make adjustments. We actually don’t call those customers. I guess it would be just too many. We only call the whales. But yeah, we’re constantly trying to get data about our customers so we can

43:59
do things appropriately. So for SMS, for example, sometimes we’ll ask, what would you like us to carry in our store and what would you use it for? Something like that. And what would you use it for? think that’s the critical question. you like, hey, you’re trolling for product suggestions. Hey, what do you want us to sell? But then like, what, why is really, is the, I think the follow-up question that most people miss. You need to scratch a little bit deeper and figure out what the intent is.

44:28
because that really adds so much, so much info and tone to why they’re making that request. A perfect example of this is my buddy Neville, he used to run an e-commerce store a long time ago and he used to sell rave supplies. So there’s this one product that he sold which were fingertip lights and I don’t really go raving, but supposedly like you twirl these around and you know, whatever. But yeah, I know what you’re talking about. I can picture this. He found that plumbers were buying this.

44:57
these fingertip lights. they could, you know, when they’re under the sink, they have lights on their fingertips. So it’s convenient and they can see what they’re doing. That’s pretty smart. So he wrote, he started writing copy to plumbers and it ended up converting really well, stuff like that. That’s great. Yeah. Oftentimes like there’s things don’t necessarily have to stick to their original purpose. Like you mentioned, oh, Kurt’s got a 79 beetle.

45:24
I have been using, trying to find the perfect mirror to fit behind in this like tight, hard to reach place where I’m adjusting a carburetor. And you know, I bought an automotive mirror, like from an auto parts store, didn’t work. The mirror I found that worked, I’d be using my wife’s compact. I have stolen her compact and that’s actually a much better mirror, it’s much more useful. So that’s like, that’s clearly not the intended use there, but that’s what ended up working.

45:52
Not that I’m gonna go like remarket compacts, like automotive, know, looky-loo mirrors. So you said post purchase survey. What are some of your favorite post purchase survey questions? I’m trying to think. Well, mainly what they’re using it for. then here’s the kicker for ours. This is specific to our business. We asked them if they are a professional in this business. are they buying it for business or pleasure or as a gift? And if they say business,

46:22
then we call those people. That’s actually our primary They have raised their hand as a whale. That’s actually our primary purpose for the survey, actually, for our store. That’s pretty bright. Everyone else has different uses, obviously. But yeah. So I guess sometimes we’ll ask them if they like the product, and if so, we’ll ask them for a review or a testimonial, or have them take photos for social and that sort of thing. That’s what we mainly use it for. Do you do any split testing? No, actually, I was going to talk about that.

46:52
don’t do a whole lot of split testing, mainly because split testing takes forever. It mostly fails. It’s mostly inconclusive. So I’m curious to see what you have to say about that actually. Okay, so you’re right about both things. Any test, like minimum, needs to run two weeks. And that’s a frustratingly long time to wait. And during that time, you know, you’re like sitting there refreshing it, checking it, and you’re…

47:19
your probability to be best just keeps flipping back and forth between the two. So for a lot of stuff, that’s true. really, turns out, I think the conclusion with split testing is for many split tests, design is way less important than we think. The copy and the content and the offer and the quality of traffic, those really are the much more important factors to conversion. And with split testing, I think a lot of people just use it to split test design changes. And that’s why they end up with inconclusive results.

47:49
or either they’re calling it too early or they’re starting them too early where like you just don’t have enough traffic. So one of things that we do is like, I’ll usually use revenue as my primary goal as opposed to conversion. Cause at least now I’m factoring in average order value and conversion by doing that. And I think I’m getting a better signal to noise ratio by using that. I think that helps. Let it run long enough, like two weeks.

48:14
and really try to limit the number of tests you run at once or like the number of variants. Otherwise then the thing really takes forever to get anything conclusive. But for the most part, I think a lot of stuff, you know, really is just like very subjective and that it doesn’t have, you’re just, you need to use common sense on it. But for other things like, man, should we do this? Is this a good idea? Like one phenomenal split testing thing we’ve done is

48:42
figure out what your free shipping threshold should be. And this is a tough one to do. I found an app that’ll do it called Ship Scout and you have to be on Shopify Plus to do it. So it kind of limits who can do this. But it’s really cool where like you’ll, the banner across the top offering free shipping, that threshold will change. And then once you’re in the checkout, the shipping rates will change. And so you could figure out through data, okay,

49:11
Here’s like whether or not you’re leaving money on the table with your free shipping threshold. So like stuff like that, absolutely split test those offers. Cause that’s going to have a real, real difference in revenue on the business. How much traffic would you recommend to even think about split testing? Personally? So our, our sake, I think it’s about 50,000 visits a month. I don’t even think that’s enough to complete a split test unless I do a whole site wide split test in a couple of weeks. Yeah, it’s gotta be, um,

49:39
Well, think the traffic is an issue. And then on top of it, you also need the conversion. So if it’s like a high, moderately traffic site with low conversions, you’re probably not a good candidate. like, yeah, once you get to 100,000 visits a month with at least a 1 % conversion rate. All right, now we’re cooking with gas. And you should be able to split test just fine at that point. I can see the free shipping offer working because that’s like a generic conversion.

50:07
But if I was trying to test some UI change on one page, that one page would have to get a lot of traffic, right? Right, and that’s the issue we get into. I’m running some split tests now, and even on a site that gets, that’s in the 1 % of websites as far as traffic goes, running a split test on an individual product page, it’s never gonna get, it’s never gonna happen. It will be years before I have a statistically significant result. So even on these huge sites, if you make the test too specific,

50:37
you run into issues. So I would say, and you can agree with me or disagree with me here, if you’re running a smaller site, think something like PickFoo is probably better than running a real split. You’ll get results in 15 minutes from people, from random people. 100%. I also find heat mapping. Yes. Where it’s like heat map, scroll map, click map, not click map, movement map, where you can see like where their mouse goes on desktop. Those are very valuable, even on sites that have less traffic.

51:05
Like that, there you go, that’s a heuristics analysis tool you can use way before split testing starts to make sense. And here’s an example of just something, why heat maps and scroll maps are useful. There’s this one student I had which was dead set on keeping their sidebar. Dead set, even though it didn’t look good and it was like compressing like the size of the images on the category pages. And so was like, okay, let’s just run a test and.

51:34
we finally discovered that no one is clicking on anything in the sidebar. No one’s even looking over on the sidebar. And so finally, with that data, they removed it. That’s, yeah. And like we were talking about social buttons earlier. That’s like, that’s a thing that you could very easily use a heat map to figure out like, people messing with this thing or not? Yeah. Well, the heat map says no. Dude, Kurt, we’ve been talking for 50 minutes about pet peeves. You got anything else to add before we wrap this up? You know,

52:01
I think ultimately my pet peeve is not starting. I think you need to get out of your own way sometimes. Ask yourself, what would someone smarter than me do? And then go, turns out you already know the answer, then go do that. I think for a lot of entrepreneurs, the biggest stumbling block is not any of this stuff. It’s just taking action and moving forward. So even if you’re out there making mistakes, that’s great. At least you’re doing something. My pet peeve is not being willing to do like,

52:30
the legwork, the dirty work. got it. Yeah. need to the work. create an online business and think they could just do everything online, but doing stupid things like picking up the phone or actually talking to someone face to face or being a little bit more personal. I mean, these are things you got to do. It’s just like a regular brick and mortar business in that respect. A hundred percent. Mr. Steve Chow, where could people go to learn more about you?

52:54
Yeah, if you guys are looking to get married, can hook you up over at bumblebillins.com. That’s my e-commerce store. But if you want to learn more about e-commerce in general, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com. I offer a free mini course from beginners. It also covers advanced people. If you want to create content, sign up, and that’s a free mini course right there. Fantastic. Thank you, sir. This has been a ton of fun. All right, Kurt Elster, this was a ton of fun. Where can people find you online if they want to learn more about you?

53:23
Oh my gosh, well, I’m best known for my show, The Unofficial Shopify Podcast, or head to curtelster.com. That’s got plenty of links to where you can learn more about me.

53:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And once again, if you haven’t already, go check out Kurt Elster on the unofficial Shopify podcast. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 360. And once again, I want to thank Clibio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO.

54:03
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog, and if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com

54:33
and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

359: A Deep Dive Into Content Marketing Today With Corbett Barr

359: A Deep Dive Into Content Marketing Today With Corbett Barr

Today I’m thrilled to have Corbett Barr back on the show. For all of you who don’t remember Corbett from episode 45, he used to run a VC funded start-up, got totally burned out, and then decided start a business that suited his lifestyle.

He’s started many successful blogs and an incredible online business program called Fizzle which he has been running for almost a decade now. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the creator economy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Corbett started Fizzle.co
  • Why creators rule the world today
  • Which content medium is the best to start, a blog, a YouTube channel or a podcast?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Clutter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my buddy Corporate Bar back on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to discuss all things content creation. Now the world has changed drastically in just the past decade and we are now living in the creator’s economy. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store.

00:28
and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customer depending on what they purchased. Piece of cake and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

00:56
Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store.

01:23
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So, head on over to Postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:50
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Today I’m thrilled to have Corbett Barr back on the show. I think the last time we spoke was back in 2014 when I, I think I first launched my podcast that year and Corbett had recently launched Fizzle, which is his online community. And I think seven years has passed now and it’s going to be great to catch up. So for all of you who aren’t familiar with Corbett, I’ve known this guy for almost a decade now. He actually started out in Silicon Valley, which is my backyard running a VC funded startup.

02:53
got totally burned out and then he decided he wanted to do something that suited his lifestyle. So we have actually very similar philosophies on life. He started many successful blogs and incredible online business program called fizzle.co, which I want to say he’s been running for almost a decade now. I see Corbett as somewhat of a visionary in the content space. And today we’re going to talk about the creator economy and his digital reboot. And with that, welcome to show Corbett. How are doing today? Hey, I

03:20
It’s ridiculous that it’s been this long. can’t believe it. And you look exactly the same, Steve, I gotta say. So do you, actually. Good shape, my dad. Thank you. Corbett. Okay, so the reason why I invited you back on is I’m still on your email list. And I got this email that said, I think the subject line was, I’m deleting everything. I’m like, okay, well, what the heck is going on here? That’s very good clickbait.

03:46
By the way, I clicked on it and you were deleting everything. what’s the reason for that? Yeah, this is a few months ago. I decided to delete all of my social media posts. I’ve deleted many of my social media accounts. I went through and cleaned up a lot of old podcasts and videos and blog posts. I’ve been a content creator for, I don’t know, 12 years or so now. And I felt like I had a lot of

04:15
I would call it digital baggage out there. These are things that have been created along the way for one purpose or another, either for business purposes or just sometimes because you have some random thing that you want to talk about and you end up writing a post about it. And looking back on it, it just felt like there was a lot of things that were either not relevant, maybe not useful to me or to the business anymore. And just like a lot of clutter, almost like I felt like I needed to clean house.

04:45
just from a mental standpoint almost to give myself some room to breathe and to wipe the slate clean so that I could have clarity on what I want to do next. So I mean, is this baggage bad though? I mean, the way I see it, all the content that you put out there has a chance to being discovered, right? I don’t know that it’s necessarily bad.

05:11
to leave that stuff out there. mean, obviously if you’ve said a bunch of stuff in the past that you no longer agree with, or if you’ve said some things that people might find offensive, that might be bad, but that wasn’t the case for me. Because we have analytics, you can kind of look and see if any particular piece of content is getting traction, and you can look at a piece of content or blog post, something like that, and ask yourself if you think that it might if you updated it in some way. For me, I guess it’s…

05:40
part of maybe a little bit of physical OCD that carried over to the digital world. And I just ended up feeling like I wanted to think about who I want to be in the future and be less constrained by who I was in the past. We all have these, whether we like it or not, these digital selves that are out there on the internet kind of representing who we are. And I don’t think that we’ve…

06:08
necessarily come to grips with how strange that is because it’s only been, you know, the past 15, 20 years that we’ve been on the internet every day and social media is even younger than that. And for every little thing that we’ve thought or commented about to exist online publicly for the entire world to be able to access for all time, it’s just not a very natural thing. And I don’t know that

06:38
we’ve come to grips with that as a society. And for me, it just felt like it was mentally holding me back in some ways. I can actually see that. I had a buddy, his name is Scott Volker. He recently just completely rebranded because he didn’t want to be known as the Amazon guy. That’s what his podcast was probably about. So he went through this entire rebranding process. I don’t even think he talks about Amazon anymore. So it’s kind of like a clean slate there. He like literally ditched his older domain, which had a lot of strength on it.

07:07
Yeah, it’s, you know, I’m trying not to throw out things that are super valuable. I have blog posts and other pieces of content that drive, you know, thousands of visitors every month. And so I’m being mindful about that. If something has value in terms of lead generation and it’s something that I still agree with, then I’m happy to leave that alone. And, you know, in terms of the main podcasts that I’ve run for the past like seven years or so, The Fizzle Show,

07:36
We’re up to episode number, I think, 380 or so. I’m not touching any of that. I consider that to be a complete body of work, and I want to leave that intact and continue to care and feed that. I’m just talking a lot about the peripheral things, the random YouTubes and stuff like that.

07:56
Well, it got me clicking, that’s for sure. So what is the new you that you would like to create? what are you looking at in the future now? Well, one thing is, as you run a business, and you and I, mentioned we share similar philosophies, it turns out that I really like running a very small team. In fact, I kind of prefer operating just on my own without a team at all. But over the years, I…

08:23
I built a bit of a team at Fizzle. We’ve had up to maybe six people on the team at once over the years. And through that process, I found myself becoming more and more of just an operator and less and less connected to the business. And it turns out that when I got into this line of work, if you want to call it that, after running a VC-backed startup, when I started being more of an independent creator, really what drew me to it and what

08:51
what I loved about it was creating content and really it was writing specifically. And I got away from that over the years. And when I sent that email that you opened that said I’m starting over, I had literally just deleted all the archives of my personal blog, know, hundreds of posts, wiped the slate clean. And from that point forward have been writing a little bit more consistently, at least once or twice a month. And

09:21
have just remembered how much I love the craft of writing and also how much I love emailing people on a more personal level. So it’s not like it’s something coming from my business. This is like my personal email list that I had really let go fallow for quite a while. I dusted it off and of course a lot of people were kind of surprised to hear from me. But just that act of thinking about something, sitting down in front of a blank page and forcing you to

09:50
examine your thoughts on something and to find out what the world thinks about something and try to contribute to it and then just be of value to other people and then to email an article out. That is just such a rewarding experience for me and I know that that’s something that I want to continue to do and not lose sight of again. You know, it’s funny, I went through something very similar in my day job. Like I really enjoyed my job, which I quit back in 2016.

10:19
the coding aspect of it. It’s a lot like content creation. But then when I became a manager, I started contracting out to my employees all of the fun stuff. And then before you know it, I was just stuck in meetings all day and I really wanted to get back into that. it’s something similar in that. And I think we’re both very similar people. I just enjoy the personal connections and whenever you outsource something that you really enjoy doing,

10:47
then that just kind of takes away from your love for doing what you do. Yeah, and I, know, this year, instead of, you know, reviewing my last year and what I accomplished and so on, I took some advice from Tim Ferriss had posted about an alternative way to do an annual review that involved looking at your calendar over the past year, all of the different meetings and, you know, time that you had blocked on there.

11:16
And asking yourself for each of those things, whether it was a positive use of your time, something that you enjoyed, something that you looked forward to, and something that contributed to a positive outcome, or if it was negative, if it was draining, if you didn’t wanna do it and it didn’t necessarily contribute. And to put things in those two buckets. And in thinking about it, just from a selfish perspective, I enjoy writing.

11:44
I really enjoy coding as well, Steve. I absolutely love opening up under the hood of my website and spending time on there. And so I want to craft a world in which I get to do those things. And then that makes my day-to-day amazing. I also really love being on podcasts as well. And so that’s something that I’ve committed to doing more of this year. essentially just do more of the things that light you up.

12:12
that you enjoy and less of the things that you don’t. And if you think about it, you might worry about, well, the productivity of it and is this thing contributing to my business and so on. what I found about myself is when I go against the grain in terms of what I enjoy doing, I end up dragging things out forever and sometimes even kind of get stuck for a while and in a mood or just in avoidance.

12:38
even if it’s something that should be important, if it takes me weeks to do it because I don’t want to and I’m avoiding it and maybe not doing anything else, that’s such a drain on productivity that I’d rather focus on things that are easy for me, that I just enjoy doing and can whip out day to day, week to week. I’m actually really glad that you’re writing more often now because I miss it. I mean, you’re such a great writer. Oh, thanks. I’m really glad that you’re going to be focusing on that going forward.

13:08
So let’s segue into talking about the present day creator’s economy. remember, I don’t remember when you wrote this, but it was probably 10 years ago. And I think you, in that post, you wrote something like, every individual is going to become a creator someday. And that the big print media, the newspapers and the television stations, they’re not going to rule the roost anymore. I think that in the past decade, I would say more recently in the past couple of years,

13:37
That’s true now, right? Yeah, yeah, absolutely. I’ve been reflecting on that a bit. There’s like a new generation of people on Twitter, especially, who are probably Gen Z at this point. I don’t know. I’m Gen X. I’m 44 now. We’re the same age, yeah. Oh, cool. And it’s interesting watching these people sort of discover things and taking things and running with it.

14:06
this concept of the creator economy has become a really big thing and some people are calling it a passion economy now as well. Just this idea that there are these new forms of work that weren’t possible maybe a decade ago. And you know, in some cases it seems like they’re just discovering this like it’s brand new. But when I started blogging in 2009, there were people doing it already and writing about their success or their lack thereof in turning

14:35
a blog or some sort of online audience into a way, a means to earn a living. Copyblogger was one of those that I followed back then, Brian Clark, and as well, Leo Babauta, who writes at Zen Habits. He was being successful with it, but it was just being discovered. And now you fast forward those past 12 or 13 years, and there are so many tools now that make it much easier today to

15:05
build an audience around something that you’re interested in and to monetize that in some way. We’re even now seeing new forms of content. Clubhouse has become this big thing over the past year, which strangely just kind of sounds like conference calls to me, but because it’s got this online component, people are really into it and finding new ways to reach audiences there. So are you on Clubhouse by the way?

15:33
I joined and looked around and I haven’t done much else. Oh, okay. Okay. But anyway, yeah, I think it’s, you know, now more than ever, it is possible to join the creator economy and to make a full-time living or at least to make a side income, reaching people, you know, around something that you’re interested in, something that you can provide some value on. Yeah, so for the people listening who kind of haven’t…

15:59
follow along with this whole creator economy. Like Joe Rogan got a hundred million dollar contract. think Mr. Beast makes tens of millions of dollars a year putting out YouTube videos where he gives away stuff. When I publish a YouTube video, I’m shocked that I can reach, you know, like 40,000 people on a video. It’s crazy, right? That’s like a stadium full of people watching something that you’ve created. And so more than ever,

16:25
I think Joe Rogan reaches more than a lot of major publications and TV networks, Yeah, I’ve heard that he has the largest audience anywhere. Yeah, and all he has is a mic and a studio, and he just talks to people, which continues to astound me. And so independent publishers are now in control, right? Wouldn’t you say? Yeah, they’re being courted. mean, these independent publishers now, think about it used to be that

16:53
that the publishing houses, that the TV networks and so on were the gatekeepers. you had to climb the ladder and rely on them to give you opportunities to reach an audience. And now it’s been turned around on its head. Anyone can go out and create an audience. And if you have something that’s unique and interesting and that a lot of people tune into, then those former gatekeepers now come

17:23
you, looking to bring you into their stable of, you know, in Joe Rogan’s case, Spotify was looking for a way to get into podcasting. So they paid him $100 million. I mean, that is an obscene amount of money. I can’t think of anyone on television who got a contract like that ever in the past. That’s like, you know, that’s big time like sports money. And like you said, Rogan just has a microphone and

17:51
talks about absurd things and whatever he wants with friends a lot of times. it’s just astounding that he’s been able to build an audience much bigger than any of those gatekeepers or networks could themselves. So, Gobert, I know you’ve done it all, YouTube podcasting as well as a lot of writing and blogging. For someone just starting out and wanting to build an audience, what would you say is the best medium to start with? Well,

18:20
I think there’s a couple of answers to that. The first is the best medium is usually the one that you connect with and feel a sense of ease in contributing to and creating on. If there’s friction in terms of you showing up and producing the content, then it’s rarely going to work out for you. So make sure that you choose a format, first of all, whether it’s audio or video or writing, that you

18:48
feel comfortable with or that you believe you can become good at over time. So first of all, check the format. And then second of all, look for a platform that you just feel drawn to for some reason because of the kinds of people that are there, the kinds of interactions that are happening, and so on. Beyond that, though, you should also think about which platforms have the most leverage and are most likely to give you a return on your investment of time.

19:18
I prefer to own my audience and building an email list is one way that you can own your connection with an audience because it’s direct. It’s just you and the person. There’s no platform in between. But growing in that way, a lot of times, and you know this because of e-commerce, obviously, sometimes you need to rely on a platform that already has an audience that you can tap into. And that’s fine, but…

19:45
For me, the goal should be eventually to, if you reach your audience on a platform, then to start pulling them away from that platform somewhere else that you can have a direct connection to. Because as we all know, those platforms often change the rules overnight and you can suddenly see your revenue cut in half or your reach cut in half. And that’s always a horrible thing when it happens to someone. So let’s break down these platforms.

20:14
in terms of different categories, I guess. Yeah. Discoverability. Let’s cover that first. So YouTube, podcasting, social media and blogging. Which of those like how would you rank those in terms of just getting your content out there? Proliferation and discoverability? Yeah, well, I would say the two that have the best discoverability of those four would be blogging and YouTube. And that’s because of search.

20:40
You have to realize that YouTube is the second largest search engine in the world. People go to YouTube to find answers about things. And YouTube’s job, Google’s job, is to provide those people with good answers. And a lot of times, there are new subjects that there aren’t a lot of other pieces of content on, whether it’s a blog or YouTube video. And so you can reach an audience just by trying to answer those questions. This is technically called

21:10
search engine optimization or keyword research, but you don’t have to go necessarily down that rabbit hole. You can just ask yourself, what are people looking for? What are people searching for? And do some searching yourself and see what you find and see if there are opportunities for you to fill in some of the gaps. And if you do that, people will find your stuff on either of those platforms. Now, social media and podcasting are a bit more tricky. Podcasting is tricky because

21:39
it has a discoverability issue, I would say. It’s not as if people are searching and finding an episode based on something that we said in the episode. They might find it based on the title, but podcasts are just less accessible to people because they can’t dive in and find an answer quickly, necessarily. You know what’s funny about that is that I would argue that from a technical perspective, it should be easier to

22:08
create some sort of search algorithm for a podcast and for a video, right? YouTube does such a great job though of suggestions, recommendations. I’m just wondering why no one has replicated that yet. Yeah. Or Google hasn’t tackled it even. Yeah, it’s a great question. And I’m not sure exactly. There are a lot of smart people working in podcasting and so I hope that they, someone will at some point, but I’ll tell you that podcasting for us, for me at Fizzle,

22:36
has been incredibly valuable, but we brought our own audience initially. Starting a brand new podcast from scratch is a very difficult thing because there are a lot of podcasts out there and I don’t know that people necessarily find podcasts by, like I said, through search. They find it through recommendations and generally the podcasts that get recommended are the ones that are really popular. So if you don’t have an audience to begin with, it’s pretty hard to get a podcast off the ground.

23:06
when you have a podcast and it’s somewhat popular, it’s an incredible way to reach people because if someone listens to 20 or 30 or 60 minutes of audio, they really get to know you well. So there’s a deep connection that you can forge there, but not necessarily a very broad one. I mean, you mentioned earlier reaching 40,000 people through a YouTube video, and that is a lot of people, but in the scheme of YouTube, it’s not really that many people.

23:35
you know, millions of videos out there that have 40,000 views or more. And, but I’ll tell you that in podcasting, it’s rare to build a show to 40,000 or more. Not that people don’t, but you know, a lot of people that have quote unquote successful podcasts are doing more like in the, in the low thousands or low tens of thousands of downloads. So there’s just a difference in, in reach there. Totally. think the top

24:02
2.5 percent of podcasts get 40,000 downloads a month. Yeah, that sounds about right. I think that was crazy stat So does that imply then that you don’t recommend starting out with a podcast? Probably not right now unless of course it’s in a new growing Unique kind of space that has a lot of demand but if you’re trying to break into an existing space that has a lot of competitors in the podcast arena, I

24:32
probably wouldn’t recommend it as a place to start.

24:37
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:05
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:35
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. Would you say that of blogging as well? Like I know like there’s all these companies that I personally compete with with my content and they just have hired people just churning out article after article after article. So is it harder to rank in search these days and how do you combat like the content farms, so to speak? Yeah, yeah. Content farms are tough. You know,

26:04
I would say that blogging takes a while. Whenever somebody comes to me and they say, you know, I’ve got this product or I have this idea for a product and I need to build an audience right now, I always caution them that blogging is a longer term strategy. It’s likely going to take you six months or a year for your site to start really ranking and drawing people in. And that’s because, you know, Google, its job again to find great content involves

26:34
getting to know a new domain for a while and judging how important it is based on links that are coming in from other sites and so on. And that just takes a while to kind of season a domain and to start ranking for something. YouTube on the other hand, seems, of course, you you probably need to produce videos for a couple of months, two or three months before YouTube starts getting comfortable with your channel. But I’ve seen people in three,

27:03
certainly under six months, start receiving thousands of views to their videos, even in somewhat competitive spaces. So, you know, it’s funny because I’m not very active on YouTube, but I am very bullish on it for people, just because I’ve seen it work so many times. Yeah, actually, I have friends who’ve gotten like 100,000 subscribers in less than six months. Wow. I mean, just discoverability is a huge deal with YouTube.

27:30
What’s also nice about YouTube, and most people might not feel this way, is that the barriers to entry are higher. Right? Because to produce a video, like you have to worry about your appearance, your audio, and then you have to edit. That’s a lot more work. But that’s good because that means there’s less competition in that space as well. It’s funny too, though, because even though the barriers to creating a great YouTube are higher, I would agree with that. It’s hard to be…

27:59
Charismatic and and you know the kind of person that can carry an entire ten minutes of video But at the same time I have also seen some videos do really well where there is no one on screen necessarily I you know in fact people have taken audio clips from my podcast or from appearances I’ve been on and turn those With or without permission into YouTube clips that sometimes get a bunch of downloads

28:26
And it’s not as if there has to be somebody, a host on camera necessarily. I also see in the programming space, a lot of people just doing screencasts and getting a lot of views with that. If the subject is something that people are looking for, and again, there’s not a whole lot of other videos on that topic, or you do a better job of answering people’s questions, then you might be able to be okay without having to have

28:55
high production value. Sure, sure. I will say that the keywords that I go for on the blog versus YouTube, like the YouTube competition is far, far less. Yeah. Orders of magnitude less. Yeah. Yeah. And I did want to comment on your friction comment. I think reducing the friction for content creation is probably the most important factor, really. I didn’t create YouTube videos for the longest time because it took me 20 minutes to set up the lights, the cameras, and all that stuff. And by the time I set up, I just didn’t want to do it anymore.

29:25
Yeah, but now I have like a place where I can just sit down hit a button and just start recording Yeah, absolutely and I you know I’d say the same is true of of any kind of content that you’re gonna create for me lately It’s insane, but we we’ve been living winters in Mexico for 11 or 12 years now and up until this year I would roam from spot to spot throughout the house and When I had calls it was always kind of an

29:54
effort to, I would take them in our master bedroom because that’s where the good internet was and so on. And it was just a kind of a giant pain. This year finally, I went and bought this crappy little desk and I have my microphone clamped to it. have a light clamp to it if I need to do a video and I bought this internet booster. So it’s good back here and so on. And, and now it’s like taking calls or doing a podcast or whatever is super easy.

30:23
to the point where I’m able to do a couple a day and it’s not a big deal. But that friction before influenced the things that I developed, the things that I published. And it’s just crazy to me to think that even though I know that these things are true and I thought that I had learned these lessons before, just finding a good quiet place for you to be able to, whether it’s write or record audio or record video, where it’s set up or you don’t have a lot of work,

30:53
to do to get in that flow, it’s so important. And you’re right, like just remove all that friction.

31:02
So I did also want to touch on social media because you did go off on a little bit of a rant recently on social. So first of all, what are your feelings about using social to grow your business? That’s another episode in itself. Yeah, I almost jumped into that for a yesterday because I’ve got some. did you? And man, people have some strong opinions there. Oh my goodness. Yeah. Using social to grow your business. So.

31:28
There are certainly platforms where I’ve seen people grow, like Instagram, where I’ve seen people grow huge audiences and turn those into businesses. For me personally, there’s a lot of friction in participating on Instagram and Facebook and places like that. I just don’t leave with a good feeling afterwards. But I’ve found that Twitter is a lot more my speed for some reason. so I’ve decided, I actually just closed all of my Facebook accounts for

31:58
for quite a few reasons that I’ve written about extensively recently, but I close Facebook, WhatsApp, Messenger, Instagram, all that stuff. So I’m weaned off of Facebook entirely. And that feels good. Were you getting any traffic from those platforms for your content? I was and I do. And the thing is you don’t even necessarily have to be on those platforms in order to get traffic from them because your readers are probably on those platforms and they might be sharing your stuff there.

32:24
I didn’t find that I was necessarily getting a big boost in any sort of benefits to my business from being there myself. And, you know, that’s probably in part because I didn’t participate much there. But again, it comes back to friction just because it wasn’t a place that I enjoyed participating in. Can we talk about Twitter for a moment? Twitter is actually something I’ve never gotten into. I mean, I have an account and I have followers, but how do you use that platform?

32:53
Well, for me, it is a couple of things. One is it’s a place where I connect with people that I know who are on there and where I have met people over the years just through interactions on Twitter. It definitely leads to opportunities sometimes. In fact, I was just writing this earlier this week about my goal of being on 50 different podcasts in 2021. And several people reached out to me on Twitter that

33:22
I maybe knew at arm’s length or whatever, but they saw it there and it worked. So definitely you can connect with people, you can form relationships. And then the other thing is it helps me discover content and understand what people are thinking about before they have fully developed an idea. And likewise, I’m able to write about things there and sort of judge people’s opinions and reactions to it.

33:50
before I go and spend the time to fully develop a piece of content. So, you know, for example, if I’m writing about the annoyances I have with social media or like I said yesterday, I decided to write about my annoyance with the energy consumption of Bitcoin and why nobody seems to care or talk about it. And it’s an interesting way to kind of dabble in an idea and to start to judge people’s feedback and reactions and

34:20
to start gathering your thoughts before you sit down to create a video or a podcast episode or a blog post. Twitter really isn’t a traffic play. It’s not a trap or like a research. Yeah, exactly. It’s not necessarily a traffic play. It could be. mean, and some people have really big audiences and I, I see some people who are popular on Twitter being able to drive sales directly to courses and other things that they’re creating. For me,

34:48
That’s not it exactly. I would say my email list is the most valuable thing that does that and the search traffic that I get to content. So Twitter isn’t necessarily that for me, but it is for some people, certainly. But it’s usually, you you have to be in a certain genre of content to make Twitter make sense for you as a traffic play, I would say. So when you’re first writing content, obviously you want people to read it.

35:16
what are your main ways to actually get people to read your content? Well, for me or for somebody starting out, because they’re kind of two different things. Right. So let’s say you were starting out and this is kind of ties in, You’re not really starting over from scratch, but you’re starting over in a way, right? Yeah. So for someone new as you, what would you do to get that initial readership? Well, so, you know, if you are blogging, for example, like I said,

35:44
getting search traffic can take some time and there’s nothing more frustrating than publishing and not having any sort of attention to it and not getting any feedback to know whether or not what you’re writing is interesting and useful and so on. in those early, early days, I encourage people to try to find community somewhere online. There are places out there, depending on what you’re into. Like for example, let’s say,

36:12
you’re into software development. There are tons of places where people are gathered to learn software and to talk about it. If you’re into building software as a service, like a startup of some sort, like there is a community called IndieHackers, for example. So I would find whatever that community is for you, your topic, it might be on Reddit, it might be an independent community that’s out there. Plug in there where people are already spending time.

36:41
talking about that topic and participate in those conversations. And then when you have, when you publish something, put it out there for feedback and don’t just try to, you know, publish a link on a platform and say, I wrote this, please come check it out. Instead, you know, pick apart your content and publish it directly on that platform so that people can read it right there. And so they don’t feel like you’re just trying to take advantage of them or the platform by drawing people back to your site in the beginning.

37:11
so that you have to realize that your goal is not to get eyes on your content, like a massive amount of eyes on your content, your goal is to get anyone to read the thing and to give you feedback on whether or not they agree with your idea, whether or not they find it valuable, whether or not it’s unique and interesting and so on. And so again, like for example, when I write a blog post instead of just,

37:39
going on Twitter and publishing a link and hoping people are going to come back to my site, I go into the post, pick apart the main five points or whatever, and then I publish them as separate tweets and let that conversation evolve directly on Twitter because I know that what matters is just that my ideas are out there, that people are resonating with them or reacting to them and not necessarily where they’re consuming those ideas. Eventually I’ll get people to come back to my site.

38:08
and people who are reading those things in tweets or on Reddit or whatever might click through, look at your profile because they’re curious, click on the link and come back to your site. But the mistake that I see a lot of newbies making is just thinking that they’re going to go on Facebook or Twitter or wherever and just start publishing links to their own site without using the platform or the medium in the way that it was intended.

38:35
and sort of violating whatever those social norms are. Yeah, I mean, that never works, really. Yeah. So you’re suggesting essentially writing your content directly on the platform itself, right? Yes, or, you know, writing it. These days, what I tend to do is I write my content as an email first. I write it thinking about sending it to my email list. You could do the same thinking that you’re going to email this to a friend. You know, you could write it.

39:03
And this would be great, actually, if you had no audience to begin with, but you had a friend who was willing to read your thoughts and maybe interested in the topic. You could compose your content as an email to your friend, hey, I was thinking about this, and bang out an email to them. And then once you’re done with that, take that, publish it on your blog, publish it on Twitter, publish it on Reddit, turn it into a podcast episode. There’s a million ways you can turn one…

39:32
thought into a lot of different mediums. And this is something that I think a lot of times people feel like they have to reinvent the wheel every time or that everything has to be unique. once you start to understand that the people that seem to be everywhere aren’t actually publishing unique thoughts everywhere. They’re just taking that piece of content and turning it into what the platform expects the content to look like. Not simply, again, posting links everywhere, but generating something that

40:01
can live and stand on its own in each of the environments that you send it to. How deliberate are you about trying to rank in search? I would say for personal writing, not very deliberate. For business writing, a lot more deliberate. And I’ll also say that I think that there are two purposes for a piece of content. One is

40:29
of course, to be discovered by a broader audience. The second is to forge a deeper connection with your existing audience or with anyone who is consuming that content. And a lot of times I will separate the two of those things in my mind so that sometimes I’m writing for engagement, other times I’m writing for discoverability. And the kind of content that might do well on SEO to attract someone who is typing a specific

40:59
question into Google is not the same kind of content that’s going to forge a strong bond and convince someone that you might be someone worth following, trusting, and hopefully eventually buying something from. It’s interesting. So I follow that model as well, except I write primarily for search discoverability. And then the more engaging stuff is part of the content that I send out via email. It seems like you mix both, right?

41:28
on the same publication? do, I do. Yeah, definitely. And I guess, you know, the the idea there is that sometimes I’m writing purely for search. And in that case, I’m hoping that people will come get the answer they’re looking for. But then, you know, around that content or at the end of that content, I will try to continue the conversation and and get them to discover something else on my site that I know can forge a deeper connection with them.

41:58
And, you I think that’s all you can think of this as funnel marketing. Obviously, you know, you get people at the top of the funnel who are a very broad audience and you’re trying to move them down to having deeper and deeper connection with you over time. I hear you and I know you’ve actually mentioned email marketing a lot in this interview today.

42:21
How are you dealing with kind of like the decline in just open rates and click through rates? Because a lot of people are doing email marketing these days and it’s just getting kind of noisy. Yeah. So in terms of email marketing, yes, it’s noisy. But I think that any channel that is effective for a period of time will become noisy. And if you think about it, everything’s noisy these days. There’s so much content out there. even YouTube is noisy. If somebody’s watching your video, they’re

42:51
There are dozens of other videos that YouTube places around that video, or if somebody’s searching for a video, yours is just gonna be one of a bunch that’s showing up there. And so the answer to how you succeed at email marketing, despite it being noisy, I think is similar to the answer to how you succeed anywhere, because every channel is noisy. And that is, you have to strive to create content that is better, more valuable.

43:20
more likely to change someone’s life or at least change their day than the other content that’s out there. You want to be the person who is being opened amongst the sea of emails. In sending these emails lately, I’m literally getting people saying, yours is the only email I actually open and read. And that is what you have to do. And it’s the same with YouTube. you think about, you mentioned Mr. Beast, for example. If you love Mr. Beast,

43:49
then you’re going to make a point to open Mr. Beast’s YouTube videos and to watch them every time he publishes something and you might ignore all the others that are in your feed. I wrote about this 10 years ago and people had the same concern. There’s too many blogs out there, how do I succeed? And my answer was to write epic shit. what I mean by that is that you can learn all the…

44:17
tactics in the world, the SEO tactics and how to stand out on a platform. But at the end of the day, what matters is the substance of your content and how potentially life changing it is, or at least how much better, more interesting, more useful it is than the other content that’s out there. So Corbett, I think that’s like the best answer to that question ever. A lot of people, when they come to me wanting to start a business, they’re always like, what’s the easiest way to get started?

44:45
And the problem with easy is that means everyone can do it and there’s a lot of noise. But technically everything’s saturated these days, right? No one’s reinventing the wheel for the most part. And so the really the best way to stand out is just to do things better than everyone else. And that’s like the answer to everything in life almost. Yeah, if you think about it, you wouldn’t expect to, you know, ask, well, how can I become a how can I make a living as a a marathoner and, you know, just be your

45:15
your couch potato self and go out there and sort of half ass run a marathon and win a race and earn a living doing so. You would have to train and become one of the best in the world in order to have a career there. And the same is true for just about anything. If it’s easy, then there are going to be a million people doing it and the amount of money that you can make or the amount of success you can expect.

45:44
diminishes over time unless you fight and work to become really good at honing your skills and becoming better. And for a lot of people that takes many, many years, you might look at Mr. Beast or someone like that and think, my god, that’s amazing. How can he create that video? Well, he’s probably been at it for a very long time, and he’s put in a lot of hours.

46:11
It’s not necessarily the 10,000 hour rule that was a big thing several years back. You have to put in at least 10,000 hours to become good enough at something. I don’t necessarily think that’s true online because there are so many new topics all the time. Sometimes you can be an early voice and have a lot less experience than that and still succeed. But it’s not going to be easy. None of this is easy. It can be incredibly fun. It can be incredibly rewarding, but…

46:39
The people who take this stuff and by this stuff, mean, you know, building an online business or growing an audience online. The people who take it seriously, I can tell you, are spending are treating this like a full time job. You know, they show up, they they put in their hard work every day, eight or eight or nine or 10 hours sometimes. And they’re working to learn and grow and get better at that thing so that they can compete. Exactly. Hey, Corbett.

47:08
What are you up to going forward? I know you just did this reboot. What are you working on now and where can people find you? Yeah, so I am working on Fizzle, which is the thing that I launched eight years ago. I was inspired by a friend of mine, Dana Schultz, who runs Minimalist Baker, which is a massive site that attracts tens of millions of people every month. And she got burned out at some point a couple of years ago and took a step back and considered actually calling it quits, even though it was so successful because it was

47:36
It was stressful and wasn’t sure if that’s what she wanted to do. But after taking a little time off, she realized that she did love it and maybe that she could change her relationship to that work and recommit to it. And since then, it’s done even better over the past couple of years and she’s super happy doing it. And I had a bit of the same epiphany myself with Fizzle. And after the past few years of working on a lot of different projects, I realized that Fizzle

48:06
which is a community and training library for entrepreneurs. I realized that it is the thing that I love. It’s sort of my first love in a way and I still love it. And so I’m recommitting to it and we’re actually opening it up to a broader set of instructors, to guest instructors. And I’m really looking forward to continuing to grow the library of content there. That’s over at fizzle.co. Oh, I didn’t realize.

48:35
If you need any, I want to talk about e-commerce, let me know. Awesome. Happy to contribute something. You know, it’s funny, Corbett, you mentioned a lot of businesses are just mental, right? And how you look at things. If you view things as like you’re getting tired of working on something, then you’re not going to have fun doing it. Whereas if you have like a renewed vigor for something, then it’s more likely to succeed. Yeah. I think it’s a lot like, you know, any long-term

49:02
pursuit. It’s a lot like marriage in a way. You have to continue to put effort and continue to look at ways to make something fresh if you’ve been doing it for a long time. you know, like a lot of people, I had never spent more than four or five years in any one, you know, role in my career or in my entrepreneurship journey. And here I am now finding myself eight years into this project. So I think it’s expected that you might lose your way a little bit.

49:30
But with recommitment, you can see any project as through fresh eyes. And I think that’s an important thing to do. Yeah. So if any of you guys are listening out there, go check out fizzle.co. I was actually a part of the community at one point, I want to say many years ago, probably six years ago. And I can only imagine it’s gotten so much bigger and better since then. thanks a lot for coming on the show, Corbett. Really appreciate it. Thanks so much, Steve. Appreciate it, too.

49:58
Hope you enjoyed the episode. As I mentioned before, Corbett is someone who I looked up to way back in 2009 when I first started my blog. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 359. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

50:26
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

50:55
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

358: The Ultimate Website Audit Checklist With Ian Cleary

358: The Ultimate Website Audit Checklist With Ian Cleary

Today, I’m happy to have Ian Cleary on the show.

Ian runs RazorSocial where he helps companies with their digital marketing efforts, and today we’re going to talk about website design, content marketing, and how to do a full audit of your site for SEO and conversions.

If you own a website of any kind, then this episode will improve your online sales!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Ian started RazorSocial
  • Ian’s ultimate website audit checklist
  • Common mistakes that most webmasters make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Ian Cleary on the show, and Ian is the founder of Razor Social, where he helps companies with their content marketing. And in this episode, you’ll learn the right way to do content marketing, how to audit your site for SEO, and which platform that you should start with. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me.

00:29
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Claviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you always imagined?

00:59
And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase.

01:27
often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:56
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Ian Cleary on the show. Now Ian is someone who I met at social media marketing world, where we both spoken for the past several years. And I remember stumbling into one of his talks and noticed that he always has this entourage of people following him, cheering him on from the front row. And they’re always dressed in like orange hair or something like that. Anyway, Ian runs Razor Social where he helps companies with their digital marketing efforts. And today we’re going to talk about

02:51
site audits, content marketing, basically what he does every day at his firm. And with that, welcome to the show. Ian, how are doing today? I’m doing great. Thank you very much for having me, Steve. Delighted to be on the show. And it’s always great to meet you at events, you know, here or there in the US mainly. So who who are those people in the front row? I have no idea. the guy with the orange hair. I know that was a guy with a white coat and he’s

03:17
He works for a gaurapult, so he always dresses up as the character he puts on because he has a podcast or something. And then there’s just there’s always an Irish entourage over. Yes, that’s what it is. The Irish entourage. Yeah. So we end up going drinking together, you know, typical Irish, you know, it’s like we meet over here, then we go to the States, then we go drinking together in the States. And yeah, there’s always a gang cheering me on the front. So, you know, what are in good or bad? I still get the cheers.

03:45
So tell us about your background, what exactly you do and how you arrived at this point. Sure. Background is mainly technology. So I spent a good few years working in software companies, mainly in technical management roles. And then I got a bit fed up and I started dabbling in entrepreneur stuff. So I done all sorts of stuff. I was selling property in Eastern Europe at one stage. Then I was selling robotic lawnmowers and all sorts of gadgets, robotic hoovers.

04:14
So I dabbled in a range of things. And then I was at an event one day and somebody asked me, would I speak on social media? You know, and I didn’t have any knowledge of social media. So I said, yeah, sure. So because I like figuring out. this Mike Stelzer or? No, no, no. This is over in Ireland. OK. And then I because of that, I had to learn stuff about social media. And then I got involved in that. And then I wanted to do something international.

04:43
And I had a lot of technical knowledge and at that stage, a good bit of social media knowledge. And I seen on a lot of different sites on the web, was, you know, everybody in social media has a blog. So it was very competitive, but I found that nobody really focused on the tech side. So the blog was really tech focused, mainly based on a lot of tools and social media. And that sort of got a lot of traction. You know, it was like.

05:09
I was getting the one stage, I was definitely over a thousand shares every single post and I was getting some shares where 25, 30,000 shares for big ones I was doing. it was just tech, tech was, is a really popular topic and nobody else was really talking about it. And on the back of that, then I got speaking at social media marketing world and the whole range of events. And then over time, raise the social evolved and I drift away from pure social media to be digital marketing.

05:37
And I found that my niche was really helping companies that were going through a lot of change in digital. And they were struggling working with external agencies and consultants and stuff. And because we had the technical and the marketing knowledge, we understand the whole process from start to finish. So we advised a lot of companies, we ran projects for companies, we upskilled companies and stuff. And then I drifted into audits. We were doing a lot of

06:06
Audits, as you mentioned at the start, Steve, and I’ve just started launching Razor Audit, which is the only independent company that provides website audits because most companies are pure agency. They build websites to do SEO and we don’t do that type of work. So we try to give a completely independent viewpoint of where people’s websites are. Right. Which means it’s unbiased because you don’t actually offer to fix what you’ve audited. Right.

06:34
Yeah, exactly. And some people will come to us and go, hey, well, no, we want somebody to fix it. And we go, well, well, we’re not the people there. We’re the agency. You come to us if you want a completely independent view of what, you know, what is are the issues because we’re looking at going, OK, our main focus is, can we find issues that drive you more traffic that can convert more business? We’re not going, can we, you know, build a new website for you? You know, that’s not our interest. So we’ll if possible, we’ll go

07:03
let’s fix up what you have. And if we think it’s really bad, we’ll advise on building a new website, but it’ll be completely independent view. I actually love that model. You just tell people what’s wrong and then you say, sorry, I can’t fix it. But that’s it. Exactly. No, not for us. We don’t do it. You know, so let’s talk about site audits in particular. Okay. I want you to walk me through the process so that potentially people in the audience kind of know what to look for with their own websites. And maybe you can even talk about.

07:31
some of the common mistakes that people make. So what are your first steps when you conduct one of these site audits? Well, the first step is really get access to analytics. So we get access to Google Analytics and Google Search Console. And sometimes that’s the starting point of the issues because a lot of people don’t have analytics set up. So you really need to have your analytics set up. And once that’s set up, then we will extract some data from your analytics and we’ll use some

08:01
SEO tools to understand about your traffic and where you’re getting your traffic from and how well your site is optimized. So are these mainly SEO audits then? We do the whole range. So we do, depending on the plan you come in for, we will do a user experience audit, looking at the user journeys as people travel to the website to make sure you cater for all your audience and make it easy. We’ll do an SEO audit. We’ll look at your branding.

08:31
We’ll definitely look at conversion. We can analyze your content, analyze your competitors, look at the traffic through analytics. So there’s a whole range of things we would do there. Let’s pick one of those that you think might be the easiest to talk about on a podcast. So maybe SEO. So you have their analytics and you have their Google Search Console. What specifically are you looking for in those reports? Well, suppose from an SEO point of view, the starting point is going

08:59
we’d look at are there any technical issues in their site? So quite often people have missing titles, duplicate titles, missing descriptions. So the basics are not being optimized correctly. So we’d identify all those issues and say, here’s a batch of issues you can resolve to make things better. Then we’d look at what are you currently ranking for and identify quick win opportunities where you may be ranking for good terms

09:28
that you know on page two or lower down on page one. And we’ll give some practical advice of how you could optimize that to move it up and search results to drive more traffic. So what are some of those things? Let’s say I’m number 12 for a keyword. What is some advice that you would give me to get on the front page? So we generally use a tool called Ahrefs. There’s a range of SEO tools.

09:53
So what I would initially do is I would do an analysis and see who’s ranking on the first page. Then I would look at each of those pieces of content, decide how come they’re ranking on the first page. And in Ahrefs, it will show me the main keywords, the ranking for, and the related keywords. And that’s going to give me some idea to expand the content that’s on page two on our site, or the site we’re reviewing. So we’ll be adding content on.

10:22
We’ll be targeting additional keywords in there. We’ll be advising them to look at the titles of the post, the meta title within the post. The easiest thing is really expanding the content. But then we’ll be looking and say, well, can you link to that content from other content on your site? And that will give it a little boost as well. Now, the one beyond that is getting links from external sites.

10:48
So there’s a process there you can follow. back up real quick. strategy number one is to actually look at what else is on the front page and write something that’s more comprehensive. Is that accurate? Well, if you’re on page two, what we’re looking to do is see who’s on page one and then get some ideas about content. And that could be to expand the content, add more content on. OK. And what I want to see in AHA drafts is what are they ranking for and what’s all the related keywords they’re ranking for?

11:17
because there could be opportunities to add more content on about those related keywords to strengthen that post. So if you find those keywords, do you suggest putting those in those keywords within like heading tags when you’re editing the content? Yeah, so there is related keywords in there. If there’s additional sections we can add to a page, for example, you know, like I say, targeting related keywords and add a paragraph of content around that within that content.

11:45
that additional relevant content is always going to help. I’ve noticed now that Google ranks a lot of the headings individually as opposed to the full articles. When you click on the link, it automatically zooms down to where that relevant text is. So I’m just wondering whether you can put together a big article, but it seems like it’s much more important now to put those in heading tags so Google can auto parse them.

12:16
Yeah, and we always advise, I mean, people don’t pay enough attention to heading tags and they don’t write descriptive heading tags. So you need to think about your headings like a H2 within your content is like a mini title. So you got your main title of the post, but then think, put a lot of consideration into your subheadings because they’re mini titles. They’re there for a couple of reasons. One is from a Google perspective, they will go through it. And like you say, pick out them H2s and, and, and, you know, you might end up

12:45
ranking for that content within them sections. But also, it’s a good way of structuring your document anyway, or your blog post anyway, to have H2 sections within it. Yeah. And then, so you do some internal linking next, right? So you find other posts with whatever anchor text, I guess, that you want to rank for internally. And I guess the missing piece, or the hardest piece, really, is getting other people to link to it. Do you have any strategies to share on that?

13:14
Yeah, just step back one second about when we say to do the internal linking, people often say, well, how do I find any content that’s related on my site? Well, go to Google, type site colon and the name of your website, and then type the keywords that you are looking for content on. So Google then will search your own website and find content for you. And then you’ll find a selection of articles to link back into this article.

13:41
But then as you’re saying, Steve, I’m going to give my buddy Spencer a plug here. I actually, I don’t know if you guys are using this plugin, but I’m using this plugin called link whisper. And what it does is it actually parses all of your articles and it’ll, it’ll just give you internal linking opportunities. And all you have to do is just check a bunch of boxes and it automatically updates those posts. Wow. That’s cool. I never heard of that one. That’s a link whisper. You guys just shout out Spencer here. Yeah. Cool. I’ll check that one out.

14:09
Yeah, then you’re looking to build external links, you know, so external links. I mean, of course, it’s challenging, but if it’s a good piece of content, you can reach out to people and find related content where people are linking to poor quality posts and asking to replace it with your post or they’re linking to posts that were similar in content but are no longer there. So it’s a dead link. You could do exchange links where

14:37
You’d say to somebody, listen, will you link to mine and I link to yours? mean, so is that dangerous in your opinion? You know, it’s, it’s not when it’s done on a small scale. I mean, you don’t want be doing this all the time, but if there’s only a small percentage of your vote, your links are like that. It’s not a concern. Okay. Do you know if anyone has been penalized for doing something like that? Link exchanges and. Not at the moment. No, because you know, if it’s, if it’s small and it’s only a links to a page, it’s not a big issue.

15:08
So when you’re doing this outreach, what would you say your hit rate is? It really depends on, do you know the audience, whatever. if like in my world, because I’ve done a lot of blogging and built up a lot of relationships with people, I’m reaching out to people I know. So, you know, when I get links and getting, you know, 75 % of when I reach out, I’ll get links. So you have to put a bit of work into, if you’re a blogger, build relationships with people.

15:36
you know, share their content, interact with them so that when you do reach out, you know, it’s it’s like, for example, we know each other, Steve. So you reach out to me saying, you know, would you mind like that? go, sure, Steve, no problem. You know, but if we didn’t know each other, then then you’d have to come up with a good reason for doing it. You know? Yeah. I mean, I get probably like 20 of these requests a day, actually. Yeah. I’m sure you get more. Yeah, we get loads. Yeah. Yeah.

16:04
So that’s why I was asking what your hit rate is. So you would suggest actually getting going out and getting to know people or becoming an authority in your industry before like to improve the hit rate for this strategy. Yeah, yeah, that’s it. And then you have when you have them relationships, then it’s you have an audience to tap into and they they’ll come and you’ll help them out as well. So yeah, if you’re just doing it, blasting an email outreach tool and you’re sending out a thousand emails to people.

16:30
Maybe you’ll get five or six links or something. The hit rates can be low, but that’s a lot of work. I don’t like that at all. So I’d prefer in this, build the relationships and then you can leverage off those relationships. How important do you think links are these days? mean, Google claims that they continually put it as less important compared to some other things like onsite metrics. What is your view just working with companies?

16:59
Well, I read a report recently of 65 top SEO people and they put down that, you know, what was the, if you had a pie chart, what was the percentage that was important for onsite ranking, you know, and they put 15%, you know, for on-page optimization, about 20, about 25 % for the authority of your website and about 25 % for links and then another 15 % for relevant anchor texts to them links.

17:29
Now, if you think of it that that is you got like nearly 65 % is related to links, you know, and then 15 % is related to optimization of on-page and then there’s a few extra things. So I think links are still absolutely crucial, you know, so that hasn’t really changed. I just feel like so many large companies are gaming the system just because I’ve been interacting with them also, you know, I mean, it’s like a little boys club of all these

17:58
companies that are funded, they all work together to interlink with each other. How does a little guy fight against that?

18:06
I suppose it’s in terms of the relationships you build with people in the industry and what you want to target. You really want a niche. know, when I set up Razor Social, my niche was, OK, was it really busy world of social media where every single person in the world and social media had a blog, you know, so it’s the worst place to go into and around digital marketing because they all have blogs. So you have to come up with something different. So if you are, you know, going against the big guys, well,

18:34
You know, a lot of times that content is pretty poor anyway. So you need to go, well, how can I write better content, different content, different format on razor road audit? I said, you know, for my first post. I needed because it’s just a competitive area. I wanted something really stands out. So I wrote a 32,000 word article about auditing because I trolled the web to find what was the best guys on website auditing. I didn’t find a really, really good one. found.

19:04
good articles in different places at different parts of audits, but no one place to go. So by doing that, then I can really focus in on that article. And I am doing link building because, you know, people will go, wow, you know, I haven’t seen an article like that. So if you’re really impressed somebody with a really in-depth article like that, they’re more likely to pay attention.

19:27
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

19:56
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:25
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. You know, people always say content quality is king. I tend to disagree. I feel like Google ranks a lot of junk. And this is just people writing content, taking other people’s content, putting it together into one longer article. And it’s links. Like when I look at their backlink profile, some of them

20:53
It’s even blatant that they’re using some sort of private blog networks because the domains are kind of funky. Yeah. What are your views on that? Yeah, I think if you if you don’t have authority website, well, then you need good quality content. But as you you build up authority, there is a lot of junk. I mean, if you look at the likes of, you know, don’t the name newspapers, but Forbes, there’s a lot of bad quality content there. You know, it’s not for them. It’s not about the.

21:22
quality of content, have the authority. they will rank for anything up there today and they’ll rank tomorrow with no links or no nothing. So yeah, so I do believe there is a lot. if you get good, valuable links and you don’t have authority, you need to build that authority over time. And you have no chance of building it. If you’re not doing dodgy things, you have no chance of building it unless you create really good content.

21:51
Yeah, relationships. need to have the relationships of people is just as important because otherwise if you don’t have the relationships and the audience within, you know, how you get your content out there other than paying for it. Yeah, totally. I totally agree. That’s why I think it’s really important to go to events, which is why 2020 was was like a bad year for me in that respect. mean, that’s how I get podcast guests. That’s how I get, you know, a lot of things. I develop friends that way. That’s a lot of the friends I’ve.

22:19
I have today are people who I met at events live. So yeah, I know. I really miss the events, you know, I’m dying because that’s to me, it’s I’m in the office at the end of the garden. You know, we work with a really small business here, myself, my wife and a couple of our time people. So I love getting out and meeting the likes yourself and everybody else. And, know, people that are like do content creation, do work online, you know, do similar stuff that we’re doing. It’s always great to meet up.

22:49
So let’s shift gears away from SEO a little bit, unless you have more to add, because obviously there’s more to just getting traffic to your website. I know you also focus a lot on conversions and specifically getting leads and sales. What are some of the things you look for there when you’re analyzing a site for auditing? Well, I the first thing, I suppose the thing is you need to have a fast website. So you’ve got a good experience. You need to have a well-designed, well laid out website. You need to have

23:17
good content that supports the customer’s journey to the site. So if people are going through the site, are they getting all the relevant information? So you can’t be talking about calls to action yet until you go, well, is it easy to understand what you do? Is it easy for any type of customer to step through your site to get to a stage of wanting to buy? So you have to cover all of them basics. And then you can start thinking about, OK, do I have my

23:46
calls to action very obvious on the page, you know, to like, for example, book now or buy now or ring me or any of that to make that easy. You need to have a good mobile site and make sure from mobile. A lot of times you see people don’t have a well designed mobile version of their site. So it’s just that the content is not adapted properly. So that drops conversion. So yeah, once you’ve got good user journeys, then it’s like, yeah, you have very clear calls to action.

24:16
And then you have if somebody wants to buy, that’s great. But a lot of people don’t. So then you need to go, well, how do I capture their details if they’re not going to buy? And then how can I build out my sales funnels to progress them from somebody that’s cold to warm to hot? So, for example, email, you know, is still crucially important because the vast majority of people that come to your website won’t buy. So whether it’s an e-commerce or non e-commerce site, they, you know, they won’t

24:45
by a service or the One Fire product. So you have to look at how can I capture the emails. That’s why in an e-commerce site, you will often see if you’re exiting the site, they’ll say, hey, do you want to sign up and get a 5 % discount? Or if you’re within the checkout process and you try to exit, it tries to get you back into the checkout process. But building an email audience like that means then you can build your sales funnel behind that after somebody ops in.

25:14
send a initial welcome email sequence and try to sell over that email sequence. So email is very important. Another way of capturing the audience is if you have a Facebook tracking pixel on your site, well, even if they don’t give you any details, you can still capture the fact that they visit your website. And then you can start advertising to Facebook at a later stage, even months later. Are you doing much with SMS these days?

25:43
No, not doing that, but ask some, ask it all now. you? Yeah, I am actually. It’s working surprisingly well. Yeah. I did have a question for you. You mentioned site speed. I personally think that all the site speed mumbo jumbo out there is, is meant to scare and not actually affect. It doesn’t really affect your rankings. Like if I look on the front page for some of the sites that are in my niche that are ranking a lot of their sites are super slow or they’re getting really poor scores. What’s your view on that?

26:13
Well, the scores that Google page insights give them scores are not related directly related to a faster, slow your site or it’s a more of a score related to are you using the techniques that are the recommended techniques for a faster website. So sometimes you can get a high score on a slow website or the opposite. So that’s one thing to page insights. I’ve never seen a high score resulting in a slow website before with Google PageSpeed Insights.

26:42
I’ve seen the opposite. Yeah, developers can trick it into getting a high And I’ve seen developers do that just to pass because sometimes we’re doing audits and the developer will go, listen, I’ve changed this. I’ve got a higher score. There’s no difference. So that’s there’s there’s web speed. I’ll get the name of the tool, Web Page Speed Test. Yeah, Web Page Test and there’s GT Metrics. Yeah, Web Page Test I actually think is better in terms of giving you

27:11
a more realistic view of the page speed. Now, I did see an article only last week on Search Engine Journal saying that your man Muller from Google said they are going to take speed as a ranking factor. Actually, the scores that you get through Google Page Speed Insight, they’re going to start using that as part of a ranking factor. So I think you’re right up until now. They may have, you know, used it a little bit or something, but they’re putting more emphasis on it.

27:41
So will become increasingly important. Okay. I mean, they’ve been saying that for years as far as, I mean, I almost feel like Google uses these tactics to scare people and doing what they want. Yeah. They don’t necessarily enforce it. Cause if you look at half the e-commerce stores on the web, they’re, they have scores in the red on PageSpeed Insights and a lot of these stores are making like eight figures, know, nine. So, mean, the thing is to,

28:09
to go to machine or empty out your cache and load up your website and have a look at the speed there. If you’re doing international stuff, then you just need to look at it there as well and make sure you’ve got a good hosting provider in as well. But yeah, if it feels really slow, well, that’s just a bad user experience. So even if Google doesn’t penalize it, your website visitors not going to enjoy going through your website. So when you’re auditing, what are your guidelines then?

28:39
in terms of speed and when to worry about it? Well, we look at the speed index on web page speed test and try to make sure that’s sort of under three seconds. And that’s really, the speed index is really when it appears to be loaded from the user. So they feel, oh yeah, it’s loaded, so it’s quite fast. So if you use something like GT metrics, I know GT metrics uses a different way of

29:08
doing it like, for example, a fully loaded time in GT metrics is when the website is fully loaded plus two seconds. So they wait for two seconds to see that there’s nothing else loading. And then it goes, that’s the time. And all the tools are different. And that’s why it’s so confusing. You’ll get a different score all the time. And you’ll even get different score on Google Page Insight if you refresh and do it again.

29:34
So what I’ve done in this realm is I just don’t want to have to worry about it. Google keeps threatening to make it an important part of ranking. I’ve made it so that my site is all in the green on Google PageSpeed Insights. But I’m not sure if this is the right way to do it. But what I do is I just defer the loading of everything outside of the content until someone moves their mouse or something happens. But that way, the content shows up. And then from a machine’s point of view,

30:04
Everything loads up super quick. And it’s only if it’s like a human is detected, really, when they move their mouse or whatever, then it loads the rest of the junk. Yeah, there’s that there’s one of the stats on Google page insight, which is about the how does it feel like it’s been loaded for a user? So, for example, there’s a difference between sitting at your machine and nothing appears, then everyone appears after two seconds or sit in a machine and things start appearing. So you feel things are moving. So the impression of speed is better.

30:33
Even though both of them load in two seconds, the one with more progressive loading appears faster to a user, which is better. And by the way, on the Google page speed inside, they trottle stuff for mobile. That’s why the scores are lower. they simulate a slower network connection and a slower CPU. So the scores are always lower on mobile.

30:59
Sorry for that aside, I was just kind of curious. So it looks like three seconds or less, you’re probably in good shape, is what you’re saying. Yeah, yeah, exactly, exactly. And then what were we talking about next? We were talking about conversion. Conversion, So it’s a about just user journeys, make sure it’s simple. A lot of times people don’t really explain what they’re about and understand what their business does and then make sure you’ve got good content and then very clear calls to action.

31:28
It can ease to do business with you and then have really good analytics in the background. For example, have an e if you have a shop, have e-commerce tracking set up so I can see exactly as people move to the funnel and where people are dropping out and what revenue I’m getting from what traffic, you know, and then when you’re not converting, then build audiences across email, Facebook retargeting lists and stuff. So you’re constantly capturing people’s details and then build out funnels on the back end.

31:57
through email where you can generate emails over a sequence to people to try and convert them and then on an ongoing basis, use email as a tool to convert as well. I know in your talk, you often do these content audits where you’ll essentially de-index articles that aren’t good, the ones that are okay, you kind of beef up with content. Yeah. When you’re working with companies,

32:27
have you found a profound effect that has a profound effect on their rankings? So for example, let’s say I had like hundred junk articles on my blog that are just junk. By eliminating those, does that actually improve your rankings overall? It depends. And some websites have improved the rankings a lot just by removing the junk articles. As long as you’re not removing articles that have good links to your site, for example. So they’re ones you’d probably redirect.

32:57
But I’ve seen 20, 30 % increase in traffic by tidying up a lot of content. It takes a couple of months before you see that, but it’s from that tidier process when things are really messy, when they had a lot of low quality articles, know, broken links and all sorts of stuff, but just tidying up that and redirecting articles that had good links, but it was poor quality content and not driving any traffic. So then you’re reassigning links to other pieces of content and making that stronger and giving that a boost.

33:27
Let me ask you this. So my podcast right now, I deindex a lot of the episodes on my site because those podcasts episodes, just audio. had transcripts at one point, but they still weren’t ranking. Would you recommend deindexing all the podcast episodes? I would, unless you’re actually going to write good quality articles alongside it. So it’s not transcripts either. It’s actually creating an article. So for example, in our conversation, you might go,

33:56
I’m going to create an article about website audits and you’re into you know, you’re bringing in feedback that we talked about within the conversation, but not just transcript because, you know, people are not going to really link to a transcript, but they might link to a really good quality article that has a, you know, the ability to listen to it and sound as well, you know, and it’s a combination of both. It’s just it’s it’s hard work. It’s like, I mean, I suppose the good thing is you could probably get somebody else to to write it up.

34:24
but you would need to write good quality articles based on it. you know, if it’s just a podcast, yeah, why not the end? Right. OK. Yeah. So that implies that if I want to do it right, I should actually hire someone to listen to the podcast, maybe pull out the prime points and create a really good article on it. Yeah, exactly. OK. By the way, this question just kind of came to my head right now. We’ve been talking primarily about the written word thus far. What are your opinions on YouTube versus blogging versus podcasting just as a content medium?

34:54
Yeah, I mean, I’m a blogger content market, so I did dabble in YouTube as well before. mean, the thing that YouTube is probably easier to rank than Google on certain things on YouTube. But I find it really hard to produce video all the time because it’s so time consuming doing all the setup, doing the video, getting all the editing done, doing all the promotion. I find it much easier to go. I’m going to sit down, write a like a thousand word article is going to be much easier. So

35:24
So YouTube works great for people that really focus in on YouTube and build the audience and say that’s their channel. Generally with YouTubers, you’ll find that they really poor blog or no blog at all or don’t have much traffic, you know, except the big ones, of course. Yeah. But they they they focus on YouTube and do well on YouTube is just so there’s nothing wrong with it. But it’s very hard to focus on blogging and YouTube. You know, from a from a podcast point of view.

35:52
I mean, what I love about the podcast side is that you have an opportunity to meet and connect with lots of people, especially with small business listening in, they’re going, you know, I need to expand my audience and need to expand my influence. You know, pick a pick a good topic and reach out to influential people, encourage them onto the podcast. And then you’re building relationships, building a network. And also when you start distributing the content, like you distribute my content, I’m going to start sharing that.

36:22
So that’s going to bring in a new audience to you as well. So a podcasting podcast can be hugely beneficial, I think. Yeah. I was just trying to think about that myself since I do all three right now. Oh dear. Yeah. Well, I was going to say you have to do, I mean, I know you do blogging and, and, uh, you know, podcasts as well. didn’t know you use YouTube as well. So have actually, it’s, been really good. It’s only been about a year, but it’s been really good. But I’m just thinking about the work level and the

36:51
The reason why I’m asking this question is if you’re like a new business, which one would you focus on to start with?

36:59
to see the immediate gains. Like I have my opinion, but I’m just kind of curious what yours is.

37:06
Yes, so if you’re starting off, I would recommend a blog. But I mean, I would be really tempted to do a podcast as well, because you now have an opportunity to reach out and connect with a new audience that you haven’t reached out to before, build relationships with key influencers at an early stage in your business. So so if I had to pick one, I’d pick blogging. But then I’d quickly follow it up with a podcast. I think I had the same answer as you, actually. I would.

37:34
You need the blog, you need a website as your home base, right? To collect emails, get pixel people and that sort of thing, no matter what. Right. And then podcasting actually helps a lot for link building. And in fact, I want to say, I’m just thinking right now, almost all the major links that I’ve gotten in the past year have been from people who have been on my podcast. Great. Right. Yeah. And then the thing I really like about YouTube though,

38:02
is that Google just does a really good job of sharing your videos, right? And that results in free traffic. The only problem is that traffic kind of still lives on Google or YouTube, I should say. And it’s hard to funnel that over to your site.

38:18
But that’s interesting. So you started out blogging. Even if you’re not a good writer, like I know for myself when I started, I hated writing and I was terrible at it. It was just a skill that it’s like a necessary means to an ends, I think. So have we missed anything in terms of the site audit? We’ve talked about SEO, we’ve talked a little bit about conversions and getting your message out. What else do you look for? I mean, the branding side is really important. And the branding, as Jeff Vizzo said, but in Amazon,

38:47
You know, a brand is about what people say about you when you’re not in the room and on your website, you’re not in the room. So people go and form an opinion of your website. So the branding is about, you know, things like what’s your tagline that describes, you know, overall what you do. And then is there expanded description given more details? You know, do you have a good logo? Do you have consistent colors, consistent fonts? Do you have a consistent message throughout the site? So it’s really important to get that because

39:17
Your brand is everything because there’s so much competition out there. You know, there’s bound to be lots of other people selling products or services that you have. So you need to differentiate yourself and your brand. So that’s an important part of the audit as well. Yeah, that one’s a little bit harder to teach. Right. mean, yeah, there’s both like an art and a science to that to that aspect of it. I mean, do you have any maybe examples of of clients that that got it wrong? I mean, obviously you don’t have to use their name, but an example where you

39:46
you diagnose something like that? Well, I think most people that we would have got it wrong. I want that what you know, because we review a lot of sites where people aren’t happy with the site. And the challenge is you go in and it’s not really clear exactly what they do and what service they provide. So the tourism business only their day. And it was just there was.

40:11
There was calls to action everywhere in the page. was navigation across the top navigation down the side. And there was wasn’t clear from the outset that all the different services they provide. So you had to really work hard to do that. And then the the fonts were all different sizes across the website. No consistency and no consistent use of color or their logo and their logo could be different on social media and stuff. So there was no consistency, no repetition.

40:38
And, you know, the obvious wasn’t a color palette that was a defined set of colors they use, you know, for everything they do on the site. So a lot of small businesses don’t really pay attention to that and go, oh, branding’s for big companies. But it’s not, you know, and you don’t need to invest a huge amount of money in branding. You just need to have a lot of consistency, really, and clear messaging. Actually, you know, now that you bring that up, I think the colors are actually very important.

41:06
Like it’s important, especially for the action button. I think that needs to be some really bright color that stands out and has to be the same color on every single page of your site. Yeah. And then we advise people to, you know, that call to action color is a color that you don’t use anywhere else in your site. And it’s the one that stands out. when you, you navigate through the site, if you see that color, you know, it’s the call to action, you know? Yeah. Yeah, definitely. And then I, I do a lot of site audits too. I think another one.

41:36
kind of building upon what you just said is like within the first three seconds, I need to know what you do and why you’re better. Yeah. And that can be hard. So you have to be really concise and make sure your font is, is, is big, you know, to, bring that out also. Mark Schaeffer often says to companies, you know, he starts off with a consultancy remark, so if it was a lot of digital marketing consultancy and he, we we’ve heard him on speaking on different circuits, but he starts off companies and you say only we finish that sentence.

42:06
You know, and it’s a hard sentence to finish, finish, you know, so it really gets people thinking to go, why am I different? You know, only we do X, you that’s actually a really good way to end this in what is your only we well, only we provide independent digital marketing support and auditing. There’s nobody else provides the auditing anyway. So we definitely were definitely the only way provide independent digital marketing auditing.

42:36
By the way, do you work with smaller companies too, or is it just mainly bigger ones? No, we work with smaller companies. On Razor social side, we work with bigger companies. On Razor audit, we work with a range of companies, from small, middle to large, because it’s just a pure auditing service. Okay. Yeah. No, I find the service really valuable. So where can people find more about this? Specifically the auditing side, I think. The auditing go to razoraudit.com. Okay. And can you just give us an idea of what the process is like and how much it costs?

43:07
Well, the starting price in terms of dollars is $1,100 for the starting audit. And then it goes up depending on the complexity of the audit. for the $1,100 starting price, you’re going to be able to, we’ll do an SEO audit. We’ll do conversion. We’ll look at the analytics. We’ll do overview of the branding. And then as we go into the next level, it’s bigger, more complicated sites, which would take longer, particularly for SEO audits and stuff like that.

43:36
And then you get this big long report that you take over to your agency and whatnot for implementation. So in that report, we will give issues, but we’ll give advice as well. And some of that you’ll be able to resolve yourself. And some of it will be things where you’ll go, well, if I don’t have the skills, I’ll need to get somebody to implement the changes. Okay. And do you have referrals for those? Sorry, it an inside joke that we had talked about earlier.

44:02
I mean, the idea of Ian’s company is it’s supposed to be very unbiased and you know, he’s not, he doesn’t have any hidden relationships with agencies and whatnot. No, no, you do not know. So that was a trick question there that I did. But Ian, I hope we get a chance to hang out again, man. Social media marketing role was a lot of fun and I actually use that conference a lot to meet new people to have on this podcast as well. So, right. Yeah. Well, hopefully we’ll, we’ll meet again soon and that conference or another one, you know, I’d love to.

44:32
It’s always great to hang out. It is great catching up with you. You too. Thank you very much for having me on your podcast.

44:41
Now I hope you enjoyed that episode and I’m so happy to have had Ian on because he is a celebrity over at Social Media Marketing World. Hope you learned a lot. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 358. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLABIYO.

45:11
Once again, that’s mywifecluderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:39
head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

357: When To Shut Down Your Business Or Quit Your Job With Steve Chou

357: How To Know When To Shut Down Your Business Or Quit Your Job With Steve Chou

Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer yet another question that I get asked all the time.

Steve, how do you know when to quit your job? How do you know when to move on from your business?

Well here’s my exact framework. Make sure you have a pen and paper handy before listening and please let me know what you think.

Would love to know your score!

What You’ll Learn

  • 8 questions to ask yourself before quitting anything
  • When to give up and when to suck it up
  • How to shut down your business without any regrets

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer yet another question that I get asked all the time. Steve, how do you know when to quit? Whether it be your business or your full-time job, how do know when to move on? Well, here’s my exact framework. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store.

00:28
and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Boom. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

00:56
Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider.

01:26
Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally,

01:54
I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today, I’m gonna cover a question that I get asked all the time. Should I close my business and how to know when to move on? In this episode, you’ll learn the exact questions that I ask myself when deciding whether to move on and pursue something else. So first off, the principles outlined in this episode apply to all areas of life. So for example, I actually use this framework for relationships, projects, marketing strategies, everything. I also wanna stress that quitting or moving on does not mean

02:54
that you’re necessarily giving up. Sometimes moving on simply involves a pivot or a mindset shift that can change your perspective or how you feel. It’s also important to note that we all have baggage in our lives. It could be your job or your business that need to be culled without even realizing it. We all put up with activities or people who drain us of our energy because we’re afraid to rock the boat. So the framework that I’m about to talk about will help you put an end to your misery. And by answering these questions, you’ll achieve clarity,

03:23
and understand exactly what you must do. But before we begin, I want to emphasize that in order for this process to work, you have to write down everything. Every single question that I’m about to ask you in this episode must be typed or handwritten in a document. Also, you must force yourself to assign a number to each one of your answers as well. Numbers don’t lie, and they allow you to quantify and justify the results in your mind before taking action. So just a side note, some of you listening to this episode are used to using your gut

03:53
to make big decisions and using your gut is great, but sometimes your gut doesn’t know the answer. Sometimes you’re just hungry. All right, so question number one, is your job or your business limiting your growth? Now, when it comes to quitting your job or shutting down your business, the first and the easiest question to ask yourself is whether you’re settling or compromising your full potential. Are you working at a job or running a business that has a low ceiling and doesn’t exercise your brain to its fullest potential? So for example,

04:23
Let’s say you’re selling cheap Chinese junk using AliExpress dropshipping and providing almost zero value to your end customer. Now, even though you might be making a couple bucks here and there, is selling junk with zero quality control a sustainable business that will continue to grow? Meanwhile, are you working a day job where you’ve stopped learning? Are you just going through the motions at work every day just for the sake of a steady paycheck? And can you see yourself growing at your current position?

04:49
Now, my friend Nathan Barry was making a healthy six figure income selling courses and eBooks when he realized that he wanted to work on something bigger. So he made the difficult decision to shut down his course business and started ConvertKit, one of the best email marketing software companies in the world. Now, for this question, I want you to write down one of the following two statements and assign a number from one to 10, where 10 is the best. My business or job offers the potential to grow and challenge me to the best of my abilities. Or two, write down

05:19
My business or job does not offer the potential to grow and challenge me to the best of my abilities. Then give it a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you’re being challenged and growing. All right, question number two. Have you put your best foot forward? Have you tried your best to improve the situation? Have you done everything in your power to grow your business or are you just giving up at the first sign of hardship? Now for most people, the answer to this question cannot be answered objectively.

05:47
and you probably need to seek a neutral third party for a real answer. Over the years, I’ve received countless emails from small business owners complaining that it’s impossible to start an e-commerce store. Steve, I’ve tried every marketing strategy out there, this is never gonna work. Steve, I’ve tried selling online, but every product I could think of had too much competition. Now one time, I decided to challenge one of my readers who claimed to have tried everything, but when I went to take a look at her website, her online store looked horrible. There were spelling errors, grammatical mistakes,

06:17
and the photography was terrible. So it’s no wonder that her online store was a failure because she didn’t even complete the basics correctly. So when it comes to putting your best foot forward with your business, you can’t really claim to have tried everything until you’ve overcome at least a couple of major obstacles. You can’t claim to have put your best foot forward without soliciting outside help. And this principle applies to your day job as well. Like have you spoken to your boss to discuss other roles that might be more fulfilling for you?

06:45
So before writing off your job or your business, make sure that you’ve given it your all. Because knowing that you’ve tried your best to rectify your situation is extremely important in order to move on with a good conscience. There should be never any regrets. So write down one of the following two statements. I put my best forward to make things work. Or there are additional avenues that I haven’t tried yet to improve my situation. Then assign a number from one to 10, where a one indicates that you have tried everything in your power.

07:15
and a 10 indicates that you haven’t tried much. Okay, question number three, is your job or your business sparking more joy than frustration? So most likely you aren’t listening to this episode unless you are sufficiently frustrated. But a simple question to ask yourself is whether you are still enjoying the journey. Are there more positives than negatives and is your time worth the added stress? Now when my businesses were making 4X my day job salary, I was actually making 8X when I finally quit. I actually debated whether to quit.

07:45
but I loved my job so much that I was willing to stay despite the inconvenience of having to commute to a physical office. And when my wife and I started our online store and received no sales for the first couple of months, the thought of shutting it down actually had crossed my mind. But I was learning so much and having so much fun running the business that I was willing to stick it out for better or for worse. So for this question, write down one of the following two statements. My business or job provides more enjoyment than stress. Or my business or job

08:14
provides more stress than enjoyment, then give it a number from 1 to 10, where a 10 indicates that your business sparks joy. Question number four, is your business or job detrimental to your health? Now, the word health for this question can apply to many aspects of your life. So for example, does your business negatively impact your own health, as in both mental and physical, the health of your marriage, the health of your relationship to friends, the health of your relationship with your kids?

08:42
Now, first of all, you have to decide how much you value each of the things that I just mentioned. Some entrepreneurs claim to put family and marriage first, but then do the complete opposite. Other entrepreneurs sacrifice their own health to maintain their business and their family. So the key is understanding what you truly value here. Then you must ask yourself how detrimental it is for you to stay in your current situation. Is your business or job worth the toll on your mental and physical health? And the answer to this question only requires a number.

09:12
Write down a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that your business or job does not affect your health whatsoever. All right, next question. Does your job or business compromise your beliefs? Now, what’s funny about money is that it often does strange things to people, and excessive greed can sometimes lead to compromise. And it’s a slippery slope here. As humans, we sometimes make decisions purely based on the money without thinking about the effects on other people or the environment. So for example,

09:42
Let’s say you started a successful business selling diamonds, but later discovered that millions of innocent women and children were being exploited to mine and produce your products. Would you be fine with that? What if the company that you work for is responsible for dumping toxic waste into the ocean? Now, sometimes our business or our job silently kills us on the inside. And even though the money is good, you may have to ask yourself whether you’re working on a project that you believe in. Is your business or your job turning you

10:11
into someone that you hate. So my buddy Derek Halpern used to run a successful business publishing entertainment news and gossip before deciding that it didn’t make him feel good inside. So he shut it down and he now runs a multi-million dollar business selling health food over at Truvani. So for this question, write down one of the two following statements. My business or job adds value to the world and I believe in what I do. Or my business or job does not add much value to the world. I could do better.

10:41
Then assign a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you feel strongly in what you do or the service that you provide.

10:50
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

11:18
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

11:48
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Next question, how often do you think about quitting? Now this answer to this question is actually often the best indicator of whether you should quit your job or move on from your business. How often do you think about quitting? Is it literally every single minute of every day? Or is it only something that you think about occasionally, like once per month?

12:17
The most telling signal of whether you should quit is how your situation makes you feel. So for example, when you think about your business or job, does it put you in a bad mood? Does thinking about your situation ruin your entire day? Does it stop you from sleeping well at night? Well, if negative thoughts about your business or day job consume your mind all the time, then that’s a leading indicator that you need to get out of there. The answer to this question requires only a number. Jot down a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you rarely think about quitting.

12:47
and a one indicates that you think about quitting all the time. Next question, and there’s only a couple more, I promise. What’s keeping you in your current situation? We all do things that we don’t want to do because we’re afraid of the consequences. So when it comes to a soul-sucking job, most people work because they don’t know how to make money otherwise. Most people are afraid to quit their jobs because they don’t have the confidence to succeed on their own. Sometimes people stay in bad situations out of obligation. I have a friend who helps run her family business

13:16
even though she hates it, but she doesn’t want to disappoint her parents and she’s afraid of confrontation. I have another friend who runs a business with a good friend, but her partner isn’t pulling her weight. And in this case, do you cut ties and risk ruining the friendship? Now the best way to deal with situations involving fear of the unknown is to analyze all the possible outcomes. If you are scared of quitting your job to start a business, ask yourself, what’s the worst that could happen if the business completely failed? Then come up with a backup plan.

13:46
So for example, when my wife and I started Bumblebee Linens, our backup plan was simply to go back to work if our business failed. And when you outline and create a backup plan for every possible negative scenario, it makes your decision to move on infinitely easier because it takes the fear out of the equation. So before you answer the question of what’s keeping you in your current situation, jot down all the possible outcomes and come up with a plan of action. Then assign a number from one to 10,

14:14
where 10 indicates there are dire consequences for quitting and one indicates that quitting isn’t a big deal. Okay, last question. Is it too late to change your attitude? Now when it comes to every situation in business and life, your attitude determines everything. So for example, when sales were non-existent for my business in the early going, I could have reacted to my situation in two completely different ways. It’s game over, man, game over. No one’s gonna buy these stupid hankies, screw this.

14:45
Or, this sucks, but I’m gaining many new skills that will benefit other aspects of my life. Even though the money is not where I want it to be yet, I am enjoying the journey. Do you see the difference in attitude between the two scenarios that I just mentioned? Well, oftentimes we want to quit because our mindset is not where it should be. And if you’re angry or resentful towards your job or your business, you’ve pretty much given up already. You can no longer be objective. So before you make the decision to give up,

15:14
try to enumerate all the positives of staying in your current situation. Sometimes seeing the positives and the potential benefits written down in a document can reframe your dilemma in a completely different light. So for this question, write down one of the following two statements. I’m analyzing my situation with a clear and open mind, or two, I’m angry or resentful with my situation and it will be difficult to overcome. Then, assign a number from one to 10.

15:41
where one indicates that you’re at max anger or resentment. Okay, so once you’ve answered all those questions and assigned a number to it, the final answer is to actually tally everything up and determine whether you should quit. All right, so if you’ve taken the time to think through all the questions that I just talked about and write it all down, you actually probably already have the answer that you seek. But for engineers such as myself, I try to let the numbers do all the talking. So take all the numbers that you assigned for all eight questions

16:11
and tally them up. And if your total is less than 20, you should get out of there now, just quit. Whatever it is that we were talking about or thinking about, just quit right now. If your score is between 20 and 39, you most likely need to quit, but delay judgment for a couple of weeks to make sure that your feelings don’t change. If your score is between 40 to 55, your situation is mediocre, not great, not horrible, and it’s a judgment call on your part. But in case you’re Asian and listening to this,

16:40
A 55 out of 80 is still a failing grade, so I’d probably still quit. Now, any score above 55, your situation doesn’t seem that bad. Just stick it out and see if you can get your score closer to 80. Now, if all the numbers in this whole scoring system still aren’t providing you with the answers that you need, you can assign weighting factors to make certain questions worth more than others. So for example, I value the health of my family and my own wellbeing above all else.

17:08
So I always give more weight to that question above. Now, if your quit score is between 40 and 55 and you have no idea what to do, here’s my general philosophy. Do you want to go through living life at 50 %? I mean, is 50 % good enough for you? If you can see a legit path to raising that 50 % to 90 % or more in your current situation, then you should probably stay, suck it up, and do the work. But if your situation is already toxic, then just get the hell out of there.

17:37
Regardless, the simple act of asking yourself these questions in this episode and just writing everything down will help you achieve clarity. And in most cases, tallying up the numbers won’t be necessary because you already know based on your responses. But fear should never ever be a reason not to move on. Because the worst thing that can happen to you is spending another year getting your soul sucked out of you. The worst possible outcome is not giving yourself the chance to realize your true potential.

18:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode and please let me know what you think about my framework. In general, I try not to quit anything unless I’ve given it a go for at least three to five years. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 357. And once again, I wanna thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

18:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifekotorjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifekotorjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I use these tools in my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

19:05
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

356: The Right Way To Setup Your Website Analytics With Chris Mercer

356: How To Not Screw Up Your Analytics With Chris Mercer

Today I have my friend Chris Mercer on the show. Chris is the founder of MeasurementMarketing.io and he specializes in website analytics.

Analytics may not sound like the sexiest of topics but most people are doing it wrong. Most people don’t know how to use Google Analytics and most shop owners have no idea what metrics to focus on.

In this episode, Chris teaches us the right way to gather and analyze your data for an e-commerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • Chris’s backstory and why he decided to specialize in analytics
  • The right way to setup Google Analytics for your store
  • How to analyze and draw conclusions from your data for an e-commerce store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my friend Chris Mercer on the show, and Chris is the founder of MeasurementMarketing.io, and he’s a master of website analytics. Now, this topic isn’t sexy, but I do know that many businesses are doing it wrong, and today Chris is gonna teach us the right way to collect stats for an online store. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider

00:29
that I use for ecommerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:58
I also want to thank Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of show. Now if you’re working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined, you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business. Now do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information,

01:27
and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing to any business, the relationship between you and your customer and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony.

01:58
And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:23
Today I have got my friend Chris Mercer on the show. And Chris is someone who I met at social media marketing world where we both spoke and I was really impressed by his talk. Now Chris is the founder of measurementmarketing.io and he specializes in website analytics. Now analytics may not sound like the sexiest of topics, but I do know for a fact that most people are doing it wrong. Most people don’t know how to use Google analytics and most shop owners have no idea what metrics to focus on in their reports. So today,

02:54
I asked Chris to teach us the right way to gather and analyze your data for your e-commerce store. And he promised to make it sexy at the same time. with that, welcome to show, Chris. How are doing today? I will do my best, man. See, appreciate you having me. And you know what? One day you will start calling me Mercer as all my friends do. I can’t, you know, it’s yeah, maybe once we’re tighter, I’ll call you Mercer. How’s that? Done. It’s a deal. We haven’t hung out enough yet. Then you can call me too. There you go. There you go. Looking forward to it. So Chris, I,

03:22
Mercer, I’ll call you Mercer here in this podcast. How does one decide to make a living teaching measurement and marketing? Like what’s your background? The origin story. Yes. Oh yeah. So the way we started, I actually started teaching people how to develop WordPress sites with a, just a membership site that showed people how to use WordPress. That led into very quickly, as you might imagine people saying, Hey, this is a lot of work. How much for you to build sites? So I started building sites and you building a little agency that that did that. We wanted to differentiate ourselves because everybody was doing that.

03:52
So we said, oh, we’re gonna do websites, but then we’ll help you optimize those websites, right? Make them perform better. So in order to optimize something, you must first measure something. And that’s where we started learning Google Analytics because we thought that’s what everybody else was doing. So we learned Google Analytics really well and then started, know, experimenting with other tools. We started showing clients of ours like, oh, here’s what your goal is in Google Analytics. And what was funny is really quickly.

04:16
the client conversations changed from, let’s talk about the split test and what the website looks like to, okay, go back to the analytics thing and show me where the goals are again. And how do I pull this information? Oh, you can do that. I you could track a button click. And it was like all this stuff. And then we would start getting referrals from our clients, sending us other people who wanted to talk about not websites, because they had website development, but they didn’t have measurement. And so that’s when we realized as a company, okay, we’re going to pivot into helping people understand these tools.

04:43
because there’s just a lot of misconceptions with them that make things a little more complicated than they need to be. So let’s say I have an e-commerce store. I know for a fact, so I teach a class on e-commerce, and I know for a fact that people just open up their analytics and they look at how many visits they have, and that’s pretty much it, right? Right, right. So what should people be looking at? What needs to be set up, actually? Set up is probably the hardest part. It is, because it’s such a great point, because that’s the part that is the fastest thing that is skipped over.

05:11
because there’s a misconception that when you put the code on your pages or when you turn on that Shopify integration or whatever the thing is that lights up Google Analytics, that that is the setup, but that’s not that literally just turning it on. Then you have to actually set it up to get some real usefulness out of it. And that’s where, you know, in the terms of Google Analytics, you would do things like creating. They have the thing called views back there where you can do multiple views and you see different, different, uh, you know, e-commerce settings and all of that stuff. You have to get your goals set up.

05:41
and you basically tell Google Analytics what you want it to be able to report back for you. All so let’s start from the beginning here. So I started a Shopify store and I’ve enabled e-commerce analytics and everything is set up so that Shopify can tell me what people have bought and when people have made a purchase and track all the revenue and that sort of thing. What else needs to be set up? Is there like a list you can provide us? You know what? I am, but I’m gonna give you a formula if I had to think about it. Okay.

06:09
The letters to write down, we always call this QIA, but it’s Q-I-A. And this is the first thing that everybody should be doing. First thing is you go, what questions am I wanting to get answers to? Questions about my store. So questions, for example, might be how many people are purchasing, right? How many transactions am I making? What’s the average dollars per transaction? How many people are seeing my product detail pages? How many people are starting to check out? How many of those people?

06:38
don’t check out, right? Those are examples of questions where you’re just trying to figure out is the site working like it’s supposed to, right? So write down all these questions. Next to those, kind think this in three different columns. The first question, first column is all the questions you want to know. In the beginning, don’t worry about right questions or wrong questions, just any question. You will get better at this. It’s a skill. Like you build a muscle in the gym and you don’t get a big muscle right away after a couple of reps, you got to do that consistently. Same thing with this. So write down

07:06
any question that comes to mind, there are no bad ones. So what if my question is, why aren’t people buying? Perfectly, perfectly fine question to ask. Okay, perfectly fine. Write it down. Write down all questions, right? Next to that, there’s another column, that column is going to be the I column. So QIA, the I stands for information. And here you’re going, okay, what information do I need to be able to measure, right, to collect, to be able to answer that question? So if we go back to the example of, oh, well, how many transactions, one of how many

07:35
many sales I’m making per day, the obvious answer is, okay, I need to be able to measure the number of transactions that are coming. If I need to know the average dollars per cart or how much I’m selling per transaction, I need to know my total revenue that I’m making that day and then how many sales I had that day and I can divide those two out to figure out that answer. So the information is kind of like the how I’m going to get my answer is what you’re doing, but it’s always the behavior, the thing that you’re trying to measure for. So if you go back to your question, you said, okay, well, why aren’t people buying?

08:04
what information would you need to collect in order to do that? And at a certain point you might go like, I’m not sure what I would need. At that point, that’s okay. Leave that question off to the side right now. Go answer the ones you do know how to do first, right? Because that one, what’ll happen is you’re just not quite ready for it yet. It’s kind of like building a house with a foundation. have the foundation first, then you put up the walls, then you do the drywall, right? That sort of concept is what’ll happen with these questions. Because not all questions can be answered immediately.

08:34
because you might need to do some a little bit of homework, right? And and some, understanding more of the foundational levels of how your store operates before you can answer the more advanced questions like that. Does that make sense? Yeah. So given that, mean, that, that’s like the million dollar question I asked, right? How do you, how do you get to that point? So let’s continue the process. So we have the question, we have the information, and then this is the most important part of this Kia process, this QIA model. You have your question, you have your information, you have action. What

09:03
action will I take based upon the answer I get? And all of this happens before you dive into analytics, before you go into your store, before you take it, you’re just doing this on a piece of paper, a whiteboard spreadsheet, notes, docs, whatever, QIA, question information action. So let’s go back to that transaction. Could we say, okay, I’m gonna have the X amount of transactions coming through. I need to know if I’m, or what my number of transactions are. I’m gonna be able to measure that because I’m recording number of transactions through e-commerce or whatever else it is.

09:33
the actions I will take if it’s less than 10 sales a day, I’m going to do this. If it’s more than 10 sales a day, I’m going to do that. And it’s always in that format where there is a number associated to it, some sort of action that’s associated to that number. Okay. So given our store, how do you come up with that number? I guess let’s say typically on average, I get three orders per day or let’s let’s use round numbers, 10, 10 orders per day. So would that number be 10 then? Yeah, exactly. Right. Keep it simple, right?

10:02
Now, as you decide and we’ll kind of walk through the process to get to like your million dollar question. As we decide, we’re like, okay, 10 a day. If it’s less than 10 a day, I’m going to look at my traffic sources and figure out if there’s a particular traffic source that’s not working properly. Maybe my Facebook campaign that I thought was going to bring in those sales didn’t bring in the sales. Maybe my email didn’t go out like I thought it was supposed to go out that morning. It didn’t go out. Right. That sort of stuff. And we look back and we go, okay, here’s why that didn’t happen.

10:31
Now I’m going to go take a different action, you know, and to make it happen tomorrow. So it’ll be there. Right. Now, eventually you get to a point where you say, okay, 10, we’re hitting 10. Cool. Now I know we can hit 10. I know that’s sort of our baseline, our benchmark to your point, the average of what you can expect. Now I want it to be 12 or 13 or 14. And the reason it’s going to be 12, 13 or 14 is because I brought on a new affiliate and they’re going to mail for me, or I have this new traffic source that we’re opening up with Google ads and we’re going to send Google ads. Google ads is going to kick in a few sales. And so.

11:00
Now what’s starting to happen is, and remember you’re doing this before you really look at everything, you’re of planning out in your head. It’s like a role play. Right. But you’re understanding how you’re going to use your Google Analytics and how you’re going to use any analytics platform, Google Analytics or otherwise could be just the reports in your e-commerce platform. But now you understand how to start using them. have context now, they have usefulness. So instead of just jumping into them and kind of like seeing what you can see, which is what a lot of people do initially.

11:28
which is what we call going into analytics unarmed, right? Because it’s just going to batch you around, right? And so you’re going to be frustrated and overwhelmed and be like, okay, I’ll come back to this in a few years. But if you go in with a question, right? You go in armed with a question with this KIA model. You have your question, you know the information that you’re looking for to get the answer. You even know what actions you’re going to take based upon the answers that the platform gives you. It’s a lot easier to use the platforms. And pretty soon, if you can imagine doing that process with transactions, you can imagine doing that process with average order volume.

11:56
Okay, well, my average cart value should be, you hundred bucks. Well, now we just did an order bump. I want it to be 125 bucks. And I want to make sure the upsells that we just put in place, so the related products, which is that I just added should make it so it’s $125. If it’s not, I’m gonna go back and see if that widget’s working. If it is, then I’m gonna, you know, figure out some maybe other related products that might be higher ticket that I can do to make it even go and hire, right? And you just keep rinse and repeat this whole process. When you keep doing that,

12:24
Think about that question. Imagine if you’ve done that for a week or two even, right? Just on a consistent basis for a week or two. Now, when you ask that question of what do I do? Like, why aren’t people buying? You already kind of know that answer because you did all the bricks, right? So that question of like, why aren’t people buying? It’s kind of like looking at the wall or the whole house and like, why isn’t it working? But because you’re in these other questions, right? These questions that are sort of below that question, underneath that question, you’ll know why. Cause you’ll say, oh, that

12:53
that related widgets thing didn’t work or the related products thing didn’t work or the email didn’t go out or the ads, Google ads campaign that we thought was going to do this, didn’t do that. You’re going know exactly what it was that was causing. I want to bring this up real quick. I was going to save this for later, but these days, you know, people might take multiple paths to a purchase. Like they might click on a Facebook ad and then later on kick on a Google ad and then maybe find you via search before making a purchase. How do you distribute all the credit?

13:22
for all those things like you mentioned before, like what if Facebook ads aren’t converting as much for that given week, right? So how does the attribution work? So I’m gonna go in a little bit in marketing heresy. Okay. But I think honestly, I’m just a truth teller when it comes to this. And the short answer is you can’t. So stop trying. Because everybody has this multi-touch attribution question, right? But if you think back and if you Google,

13:52
If you watch videos from the 1840s, like everyone’s been asking this question for a long, long, long, long time, which implies it does not have an answer. Right. No one’s figured this thing out because it’s not able to be figured out. And the reason that it’s not able to be figured out, right. And don’t get me wrong. There was multi-touch attribution models where I could say, Oh, Facebook is first touch. They get all the credit or Facebook is last touch. So they only get the credit if they’re the last traffic source before the thing.

14:21
problem is time. so if Facebook, if I click on your ad on Monday, and then I become a lead on Wednesday from after doing a Google search and coming to your site, and then on Friday, the email closes the deal, right? Was it Facebook that caused that direct purchase? Right? It’s not, it’s the email that caused the purchase, right? Whatever that messaging was. Did Facebook have something to play in it? Absolutely.

14:48
But if Facebook’s job, and this is where you have to get brutal with your ads, if Facebook’s job was to sell me on that day, it did not do a good job, right? It didn’t do a good job. Just like if you think about it when you manage it, if you have a sales team, if you have three different salespeople, and I’ve got Facebook as a salesperson, I have Google ads as a salesperson, and I’ve got email as a salesperson, if email’s constantly closing the deal, and I’m measuring purely for revenue.

15:14
say and then and then we’ll back it up in a little bit because there is there is other place for these sales these other traffic sources but let’s pretend we’re just judging against revenue if email is closing the deal left and right do i pay facebook commission right as a salesperson would that be well i well i also talk to them that’s what would happen and as i say there’s no sales manager in the world that would pay them on that because like no you didn’t you didn’t close the sale your job was to close the sale and this is the key point if that was the job to close the sale there are campaigns and this is this is how

15:43
how we recommend you do it. You definitely need to have multiple touches, right? The whole sexy term is now omnichannel. So you wanna have different traffic sources. You need to have different touch points of different ways that somebody can come and find your store, your presence online. You have to have that, right? Email and Google ads and Facebook and Google organic and everything else that’s out there. So now that we know we need to have that, but not everything.

16:09
in reality. And I know this is hard to think about because everyone’s like, I want to get the sale, I want to get the sale. And you’re right, you want to make sure your store is making sales. But not every interaction with a customer has to be a request to buy something right this second. Sure, right? Not every interaction has to be that. So for example, if you’re doing content marketing and your sort of customer journey for your store might be, oh, we sent them to our blog, which educates them about how to get this product solved, this product, but with natural ingredients and why natural ingredients are so important. And then it’s sort of

16:39
warms them up to the idea that we’ve already done all the hard work in our product formulation. And so then they can buy the thing that they want to buy. And maybe some of them do. But that Facebook ad, its job is not really to sell the product. Its job is to get them exposed to the brand. And that’s how you judge it. And you don’t say like, yes, it might accidentally sell some at the same time. And that’s awesome. But that’s not the point of it. The point of it is to get people to be aware of whatever the product or service is. Maybe, right? Again, depends upon your customer journey.

17:07
But when you’re trying to measure the effectiveness of that though, how’s that done? Because you think about it in terms of a sales pipeline. when, whenever you’re managing a sales team and I always go back to the, managing a sales team, cause that’s my, my experience kind of in corporate world is that for sure. Managing sales teams and getting performance out of sales teams. So the way that you do that is you look at the pipeline and the pipeline is literally just what some people call sales pedal. All people will call it customer journey. It’s the same thing, right? How many phone calls are made? How many appointments are set? How many of those?

17:36
do you show up to? How many of those do you ask? How many are qualified? And how many of those buy, right? It’s just the general idea of that pipeline, of those stages of the journey. So what you do is you measure Facebook for you and you create ads for specific stages of the journey. And the reason we do this is because there’s less time involved. So it’s easier to measure. Less time has passed between the thing that we’re trying, the result we’re trying to get from that ad and them actually interacting with the ad. So for example, if I wanted to measure Facebook,

18:04
and say, okay, I want Facebook to send to a blog post to educate somebody about my content. That’s my conversion. That’s what I’m trying to get it to. And yes, some people will buy and that’s fine, but I just need people aware first, right? And to sort of mirror that with a sales management, it might be like, I got to get appointment dials. I need you to pick up the phone and set appointments. That’s what I need you to do, right? Set those appointments. And that’s what the job is. So Facebook is like, cool, set appointments. I’m going to do that. That’s all it does. Now, if somebody on that appointment says, hey, listen, I don’t need you to show up. I just want to buy your stuff right now.

18:34
awesome, right? But that’s not the point of Facebook. Facebook is to set appointments. That’s what it does. And that’s how I measure it, right? Against that. Then maybe again, Google ads are organic, whatever else, you know, gets them to, to, you know, show up to the ad or show up to the appointments, so to speak. And then email closes the deal, right? Whatever these, these things are, will measure those traffic sources against, are they doing these specific things? Now, remember, I’m not saying just Facebook is setting appointments. I’m saying this set of Facebook ads sets appointments. Then there’s another set of Facebook ads.

19:03
that can get people to come back to the store or to see a product detail page or something. You actually get them to buy. Maybe there’s another set of ads that then comes back and says, hey, listen, you didn’t buy. You had information in the checkout. So why not purchase today? Here’s a 10 % off coupon. So you can use Facebook at all these different stages, but you should also use all the traffic sources at those different stages. So let me just summarize what you just said. So you are trying to pick the shortest time frame.

19:29
because that provides the most accurate measurement. you’re breaking down each of your different campaigns into specific purposes. So that Facebook campaign for eyeballs onto your content, that’s a very quick and easy way to measure that. And so you should have metrics of conversion just for that little thing. Whereas a separate campaign will be responsible for maybe getting leads or getting conversions. Exactly Exactly right. So you’re shortening the timeframe. That’s exactly right. So it’s easier to measure, which makes it more useful because there’s less time.

19:58
Right? Exactly right. And remember, you’re not just doing Facebook to try to, you know, get, let’s say to the content pages or to become a lead. Google is also trying to do that. Organic is also trying to do that. Your, you know, email or whatever is trying to do that. You have all the other traffic sources trying to do that. But so what starts happening is you start to realize when you’re, you’re, because it’s easy to measure, you can now truly compare traffic sources and say, what’s the best at getting people to become leads? What’s the best at getting people to become aware of us in the first place? What’s the best at getting people to actually

20:26
close and purchase things or to repurchase things or to share our stuff on social media or whatever the thing is you’re trying to get done. At that point, then you can take a step back and you’ll see the entire story start to unfold of like, well actually it turns out Google organic is where they are really aware of us the most. We should keep doing SEO because that gets people to be aware, puts them in our pipeline. From there, it’s a combination of Google Ads and Facebook that really gets them to become a lead. Roughly from what we can sell for every 100 people that are becoming aware of us,

20:55
let’s say 30 % become leads, right? And then you can start to say, okay, well, then of those email, once they’re leads, email is really what’s responsible for closing the deal. So email closes 10 % of those. And now you can start to have a kind of a forecast of how your store operates. you will spell out, again, this is a little bit of practice to get there, but this is sort of the Holy grail where you can start to say, hey, next week, I’m gonna have a hundred people come into my store. Of those 30 of them are gonna add to cart of those.

21:22
10 of them are going to complete a checkout for at least 100 bucks a piece. And that’s how I’m to make X amount of dollars next week. And you’ll be able to measure against it to see if you were right. Did the store operate the way it was supposed to operate? And that’s sort of where, but you level up to that as you get these sort of beginning stages down of numbers.

21:43
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

22:11
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:41
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

22:51
But at a higher level, something needs to put it all together, right? So for example, let’s say I gather all these leads super cheap for one of my campaigns, but those leads don’t convert to sales. So whose fault is it? Is it the second stage to the conversion or the types of leads that I’m getting? It could be either. It depends how, again, going, think about it, like get out of it. If you can, the best way that I have found it to answer these questions is get out of the digital world because people make up things that don’t exist in the real world, but they, for some reason,

23:19
They think they work in digital world. They never do. It has to work in the offline world too. So pulled out in the offline world and say, okay, I’ve got a sales person who’s getting a lot of appointments set, but none of these appointments are closing. Okay. Is it because the sales person is getting the appointment set saying, no, no, there’s never going to be anybody that shows up for the appointments. So don’t worry about it. You can just set it up because I get paid a quarter per appointment. Right. Meaning they’re setting up the expectation wrong. Right. Or is it, they’re just faking it. Right.

23:49
AKA bot traffic, right? There’s nothing real there, right? Or is it they’re targeting people who are totally happy to feel like appointments, love the product, just don’t have any money, so it’s targeting, right? It could be any of those, but you would test it. And that’s what you would say, yeah, okay, I’m getting a lot of appointments. I’m not moving appointments into shown appointments, right? Or sales or whatever it is. So I’m getting a lot of leads, going back to digital marketing. I’m getting a lot of leads, but I’m not getting enough of those leads to convert. It’s either.

24:17
Because those people coming in as leads are just not our target audience, but they were willing to take our free stuff, right? Or whatever the thing was that you got to become a lead for. Or there was an expectation that wasn’t matched, right? They were coming in for one thing, but not, something didn’t get fulfilled in that journey. So they didn’t naturally progress forward. And that’s, it’s going to be one of those two things. That’s what I would so what you’re trying to say here, I think, is if the data indicates that this one step is in converting, then that A step in your QIA framework,

24:47
is where you run additional tests to find out what the heck’s going on. Yeah. Cause I would say, if we don’t convert, let’s say I let’s think of opt-in, right? Just, just getting leads, right? Where I want to say an average opt-in rate is let’s say for cold traffic, 25 to 35 % of the people that come to the page should opt in for whatever the thing is, right? That’s generally speaking, what it’s going to be. If it’s less than 25%, I go back to the ad and say, is the ad setting the expectation? So when they come to that opt-in page,

25:15
they are ready to opt in or they’re at least intrigued, right? So for example, if that ad says, hey, get 10 % off during our summer sale, click here to get your coupon. And it comes to that page and that thing says, winter sale going on now, there’s a disconnect, right? And that’s gonna hurt my opt-in rates, because it did not match the expectation. So I would go back to the ad and that would change it, or I would change the landing page to make sure it better matches the ad. Because that expectation, that’s something we call the expectation engine.

25:43
at measurementmarketing.io, we’re always like, you gotta have the expectation engine. The expectation that’s set by step A has to be met by step B. And then it in turn sets the expectation for the next step. And if something’s not working, there’s just not a natural progression that you would expect to be there, it’s probably because the expectation is off somewhere and there’s a mismatch. And when you look at your customer journey through that lens, you see sometimes

26:10
laringly obvious things. And I’ll give you an example of that. We expect roughly 10 % of the people that come to one of our landers, and we’re more of a direct response model in our courses, right? So people come to the membership page and then of those, X amount go to cart. We expect 10 % of the people roughly to go from the offer page to the cart page. We expect roughly 35 % of those people to make it through and actually purchase, okay?

26:37
So 10 % and 35 % are the numbers that I judge that journey on. That’s what I expect to happen. So one day we’re making changes and, you know, thinking we’re trying to improve things as everybody should do, as good marketers would do. And we see the numbers, we measure the numbers. And again, we’re not looking at the pages, we’re just looking at, I’m looking at the numbers. And I see that there is a drop in carts, the people that were completing the cart. So it goes from, say 35 % down to, it was something really low, like 10 % of the people making it through.

27:06
which means 90 % are abandoning. Like that was really high. like, okay, this is, looked at the number instantly. I’m like, this is not what we expect. It’s certainly not how this is supposed to be working. Something’s off. So I go to the previous step. And what I see is instead of 10 % of the people that are going from the offer page to the cart page, it’s something like 30 % of the people that are going from the offer page to the cart page, but a whole lot less of those are completing the purchase, right? So I look at this and I say, okay.

27:36
There are people, so what’s happening in a customer journey, I can look at this and tell you the story just by the numbers. What’s happening is the offer page is not quite doing its job. It is sending people to the cart before they are ready to purchase. So they’re not coming to the cart to purchase. They’re coming to the cart for some other reason, because there’s just too many of them doing it. That’s above that number. So there’s too many people going to the cart. They’re coming there a little premature. And because of that, they’re not purchasing.

28:05
Obviously, because they’re not coming with the intent to purchase to the cart as you would expect. Right. So we go to the offer page. Somebody forgot to put the price on the page on the button. So, of course, that’s what was happening. People were going by now, by now, go and get started. Get started. You click on get started because you can’t figure out how much it is until you go to the cart. Then the cart says, oh, it’s, you know, 100 bucks a month, whatever. Then they go, OK. And they would loop back to the sales page to figure out, OK, now that I know how much it is, how much, you know, how do I do this? And then we instantly saw that in the numbers.

28:34
which led us to look at the offer page with that in mind. How is this offer page? It wasn’t like, how do we improve things? That wasn’t the general, we were asking a very specific question, go back to Kia now, right? We went through this process, we said, okay, if this is lower, the action is we’re gonna go to the offer page and figure out how is the offer page setting the expectations so poorly that they have to go to the cart page to find out something else that the offer page isn’t providing? What could that be? We look, oh, price.

29:03
And was a five minute fix. And then all the numbers come back in line. 10 % go to the cart. 35 % of those complete. We net out more buyers that way. And then we can predictably scale our traffic now because we know how our machinery works. I think in the example that you just gave though, the purchases is what matters. I’m, I’m guessing that the purchases weren’t affected as much by this change, right? Important. What I said at the end, exactly net net, had more purchases doing it that way.

29:31
Right. If it was the other way, you could make a use case for that. But, know, because maybe, maybe that’s the thing is like, but at that point, if I wanted to net that out, I would say, okay, well, that means the cart has to understand and be designed to operate in a way where it realizes there are two types of people coming to this car page. One, people ready to buy at whatever cost because they don’t care. Or maybe they already know the price because they’d been to the car previously. Two, people who are seeing the car for the first time because they’re trying to figure out the price.

30:00
So now the cart has to both sell again, resell, right? And collect payment. So I would design the cart differently to do that. But our cart wasn’t designed to do that. It was designed with the expectation that the, the offer page is doing its job. It’s promoting the value. People understand what the next steps are. They understand what they’re about to do. They know how much it is. They know all that stuff. And now it’s just, let’s facilitate payment and go to the checkout stage, right? Just like you would in an offline store where it’s okay, I’m ready to purchase. And I walk up.

30:29
It makes it harder to measure when you have that one page serving multiple functions to right. 100 % 100 % So Chris, I know you’ve worked with a lot of ecommerce stores. What I’m trying to get out now is what are some of the common questions that you feel like ecommerce stores should be asking? And then how do you set things up initially for like a brand new store? So I’ll give you again, I’ll give you another formula. I frameworks are important. People try to get and we’ll go into some specific specific questions too. But the tendency is

30:59
Because you can Google like, you know, questions every ecommerce store should be asking. You’ll see millions of blog posts that are like seven questions every 12 reports, every ecommerce stores. heard those by the way. Yeah, yeah. Horrible. It’s horrible. Partially because mostly because those all of that stuff was designed by somebody else to answer their questions, right? Not necessarily yours. So that’s why I’m a big believer in frameworks. You have to get your hands in the business and you have to think about your stuff, not copycat somebody else’s.

31:28
But the way to do that, you at the same time, you don’t want to be like left alone in the frigid cold to try to figure it out on your own. So the way to get from point A to point B there is you a framework. So the framework for this is very simple. You need to ask questions about what results you’re getting. And then this is the most important one. You need to then ask questions about how you’re getting those results. And that’s how you come up with your questions. And they will be very basic in the beginning. And that’s okay. So the basic question might be like, how much am I selling?

31:58
Okay, great. How many sales am I making? And then it’s how I’m making those sales. Well, X amount of people are going to the checkout and of those X amount actually make it through the checkout. Well, how are they getting to the checkout? Well, X amount of people are seeing the product detail pages or clicking at the card. Well, how are they clicking the card? X amount of people seeing product detail pages. And you start to see a story unfold that is that sales pipeline, that is that customer journey of how your store operates. And at that point, that’s where you can, you

32:26
go and look at it and say, well, based upon my store, I’m happy with this number and I’m happy with how it’s operating. Now it’s, I got to scale traffic, get more people into the store. If you’re not happy with how it’s operating and you think there’s a step that needs some help, like maybe again, the lead step or whatever you have, if it’s part of your customer journey, if less than 25 % of people are becoming leads, you might say, okay, well, I’m going to focus on that step a little bit before we start scaling out traffic, you know? And then you can move into the next thing. But it’s always led by that results and how.

32:55
framework. You gotta know what your results are. You gotta know how you’re getting those results. How does one know whether they’re doing well or not? That’s a really great question. And it’s a lot easier in you have to essentially you compare yourself to what benchmarks are from other businesses. But the e-commerce can be a little tricky though. So specifically we have there’s stores that are very kind of like a mono product where it’s like we sell rings, for example, and they have 45 different variations of rings.

33:25
but it’s just rings that they sell. And they’ve got lots of different variations of that. They’re going to have very different numbers than somebody who is like pet supplies. And they sell like three different dog collars and two different, you know, styles of dog treats and something else, because there’s more variety in those products. And so the browsing behavior is going to be different. But that said, when you, when you’re, when you’re trying to figure out what your numbers are, the first thing you will do is just measure what you’ve got, right? Figure out what you’ve got. If you

33:51
happen to have a network or group or something like that with a store that’s similar to yours, I think it’s worth benchmarking that a little bit. But benchmark everything. Don’t just say, their product detail pages were 47 % converting and mine were only 10 % because you might find there’s 47 % converts, but only 2 % of the people buy. So you have to look at the entire thing. And that’s where a lot of people don’t do that. People will come up to me and say, oh, well, was that a mastermind or was that a group?

34:18
know, such and such said their checkout, they get 80 % of the people to check out. I’m like, I’m positive they do that because it’s returning visitors are coming with a coup. There’s some reason for that because that’s way obnoxiously high, right? And it probably probably isn’t scaling because the number tells me that. So that’s me because I’ve been doing this for so long. I can just tell. But somebody else would look at their checkout doing 40 % and feel bad. Like they’re not doing a good job, but they’re doing a great job, right? And you can, and you can tweak it. So that’s why you have to look at

34:47
everything in a system. And so yes, I think it’s useful to kind of look at what other stores are. But at the end of the day, that’ll just give you an idea of everything. And to be honest, most stores don’t know all those numbers, right? So it’s kind of hard to benchmark against those. So get your own, and then sort of, I would judge it for yourself in the beginning, especially if you don’t have a group, which a lot of people may not, right? Start with where you are. I do know that there are some basic benchmarks of, you’ll say, roughly speaking, at the end of the day, you say,

35:16
1 to 3 % will close. That’s kind of where the overall is. So however that customer journey is, I would expect 1 to 3 % ish to close if it’s less than 1%. There’s something in the customer journey that’s not quite working well. And that’s where I would look at my numbers and say, okay, well, there’s not a lot people seeing product detail pages. Does that make sense for me? Maybe it does. If you have a million variations of the one thing, that’s okay. But maybe that’s something where you’re like, hmm, I need to…

35:41
Take out some these product detail pages. Maybe I don’t need all these variations. I want just 10 variations instead of 50 variations. That’ll give me more variations because there’s less to browse and get confused on, right? But you’ll see that sort of stuff in the numbers. That’s what I mean, but you have to get your hands dirty. There’s not gonna be a simple 30 second solution to create a million dollar company. That never exists. But you do have to understand the results that you’re getting and how you’re getting the results. And to your point, when you talked about earlier, like at the end of the day, what really matters is sales and you’re right.

36:09
That’s where I judge that overall conversion rate. might say, okay, if I’m getting one to 3%, it’s probably working the way I need it to. I just need to understand how it’s working, kind of what we call trust but verify, but TBV, what that process is and is it working in the way that I expect it to? And again, if it is, now I scale traffic. If it’s not, then I tweak the gears a little bit and try to adjust the pages or the ads or whatever else to get the step operating the way I want it to, then I scale traffic.

36:36
I like what you’re saying here. So with my store, I always think of each page having a single action associated with it. So for example, like a product page, I’m looking at the add to cart, right? On the home page, I’m looking at a product view, and then from add to cart, I’m looking at checkout. So what you’re saying here is try to make the conversion as tight as possible, do the measurements, and then just make the adjustments accordingly on a micro level. And the macro level should just kind of work out.

37:03
That’s exactly right. And it’s eerily scary how oftentimes it does because people question all the time, like, really? It’s you do the numbers and it happens all the time. So but that’s exactly right. Your product detail page, depending upon the format, obviously, but most cases, it’s add to cart is the next step. It cannot sell anything because you cannot give it a credit card. Right. So you click on add to cart. That’s what its job is to do. Everything that it’s there for is to get you to add to cart. At that point, your site has to get them into checkout.

37:32
And at that point, checkouts got to facilitate the process. And that’s exactly, that’s how you judge them. You don’t say, oh, my product detail pages aren’t selling anything because again, they can’t sell. They can influence for sure, but they signal that they’re doing their job by those add to cards. And to your point, it’s a lot easier to measure for that. Right. And ultimately, as you get really good at this, you can start measuring. And again, I do not, you’re not going to, no one starts here, right? But eventually just let you know what’s possible in the world of measurement. You can go to the product detail page and say, Hey,

38:02
know, your job is to get at the cards, but I’m noticing you’re not getting at the cards. What’s going on in my head? And I’m gonna use this example a lot, because this is literally what I do in my head. I treat it like a salesperson that I’m trying to coach, right? Like, okay, what exactly you telling people? Right? And I look, and I’ll, I’ll do this through measurement. And what I’ll do is on this page, I’ll look at it and it’ll tell me, well, no one’s actually looking at the images. No one’s looking at reviews. No one’s scrolling down to get into the details of the product.

38:31
That’s why add to cart’s not happening. In fact, they’re only here for about five seconds and then they leave. And I go, okay. Now I have some specific information that leads me to take very specific actions. Cause I got people coming to this page who are not ready to interact where this page is for some reason, not meeting the expectation, right? Could be the wrong product, could be the headlines off or something like that, that I might want to change. Now, if the page says, well, I got people looking at the pages, they’re…

38:57
They’re looking at the images, they’re checking out reviews, they’re spending like three minutes on reviews, they’re scrolling down, but they’re still not clicking on add to cart. Now I’m looking at the design of the page going, am I accidentally hiding this add to cart button? Oh, look, all my, and I’ve seen this on carts, all there’s like four different buttons and they’re all red and they all do different stuff, right? It’s just hard to figure out where the add to cart is. And we’re making people think too hard. So maybe we change the design a little bit because clearly they’re trying, they’re interacting with the page. They’re just not making it to the next step. So I’m going to help build that bridge again.

39:27
very completely different actions based on the same problem of add to cart’s not happening, but because you measure and you can see the behaviors that are happening on the page, you can take those different actions now. That’s why measurement is so important. So let’s take a step back here and talk about setup here. So we talked about a lot of things. So let’s even take the product page to the add to cart. Out of the box, do you need to do anything to measure the things that you might want to measure? So out of the box, you turn on your,

39:56
The way I’m gonna describe this is the measurement journey, right? It’s how we teach it over at Measure Market IO. It’s all about the measurement journey. When you first start out, and this is important, this is incredibly important. When you first start out, you don’t know anything. You don’t know the numbers. If you do know some numbers, you probably don’t trust the numbers all that much, because you’re not quite sure what anything means or how to use anything. The first job that you have is light things up, right? It’s what we call walking around in the cave. You just bounce around in the cave and you just wanna get a flashlight and get the heck out. That’s your job, light stuff up.

40:24
And if that’s where you are right now, where you don’t have analytics turned on or you have it turned on, but you haven’t opened it in a year and a half, just start getting used to it. That’s it. Start getting used to it. Light things up. After that, you will get into what we call the valley of visibility, where you start to interact with these reports a little bit. You start to see some things a little bit. And then at that point, you level up the implementation. That’s when you make it better. So at that point is where you’re going, Oh, I need to set up some goals in Google Analytics. I need to measure for clicks of add to cart.

40:53
because maybe that’s not being measured right now, right? Some platforms will automatically report something like that, some won’t. So, you know, that’s one of those things where you go, okay, now I have clicks being measured that I can see the add to cart. Cause maybe that was one of those key questions you asked, like how many people are adding, you know, clicking on add to cart, the information you need clicks on that button, but you don’t have it. So you have to raise your implementation level up and you get better at those skills. And then after that, maybe it’s, you know, average card or measuring the value of a customer over a certain period of days. And you constantly sort of,

41:23
you know, change the implementation so that it can answer the questions, the bigger questions that you will ask. If you ask a really big question in the beginning that you cannot get the answer to, it’s just because your implementation skills aren’t there yet. And that’s okay. Just leave that there for now. You’ll come back to it, but answer easier questions, because the easier questions to answer build upon that. So back to your QIA framework, what if you don’t even know what…

41:48
questions to ask, like you can’t get granular. What are some of the common ones that you’ve experienced working with the e-commerce people that you work with? So again, I’d say don’t overcomplicate it because the tendency is there is such a thing as a right question to ask and there’s not. So you start with results and how and everybody can do this. What’s an obvious one? It’s how many sales, how many transactions? Start with the basics. It really is. Like it is that simple. You start with the basics and you go.

42:12
you know, what are the results I’m looking for? It’s this, how many people are going, I want to know how that’s happening. Well, how many people go to the checkout? Okay, I need to write that down. How would I know they’re going to checkout? I wonder how many people are clicking on the add to cart button? Well, I’m not measuring that yet. Maybe I could, I don’t know how to right now, so that’s fine. I’ll put that on a someday maybe to-do list, but at least I can measure product detail views or collection page views if it’s like a Shopify site, because the URLs are all sort of structured the same way. that’s, and that’s, and you will naturally, if you just rinse and repeat that process, you will naturally get to that point. Now,

42:41
key metrics, right? That, that, cause that’s again, everybody wants to kind of shortcut it. The problem is when you give somebody the question, they just try to go out and get the answer, but they haven’t done the setup to get the answer. So they get frustrated. Cause like, I don’t know where to find that. So yes, you want to know transactions. You want to know average cart value, right? You need to, you need to know that stuff. I think it’s important to know the difference between the types of buyers that you’re targeting. That were new, it depends upon your business model, but people that are brand new to your brand.

43:10
versus the returning customers, right? And making sure like, hey, can we send another email to returning customers and just net out a whole lot more if we take care of the people who already buying from us versus going out and trying to constantly acquire new customers, right? That sort of model. So looking at that sort of stuff I think is important. But the big thing that I would suggest for everybody is that they sort of pencil out, here’s how they think their store should be working. And it’s what we call forecasting.

43:38
five pillars of sort of learning to measure market. The first one’s planning. That’s that key out process, right? Question, information, action. Then you do your build outs where you’re setting up the integrations and Google analytics or, you know, other tools like Google Tag Manager or something like that. Then you look at the reports to kind of get an idea of how things are operating. Then you start to forecast and you say, here’s how it should be working. In the beginning, everybody, there’s this huge, massive tendency that they have to be right. You do not have to be right in the beginning. In fact, I bet money you’re going to be wrong in the beginning.

44:07
that’s okay. You need to guess. And then what will happen is you’ll guess at how the store is working and you’ll be wrong. And that’s okay. Cause you’re going to have data. have information coming back saying here, well, now that you’re asking the question about how the store’s operating, here are the answers and you’re to get better at asking questions because you’re going to have now it’ll be based on real data. You’ll get better at making forecasts because it’ll be based on real information. And you’ll, and you’ll feel more like your hands are on the steering wheel finally, because you’ll, you’ll tell by the numbers how things are supposed to operate. And you can tell

44:37
what your actions are gonna be based upon the numbers coming back. It takes practice. It’s not a 30 second solution for sure. But it’s that idea of getting your hands in the business, so to speak, through the numbers that will help to guide all of those actions. Does that make sense? Yeah. So how often are you looking at your analytics? Constantly. mean, I look at it. So here’s how I do it. That’s a trite answer, I guess, like all the time.

45:01
But, but I do, I look, so I have like our marketing team. I have them look at our numbers. I look at my level every week. I will look at all of our funnels. So we track all of our different customer journeys. And I’ve got a thing that shows how many people were aware of that product. How many people engaged with that product journey? How many people actually completed the journey for however, what amount is right. But that is literally, as I’m telling you those numbers, it’s literally because I went, what are my results? How am getting my results? That’s how I came up with those, right? It’s results and how, and I do that across our

45:31
across our different product lines. Then I’ll work with my marketing team and I’ll have them go through and show me, okay, here are the traffic sources that we’re running. And then here’s what we expect. Here’s how we’re measuring this traffic source. So for example, for us, we have offsite brand awareness. So for example, you and I are doing this podcast right now. When this podcast goes live, we will send traffic to it because that makes people aware of our brand, but they’re not on our site, right? They’re on your site. So.

46:00
It’s offsite brand awareness. So we create, have campaigns that are measured by that, right? In that case, by the ad platform, right? Facebook tells us all the, they clicked on the ad to go offsite. Great. That’s how we measure it. And did that campaign do its job? It’s got to get X amount of people a week offsite brand aware. At that point, the audience then moves in through the conversation. There’s another set of ads that comes on and says, okay, now we need to get them on site brand aware, which is coming to the measurement marketing to IO pages, looking at our blog posts.

46:25
interacting with free content we have or something else, because that tells us they are engaging more with us as a brand. Now they’re onsite aware. Once they trigger that conversion, then Facebook adds Switch. And all the apps technically platform Switch, all the messages Switch. To now, it’s, OK, let’s go ahead and see if they’re interested enough in our brand to become a lead. So it might be like the free ToolWox membership or something along those lines that they’ll come through. So that’s the sort of process that

46:52
that we follow. what I’ll work with my marketing team is they will show me the numbers to show me what they’re hitting with that. And did it hit their expectations of how they thought that ad should perform looking at, you know, in our case, CPMs and, and cost per action, whatever the action is we’re trying to measure for. So that kind of gives you an example of how we’re doing it again. We’re, we’re a hundred percent more sophisticated than most people. So I don’t think you start here. We didn’t start here. When I looked at it, I might’ve looked at numbers once a week, cause that’s all I had. Didn’t have a lot of traffic. There wasn’t a whole lot of numbers to check.

47:20
Right? So you start with where you are, but, but what’ll happen, you will naturally evolve into other things. I can’t say if there’s, if there’s somebody looking for good dashboarding software, Google data studio is amazing, completely free. And we have lots of data reports that are built out to show us how our funnels perform so that our marketing people whose job it is to, you know, every day they will look at the numbers and say, okay, well, here’s what happened yesterday. Is that a blip? Cause it was just a weird traffic day or is that a new trend? there something that broke? Was there a change to the site that caused this number?

47:50
you know, if it’s not something that met expectations. And of course, if it is something that met expectations, the goal is always get more eyeballs, right? Let’s figure out how we get more people to do that. Let me ask you this, it seems like a lot some of this can be automated, right? So if there’s like a blip, for example, it seems like software would be able to detect that blip and tell you about it, right? So how much of your stuff is automated versus like you have to actually go in and look? Most of it is automated collection. So once we set up the collections, it’s automated. So

48:17
That’s automated, right? So I look at my reports, the reports are automated, they’re built. They are just there. So I have all of those, but the manual part of this is me going to the reports. And for me, I’m a little more comfortable with numbers than the average bear probably. So some of mine are spreadsheets, because I’m just comfortable in that format. But a lot of mine are dashboards that are just data studio dashboards that are literally cool little funnels that are highly graphical driven.

48:42
just show me, here’s how many people made it through and here’s what the percentages are. And they light up of red, yellow, green, if I’m hitting the mark or not at the different percentages that I want. So it’s like, going back to that journey, we talked about the offer page to the cart. Well, if we expect 10%, but it shows 30%, well, that will be lit up in red. Because it’s like, hey, pay attention to this, this is off. This is a little higher than we thought it should be. Let’s go look at that step and see if… And that’s the part that’s manual, is looking at the reports. But the actual collecting…

49:09
Once you set it up, it is automated. takes a little bit of time in the beginning, but it’s worth the investment for sure. It seems like it’s so you do this for a living. So I would imagine it takes a lot of time for someone like me who’s who has less of a smaller team. I just want to be alerted when something’s an anomaly, right? I don’t want to have to look at the report all the time. Is that that are you just used to looking at it or I, so yes. And I think

49:37
I would recommend that you get more involved with the numbers because you start to see trends and patterns that you wouldn’t otherwise see. You start to find other insights that you didn’t know to look for because you were exposed to that information. I would encourage multiple touch points with numbers, right? As opposed to, just bother me. Now, that said, it depends on the role in the company, right? As the investor in the company, if I’m in the investor role, do I need to be bugged every time a funnel isn’t performing properly? Nope, because that’s not my job.

50:06
But the marketing team sure does. They need to know all the time. So they’re in it a lot more than the investor role of these, right? So based upon the role that you have in the organization. So if your role really is like, man, I just send traffic, that’s all I do, then you just got to make sure that the traffic’s getting into the funnel, it’s going into the next step, and then it’s somebody else’s job to fix it. They are the ones that have to be in the numbers more often, right? And they would only come to you if they can’t figure it out and they can’t make it.

50:34
they can’t make it move. It’s whoever’s job it is to make the number move. That’s the person who should have seen that numbers a lot. that makes a lot of sense. So my final question for you is different platforms will report different things, right? So if I’m running Facebook ads, Facebook always tries to claim credit for sales. Yes. is there some central way that you do things to measure everything? And it really goes back to what we talked about earlier, where we have, we require specific conversions, specific objectives.

51:03
from every campaign. And those objectives are very rarely purchase. They are the micro conversions along the way that results in how. So I can tell again, if offsite brand awareness campaign for us throughout it, whether it’s Facebook or Google ads or whatever the thing is that we’re doing for paid media for that, that campaign is judged solely on offsite brand awareness clicks. How many people interact with the ad and went to the place we wanted them to go? That’s it. That’s all I care about.

51:33
Now, if it eventually comes back and says, hey, by the way, I sold 10 things. go, that’s awesome. That’s not what you’re paid for. You’re paid for offsite brand, where it clicks. What I, what I start to notice is I’ll go, Oh, and it turns out 0.005 % of those people will buy right away. Right. Now I start understanding what should happen next week. So if I have X amount of brand offsite brand, where it clicks next week by the campaigns, 0.005 % probably will also buy. Now I can start predicting out sales from that.

52:02
But again, that’s not the point. This is to get them in the pipeline because I have other ads and other marketing, which again, it doesn’t always have to be paid media. It could be email, right? We have an email that is a re-engagement campaign when people have been on list for a while, but they’re not interacting with the brand anymore. They go into re-engagement. Guess what re-engagement’s job is? Re-engagement’s job is offsite brand. So it gets them re-engaged by saying, hey, all these other people are interested in this brand. You are already kind of here. You might want to get re-engaged, right? So it also, we just measure that by clicks on those emails.

52:31
So we have a very specific way of how our machinery, what our marketing machinery is supposed to do. And because that time element, right? We’re not all, yes, the purchase is the ultimate symptom, right? The results are just the symptom of a system. That’s it. So the sales will come based upon how the machinery operates, which is why you focus so much on the machinery, not on the result. Because that machinery is what’s really important for us. So when I know, when I make a sale,

53:00
I know where that sale came from. know how it happened, whether it’s good or bad, right? Whatever that result is, I know how it happened. So I can do something about it. So I can fix it. The worst thing in the world is what I call a curse of a good offer. It’s those business owners that are out there. They’re like, I don’t care. As long as I’m making money, I’m good. That will work until the day it doesn’t. And normally that’s at a point where you scaled so high that now all of a sudden, for whatever reason, now you’re making, you you, you $50,000 day on Facebook and then Facebook just takes the money one day and doesn’t spit out results.

53:30
And then you go, whoa, what just happened? And you look around the company and everyone’s like, I don’t know, cause no one knew how anything was working. That’s a dangerous spot to be in. Cause in reality you’re in the cave. You just have no idea you’re in the cave, right? Cause you didn’t have to go look. So, you know, it’s almost like people that don’t have offers that are working or in a better spot. Cause they are more likely to really understand their numbers, but everybody should. No, that makes sense to just get a lot more granular is the key takeaway. I think from talking to you today, it’s understanding me, Sherry.

53:59
Yeah, because then you can tweak it. It’s literally putting your hands on the steering wheel versus like, I’m gonna sit in the back seat. Let me know when we’re off the road. Right. Like, well, why do that? Like, why don’t you just, you know, keep your hands on the steering wheel and it’d be better. Or again, find somebody that does. It doesn’t have to be like, cause I get it that not everybody is a numbers person, quote unquote, right? But numbers are just telling you a story of the behaviors happening within the store or on your site. That’s all it is. It’s just a story of behaviors. And you can learn to understand those behaviors and learn to read.

54:28
dashboards and reports, you can learn to read those like a storybook, like a kid’s storybook, where you sort of just understand, oh, this is the journey. This is the tale of how my customers make it through my land of e-commerce, you know, and produce this result. And you will just understand that. And it is a lot easier to do than people think because they check out and they see a number and they freak out. But just remember, the number doesn’t mean anything. It’s the behaviors that that number represents, how people are clicking on your ad to cart, how they’re interacting with your checkout system.

54:58
Right? The amount of things that are adding to the cart, all of that stuff is just behavior. It’s just a story. And if you get really good at understanding that story, you can find people who will help fill in those numbers for you. Right? You can find that stuff, but you have to be good at reading the story. And that’s just the skill just takes a little bit. see this as a process, right? Exactly. Right. It’s a journey. Yeah. You build it up a little bit over time, what you measure and, take action on. then get a little bit better because every, cause you know, would you get an initial question? What’s the next thing you do? You ask a bigger question, right?

55:27
And then you just change implementation. Exactly right. So journey. So Mercer, where can people find you if they want to learn more about this sexy topic of measure and marketing? Yeah. The sexy topic. I would, uh, so obviously, you know, shameless plug over at measurement marketing.io, we’ve got a ton of training and services, um, over there. So, and if you just go to measurement marketing.io forward slash my wife quit her job, we have a, an entire, what we call the toolbox membership.

55:56
that has weekly training videos that are free. So you get a new video each week there. And there’s a ton of tools that will help you get started. So things like how to figure out what a goal should even be that you should measure for. So they would call the ACE model. So we have that back there. There’s a whole traffic tracking toolkit. There’s a dashboard building toolkit. All that stuff is completely free. So just measure marketing to IO for slash my wife quit her job and you’ll see it all there. And for those people who just want to throw it over the wall, like you guys offer those services too, right?

56:24
We do we have different different levels of service. We have do it yourself level training where you can just kind of join the membership programs or take advantage of the free training we have back there. We’ve got done with you training for those that need a little more accountability for their teams. Like if there’s an owners like I want my marketing team trained in this. have instructors that are dedicated that will help get their company trained so they have that measurement marketing culture. And then there’s the done for you where we’ll work with some of our certified measure marketers and help you get things measured if you need it. Right. Well, awesome. Hey, really appreciate your time.

56:53
I learned, I gained a new perspective on measurement and marketing and thanks a lot for your time. Yeah. Happy to help. And thanks for having me. Yep. You made it sexy, man.

57:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode and got a lot out of it because the worst thing that you can do with your site is to draw conclusions based on incorrect data. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 356. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

57:35
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-O-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

58:03
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day meeting course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

355: 16 Year Old Makes 1K/Month Selling Opossum Products With Erick Strider

355: 16 Year Old Makes 1K/Month Selling Opossum Products With Erick Strider

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Erick Strider. Erick is not her real name but it’s the name she uses when she sells her products on Etsy.

Erick is only 16 years old, yet she has a side hustle that makes her over a thousand dollars a month on Etsy.

Erick had no experience running an eCommerce business prior to selling on Etsy and she started with no audience. But she used a very straightforward strategy to make 4 figures per month selling Possum pins on Etsy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Erick started Opossum Rot Studio on Etsy
  • How to find where your customers hang out
  • Erick’s strategy for making sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have very special young guest who we are going to refer to as Eric Strider to protect her identity. Eric’s only 16 years old, a full-time high school student, and she created an e-commerce business that makes over $1,000 a month. Now she started with nothing and no experience, and in this episode, she reveals a very simple to execute strategy

00:28
to quickly grow an e-commerce business. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store in exactly what they bought.

00:55
So let’s say want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:22
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:31
Welcome to the My Wife Quitterjaw podcast. Today I have an extra, extra special guest on the show, Eric Strider. Actually, that’s not her real name, but that’s the name that she uses when she sells her products on Etsy. And Eric is only, I have to make sure I remember to say that, she’s only 16 years old. She is a full-time student, yet she has a side hustle that makes over a thousand dollars a month on Etsy. Now I get almost 400 emails per day.

03:00
And a large percentage of those emails that I get are actually from grown adults who claim that they can’t make any money online, that it’s impossible and that they’ll never be able to succeed. And it’s actually quite depressing sometimes for me to hear some of these stories to be quite honest, because I know for a fact that everyone has the potential and they just don’t realize it. So enter Eric. And the reason why I asked her to be on the show is because Eric has no experience running an e-commerce business prior to selling on Etsy.

03:29
She started with no audience and it’s not like she spent years building up some huge email list either. But she has a very straightforward strategy that has allowed her to make over a thousand dollars selling possum pins over at Opossum Rot Studio on Etsy. And with that, welcome to the show, Eric, how are you doing today? I’m doing fantastic, how are you? I’m good. So first of all, Eric Strider, how’d you get that name? Or how’d you come up with that name?

03:56
You know, I chose it, I think it was three years ago that I chose that name and I’ve just been going by it ever since. Okay. Strider is actually this video game that I used to play when I was little. Any correlation? I have never heard of it now. Oh, okay. Okay. So tell us about what you sell. And to me, it’s kind of random. So I’m very curious how you, you know, decided to sell possum pins of all things. Yeah. So my favorite animal is a possum and it’s been a possum for a very long time, but

04:25
Possums, they’re a very small niche, but the people in this niche are so passionate about possums, they’re almost willing to buy anything that you give to them because there’s not so much product out there for possums right now. Yeah, I mean, that’s for sure. I didn’t know, would you consider yourself one of these possum fanatics? Yeah, I’d say so. So do you buy possum products yourself in general? I have a taxidermy possum, but I don’t have

04:54
really anything else as of right now, I haven’t really found anything much. Okay. And I’m just curious because I’m a dad and I have kids that are younger than you are. What made you even want to make your own money with the business? Like, I know your mom told me that it was entirely your idea. You did all the work like she did nothing. And it’s very rare to have kids that just naturally want to do this. So what inspired you to to want to sell online?

05:19
Yeah, so I’ve been doing I’ve been selling things ever since I was so young. I first started out with a child’s entrepreneur event. And I won first place for most profitable. What’s the event? Is it nationwide or? I think it’s local, but I can’t I don’t remember the name of it. Okay. And then I, I used to have a deviantART account. And I used to take commissions on there. But

05:47
something happened with the algorithm and they moved to something called Eclipse, which was this big startup. And everybody was so mad about it because Eclipse essentially, it made smaller artists harder to find on there. So let’s back up a little bit. Let’s talk about your contest first. How did you win this event and how was it structured? It was so long ago, I can’t even remember, but I do remember that there was booths and

06:16
We had, I think it was two to three months to figure out a product. And I remember we made, I think it was chocolate covered marshmallows or something like that. And that was before that those things were even popular. Right. And so how old were you? Do you remember when you entered this contest? Ooh, I think I was like six maybe. Oh my God. So young. this, cause I want to sign up my kids for this. mean, it’s, did it, was this event, what started you off in entrepreneurship?

06:44
Yeah, I think so. Yeah, it was very fun. loved it. My thing is I really loved packaging these things and making everything look pretty. So. And then after that, man, six years old. OK, that’s really young. And so you win this contest and then you decide you want to just make some money on the side. Do you get an allowance at home? I do not. You do not. OK, so everything that you spend, do you have to earn it around the house? Can you rephrase that? don’t. Meaning how do you get your money if you didn’t have to make it?

07:15
Let’s see. Oh, so well, I started up with doing commissions, which I draw things for other people and they pay me for that. Okay. This is the DeviantArt? Yeah. How does that work? Exactly? How does that site work? So DeviantArt is a place where mainly digital artists go to show off their artwork and what they can do and

07:40
The platform is a little bit weird. There’s a lot of different people on there. And I wouldn’t say it’s the most friendly site. But essentially, I posted a Google Doc of my prices and people can contact me through there. How do they find you on DeviantArt? Is it like a search engine or? Yeah, it’s it’s pretty much a search engine. Yeah. Okay. How did you even find out about that in the first place?

08:05
So my sister actually, she has been on DeviantArt for a while and she invited me onto it when I was younger. And you’re not really allowed to go in there unless you’re 13 years or older, but it was under her supervision. I see. And then people license your art and then can they use that on their own stuff? Is that how it works? So I don’t really, so there’s a small niche of people that just really, they have their own original characters and they really like.

08:33
to see art of their own character. So I don’t really sell the license to the art, but they just buy it to see their character in my art style. Ah, interesting. And just art is something that you’ve always enjoyed since you were young? Oh, yeah. OK. And what made you actually think to sell your art? mean, usually, like for my kids, I know like they want to buy something, right? And they need their own money to do so. And that provides them the incentive. What was your incentive?

09:03
So I, in this community, there’s so many people selling commissions and I actually started off, I was really inspired by that and I just thought it would be fun. I wasn’t really thinking of it for a profit. I honestly started my sales off of what’s called points on DeviantArt and one point is one cent on DeviantArt and it’s its own little currency there. But I used to only sell my artwork for like maybe

09:32
two or three points. So I was only getting like three cents and then I started to grow and as I grew I hired my prices and then I went from points to making actual money. So the points can be redeemed for actual money is that how it works or? Yeah. Okay and then how did that lead you to Etsy and selling pins? So it’s recent news that DeviantArt is pretty aware of its

10:01
audience and they don’t like it. There’s very, there’s smaller artists on there and there’s some people who are just trolls and they really don’t like that. So what they did was they changed the algorithm completely. They changed the layout completely to something called Eclipse. And what that did was it made smaller artists very hard to come by. And with that, I was getting, I used to get maybe 200, 300 likes on my pieces. And then I got

10:32
only 10 after Eclipse hit. And that’s what it was very discouraging. I went into a very low time when that happened. And I was like, I got to move to somewhere else. I was trying Instagram, I was trying everything else, but nothing else was working. So I found Etsy would be a very good thing for me because I really love to package and stuff like that. So I that would be a good fit for me.

11:00
So Eclipse is like, guess, DeviantArt’s search engine or ranking algorithm, I guess, so to speak. Yeah, pretty much. And then just kind of overnight, you lost all of your traffic and guess your sales. OK. And then you tried, you said social media and stuff and it didn’t work, you said, right? And then you found Etsy, but still with Etsy, it’s still hard to get discovered, right? Oh, yeah, definitely. So how

11:27
How did you get, so first of all, how much are these pins? How much are you selling them for? So I’m selling them for $10 each right now. Okay, so that’s actually a lot of pins in a month that you’re selling. So how does one get traffic to an Etsy site when you have no audience and presumably you don’t have a social media following either, right? Yeah, so what I did was I went on Facebook groups and specifically for the audience that I’m looking for in this case, it was Possum’s.

11:56
So I went to some possum groups and everybody loved the pins. And at first I was only like, hey guys, what do you think about this design? I’m thinking about manufacturing it. Would anybody be interested? And there was a lot of people, probably the most attention my artwork has ever gotten in quite a while. They’re like, oh yeah, I would totally buy this, maybe even two. Let’s take a step back. So how do you search for possum groups? Do you literally just go on the search part of Facebook and type in possums?

12:26
Yeah. Okay. And then are there a lot of possum groups? There is about maybe, I’d say four really big ones with, I think it’s 20,000 people in them. Oh my goodness. Yeah. Okay. So four groups of 20,000. And so do you, are they closed groups? Do you have to apply to get in or? Yeah. Most of them you have to apply to get in. What’s the application process like?

12:50
So it’s pretty basic. They just ask you, you know, do you like possums? You know, do you agree to our group rules and just simple stuff like that to make sure you’re not a bot going in there to sell products that are unrelated. Right. So I would imagine that they get a lot of spam in there. People may be trying to sell stuff, right? Oh, yeah. OK. So you go on there and presumably you didn’t just start posting your art, did you? Or what was your strategy to kind of ingratiate yourself into the community?

13:19
So I didn’t really present myself as a advertiser because that can be a big turnoff to people. So I went in there and I was like, hey, I’m new to this group. I’m really new to Facebook. I’m a small digital artist. And I was wondering what you guys think of this art. Okay. And then you weren’t asking for anything. You were just asking for an opinion and that’s it, right? Exactly. Did you go in as a, as Eric or your, or your real name? I went in as Eric. As Eric. Okay. And then, so presumably

13:49
You didn’t use your picture either, right? So it’s just a completely different picture. Well, my picture on Facebook, so I haven’t been on Facebook at all. My mom encouraged me to go there specifically for this, but my Facebook picture was a picture of my cat. Okay. All right. So you go on this group. And so that’s your first post. Yep. Okay. And then you just posted some of your possum art drawings. Yeah. And then what happened?

14:16
And then so many people were wondering when are you going to get these manufacturers? You know, when can I buy one? And that’s when I started manufacturing. So is that technically selling on the group then or no? So I only asked for opinions. And then once these pins were actually getting manufactured, I asked permission from the group admins to be like, hey, can I give these people this link to go pre-orders?

14:47
I see and they gave you permission to do so? Yeah. Did they know how old you were or just completely anonymous pretty much? No, I actually have my Facebook. My Facebook age is higher than I actually am. Okay. All right. So they think you’re an adult essentially. Yeah. Okay. What did this strategy work for all four of the large possum groups? It did actually for a good majority of them. I posted in not only those four, but also I said I have posted in maybe 15 other groups. Oh, wow.

15:16
there that many possum groups? Yeah, there’s 30 in total. Okay. Is that all you do possums? Because I’ve seen your drawings. They’re really amazing. Is that the only animal that you do? So no, I do a very variety of things, you know, it can. It’s, don’t really have one set thing. If there’s something I like, you know, I’ll go for it. Alright, so you know that people want to buy this. Can you just give me an idea of how many people wanted to buy before you even started manufacturing?

15:45
Yeah, I think there was only like 20 or 30 comments.

15:52
Okay, on that post, okay. Yeah, on that post. But even with 20 or 30 comments, I still would make a profit from selling 20 of these pins. Right, right. Did you gather their emails or did you when you’re ready to sell? Did you just post it on the group again? how did it work? I replied to these people saying, if you want to purchase one, you can find them here. Okay, did you gather emails? Or did you just tell them where they were after the fact after you made them?

16:21
No, I didn’t gather emails, but I am thinking of doing that currently. Okay. So let’s talk about the process of even producing pins. Okay. So, you know, there’s demand. Why did you decide on pins? Number one. And then how did you get them made? So enamel pins are extremely big. They’re one of the top selling things on Etsy right now, actually. And they’re just really small. They’re nice to put on your backpack and they’re really nice accessories and they’re cheap.

16:50
They’re cheap to manufacture and they’re just really convenient. Okay. And so you knew ahead of time that you wanted to make pins? Yeah, I’ve seen, I actually have a few enamel pins myself even before I started manufacturing. Okay. And then you knew on the group, like when they were offering to buy it, did they specifically ask for pins or did you suggest that you were going to be making pins?

17:13
So I suggested that I was gonna be making pins, but they were also like, ooh, this would look good on a shirt or a mug and such like that. Oh, okay. So are you selling any merchandise outside of pins right now? Not right now. I am thinking about it for the future and I’m building up funds for that. Okay. So how does one create enamel pins? Is this sourcing the US, China or?

17:35
So I started out with mine. did not know anything about pins and I went to a middleman. I did not know it was the middleman at first, but after learning a lot more about it, there is no manufacturers here in the USA because I think I’ve heard some rumors that it’s because the same machines that make enamel pins are the same machines that make counterfeit money. they’re banned. Is that right?

18:03
Yeah, they’re in here. Interesting. So how did you even find the middleman? Actually, did you just Google or? Yeah, I use Google. And there was plenty of sites that came up and I just chose the one that was convenient for me. Okay, so can you walk me through that process? So you find something on Google, they might not be legit, right? So how did you figure out whether they were for real? So

18:29
There was this one pin manufacturer or I guess middleman now, but I found them and then I looked at their they had a pin gallery on their page. I looked at that and then I also saw they had an Instagram. So I went to their Instagram and I saw all of these pins and I was making sure these are from actual people and artists and all of it pretty much checked out. OK, and then when you’re buying it, can you buy them in like onesies twosies or do you have to buy them both?

18:59
So I believe that the minimum order quantity for this one was, I think, 50. You had to order at least 50. OK, so not a whole bunch. Not a whole lot. And then what’s the process like for just getting your design and working with the company? So you emailed them, I guess? Actually, they have this little form set up on their page. And I got to pick what type of enamel I wanted, like hard enamel or soft enamel, how big I wanted it to be.

19:28
and then I submitted my art piece to them. then once I submitted about a day or two later, they had sent me back another image file of the exact dimensions and the exact colors, because with enamel pens, there are colors that you have to choose from because those are the only enamel colors available. Oh, I see. So you had to go back into your design and then choose specific colors. Yes. Did that limit your palette like

19:56
if there’s a limited amount of colors and when you’re drawing, does that make your design look a little different then? So not too much, but it can alter the color by a little bit, not nothing extraordinary. Okay. And then is there any protections from your art when you’re submitting using this form? So you, I’m not too certain about that. You worried about that basically though, right? No, I wasn’t. Okay.

20:23
I mean, you’re the producer, Supposedly, I guess you could just continue to produce other ones if they were copied, I guess. Yeah. Okay. So how did you decide on pricing? May I ask how much you paid for that initial batch per piece or you don’t have to share it if you don’t want to. Yeah, no, that’s fine. I believe I paid about $230 for a hundred of these pins. They were one inch pins with, believe, four colors. Okay. Yeah. So two bucks a piece and then you were selling them for $10.

20:53
Yes. How did you come up with $10? So I looked at the other listings on Etsy and what other people are doing and it seems like the most reasonable price was $10. There are some that list them at 13, which I think that’s what I’ll be doing for my future pins because they’re bigger and more expensive to produce. But I thought 10 was a pretty good one for this size pin. All right. And how long did it take you to get your first batch made? So I think it was about

21:23
I think it was a month. It wasn’t that bad of a wait. A month. Okay. So walk me through this process. Did you just make one design for your first batch or did you do a variety of designs? Yeah, just for my first one. So there’s something called, I think it’s a base that they have to make and that’s what costs the most. So with these minimum order quantities, you can only have one design.

21:48
Okay, and then $230 was your initial, did you just kind of have that money lying around from DeviantArt or? Yeah, I had a bit of startup money from commissions I did a little bit ago. Okay, and so you get this and were you confident that these first how many pieces of 50 pieces would sell right off right off the bat? So I was a bit worried, but I just had some faith in it. And it’s really not too much money. It is a little bit but it’s it’s worth the risk.

22:16
Yeah, I mean, for a teenager, that’s actually a decent amount of money. Yeah. Okay, so you got them in hand. And then did you post on the Facebook group once you got in? Got them in? So I posted on Etsy first to make the listing. And then I told everybody that yes, they were available. Okay. And then people just you just drove people straight from the Facebook group over to the Etsy listing. Yep. And did you create a new thread? Or was it did you just kind of post in the existing

22:44
I replied to their comments with the link, but I also did get permission to post another post saying, I have these pins available if you’re interested. Okay. And then how quickly did they sell out? I’d say it was a little bit slow in the beginning, but it started to pick up. Okay. And then, so you sold out of that 50 in what timeframe? So I

23:10
I sold and maybe the first week, I ordered a pretty fast actually. Okay. When did you reorder? So I didn’t actually reorder just yet. I believe I have about 15 of these pins left, but I don’t think I’m going to continue this design. It’s very small. And it’s made of soft enamel, which is a cheaper.

23:36
cheaper option of enamel and they are still nice but I am currently manufacturing another possum pin.

23:46
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:14
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:44
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Okay. And then did you go through the same process? You just kind of posted on the group. Do you guys like this design? Same process? Okay. That’s amazing. So people will actually tell you that you know ahead of time that they’re going to sell essentially. Yep. And have you developed kind of like a fan base at this point?

25:12
Um, so I think I have made a relationship with the people in the group. thank them for, I made a post and thanking them for all their support and how much they put into my small business. And I believe I’ve made a connection with that group. And you said you really like packaging. So are these packaged in a special way? Yeah, I, um, I have, I send out a

25:38
handwritten letter with all of them saying thank you for supporting my business and those things along that along that line. my goodness. Okay, so what’s the response been like for that? So I’ve gotten I think it’s about 18 reviews now and they’re all five stars. So I haven’t had anybody disappointed with their order. Oh, yeah, I know. But I’m just like the handwritten letter. That’s actually quite labor intensive. Yeah, I mean, I spend a lot of time on my orders and I

26:07
As a high schooler, I have a lot of time on my hands, so I think I should take advantage of it while I can. I was just about to say when I was in high school, I didn’t have any time. OK, so in terms of the manufacturing, then you mentioned that they were a middleman. Does that imply now that you’re looking for manufacturers in China? Yeah, so I actually have a manufacturer in China that I actually just put in my first payment today to make these new

26:36
possum pins. Oh, okay. And how did you find this manufacturer? So it took a lot of research, I would say I contacted about 30 people from China. I’m very wary about people from China, because not only is there commons, and, you know, you just don’t know what’s reliable, I made sure that they had everything that I needed as a business and

27:04
I also made sure that they were reliable through asking other people in these enamel pin groups what their experience was with this person. I see. Did you find these people in Alibaba or were they referrals? So actually, there is a ton of people on Facebook who are manufacturers and if you post one post asking if there’s any manufacturers, I woke up to about 20 messages. Wow. And these are people in China? Yeah. Okay.

27:34
How’s their English? It’s it’s pretty decent for the most part. Most of them. Yeah. Okay. And so you basically sorted through those 20 people that responded and you chose the one that you wanted to work with. Yeah, I am I gave them a form to fill out my game. Okay, walk me through this form. What’s on this form? So basically, I was asking them for a quote, like what

27:58
if they offer 50 % payment upfront and 50 % after some manufacturing. And then I showed them my design, how many I wanted, the length, the type of metal I wanted, how many colors there were, if I wanted one or two back pins. And I just went through all of the pricing and who seemed more reliable. Oh my goodness. Okay, so there’s a lot to this then, right? You have to know what metal you want. And so presumably you gained all that experience from that first batch, the first couple of batches that you made. Oh yeah.

28:27
The groups on Facebook help out a lot. I’ve been posting, asking so many questions and the people there are very helpful. Okay. And then how did you sort out, like what makes like one manufacturer reliable versus the other? So that was what I was struggling with upfront. I didn’t really know how to determine, but I just saw how many people had ordered from them from the past, how many pins they have manufactured.

28:56
And I was looking for a more experienced manufacturer. you get any samples made? I did not. You did not. Okay. So this first batch actually that you just placed an order for is kind of sight unseen, right? Yeah. Okay. And then how did you have to order a lot more? So for some reason, in China, there is no minimum order quantity. Like I have all of these people that have contacted me, they said there’s no minimum order quantity, but I assume

29:25
that I would still have to be paying for the base price plus the quantity price. So typically for enamel pins, there’s like a $50, $60 base price because they have to make that mold. And then the pin quantity is about like maybe three cents to a dollar. Can you give me an idea of how much it’s cheaper? How much cheaper it is going with the Chinese manufacturer versus in the US?

29:51
So with these pins that I’m manufacturing, these are hard enamel and they are 1.75 inches. And I looked and compared it to these from the USA middleman and their prices were about 400 where this one that I’m ordering from was about 180. Okay. So half the price basically. Yeah. Okay. Wow. And then there’s no minimum order quantity. In theory, you could just order 20 if you wanted. Yeah.

30:20
But you still have that base enamel price or the base pin design that you had to pay for upfront. Yeah. So the more you order, the less each one is going to cost to make. Did you negotiate price at all? I did not because this one was actually the lowest price I’ve saw and the most reliable. Okay. And then are you doing more than one design or is it just one design right now just to test the waters? So I did actually put in two designs. There is one design of the possum pin and another

30:49
that I actually had a Kickstarter up for. Oh my goodness. Okay. We have to talk about that too. Okay. But okay. So you, you placed two designs and then did you invest the same amount of money? A couple hundred bucks or? Yeah, pretty much. And that includes shipping and everything? Yeah. Okay. And what’s the turnaround time difference? So they said it would take about, let’s see, I think they said two to three weeks to manufacturer and it would ship in five days.

31:19
Right. Okay. So they’re doing air shipping basically, because he’s a small mind. Okay. That sounds right. All right. Let’s talk about this Kickstarter. So I didn’t know you could put possum pins on Kickstarter. Yeah. So this one was actually a chicken pin, a chicken pin. Okay. Is that a different Facebook group then? Actually, I didn’t use a Facebook group for this one. People on Kickstarters are very, very passionate about enamel pins and a lot of people have enamel pins up on Kickstarter. Really? Okay. So you

31:49
Walk me through this Kickstarter and how you sold. What were you trying to go for and how much money did you end up making? So I posted this Kickstarter when I was with the US middleman, so I thought it would be about $400. So I put my goal for one pin up to $400 and it made about $550, I want to say. Amazing. So why did you decide to go Kickstarter when the Facebook group was working so well?

32:19
So I looked at chickens in the Facebook groups and there was some, these people, chickens are more popular than possums. So it tends to be like there’s so many product out there for chickens already. They’re so picky about it.

32:38
Okay, so that strategy that you did with the possums did not work in the chicken Facebook groups or? Yeah, it didn’t work as well. There were some people like, yeah, I want this, but not as well as the possums groups. Okay. And so with the Kickstarter though, you kind of have to drive your own traffic, don’t you? In a way there is people that just browse Kickstarter just because, but I also did post these on my social media. I would love to have a link to this Kickstarter. Did you do a video for it as well?

33:08
I did not know. You just posted your artworks on there. Yeah. Did you have the pins in hand so you could take accurate photos of what they would look like? No, so that’s what Kickstarter is about there. You create images to represent what they will be, but Kickstarter is all about funding the projects to get them manufactured. Okay. And then how did you get the sales on Kickstarter? So I don’t really know too much, but there are people that I just

33:38
saw the income start coming in from it. So Kickstarter doesn’t actually give you the money until it’s completely funded. So everybody who is a backer on the Kickstarter, they’re safe. So if the Kickstarter failed from when I started it to the end point, they would get their money. Like they don’t actually send it to me until the Kickstarter is fully funded.

34:06
Did you promote the Kickstarter at all? Yeah, I did on my on my Instagram and such like that. Okay. Is that it? I mean, what were the different methods you use to to promote the Kickstarter campaign? So I did post in some Facebook groups, but instead of like going directly to these chicken groups, I did go to some Kickstarter groups. There are some Kickstarter groups that people really love to fund and help these small businesses make these products.

34:37
So this is a Facebook group you mean, right? Yeah. Is the strategy the same? I’d say so. I basically just put in the link and I said, hey, I’m making these pins. And that’s pretty much it. And then a link directly to the Kickstarter? Yeah. So that’s legal, I guess, in these groups, right? Because they’re Kickstarter groups? Yeah, definitely. All right. OK. So moving forward now, so you have this traffic source of Facebook groups.

35:06
What if Facebook changes their algorithm and all of a sudden, like these groups aren’t as visible? Do you have like a longer term strategy in mind? So I do not actually, I do have a not too much of a following on my Instagram, but I could use that as a backup. I am starting to try to grow my social media, but right now I just started this, this Etsy up like a month ago. So I don’t have any longterm plans as of right now. Okay.

35:35
And are there any plans to move to your own website, perhaps? I have thought about it, but Etsy is working out for me really well right now. I think that’s something I’ll do once I grow a little bit larger. Like how much money do you have to give Etsy?

35:52
And what are like the parameters? From what I understand, you actually get emails and addresses. Obviously you have to ship it to the customer, right? Yeah. So for every listing you post on Etsy, I think it’s like you have to pay 20 cents a month for your listing to be up. But other than that, can’t think of any other expenses as of right now. Okay. And then do you know if you have repeat business?

36:20
I do. I do have a few customers who have ordered from me quite a bit. Yeah. Okay. And then I imagine they really value the fact that you do a handwritten letter each time. And I imagine that’s why they come back because they love your products. And I think so on Etsy, there’s a little star by the order that says, Hey, this is a repeat customer. So I make sure to have a lot more gratitude in the note saying, Hey, thank you so much for being a repeat customer. Nice. So how do you balance all this with school?

36:51
So I’m doing online school right now and it’s pretty nice because I’m able to work while I’m in class. Like most of the time, yeah, we’re not doing much, much anything important. There is some times where I really have to pay attention like in geometry or stuff like that. But in classes that I’m in, like I’m in a graphic design class and typically I already have all my work done for that class. So let me ask you this.

37:21
Do you plan on getting a full-time job or is entrepreneurship something that you want to pursue full-time just like your mom? So I’m hoping, I’m really hoping to pursue this as a job, but I am prepared to get a full-time job if I really need to be. Okay. But you would prefer to do this? Oh yeah, most definitely. Okay. And I kind of, this is kind of funny, but I do get tons of adults that claim that they can’t make any money. They can’t make any money. So.

37:50
As a 16 year old, want you to give these adults some advice on how they can get started, how they can figure it out, how they can get customers. So I would say when I first started, I was really anxious. I really didn’t think that I could do it. And I really didn’t know how cheap it was to start up like.

38:12
I was running off of that $230 that I made and it turned into a lot more and that money that I made, put into more product. And I think the key is finding your niche, finding your people and directly coming to them and kind of displaying your way is not being so much of an advertiser, but more of like a friend. Right. I mean, you never really tried to sell anything in the group. People are just asking you, right?

38:41
for your product. That’s what you want. And would you say that you had a big advantage here because you went so niche? So I mean, would you advise that people go as niche as possible? In some cases? Yes, I think that could work. Definitely work for me. I possums, presumably you chose those because they had demand as well, right? Not to mention that you love them too. Yeah, I haven’t seen too much product. So they definitely had a bigger demand.

39:10
Okay, and then the chickens, which were larger, did you have as much success with that as the possums or? So these are just now being manufactured, but I’d say they were pretty successful given we have reached our goal and made even more off of that goal. So what are your plans moving forward? Are you going to focus more on the possum niche or do you got other animal designs coming up?

39:34
So I think I’m going to focus on enamel pins because they’re really big and people love to collect them from smaller artists. So I think I’m going to do a big variety of pins. And right now I’m thinking of for a future project, I’m thinking of doing like cryptid pins. like Mothman and all of these cryptids. know, I’m going to actually make my kids listen to this episode because it seems like you’re a go getter.

40:04
Like most people aren’t going to go through the wouldn’t think of going to trouble posting the Facebook group, asking questions and going out and finding manufacturers. What kept you going this whole time? And are you just like a naturally driven person? So I do think I am very self driven. I really like being independent with even with my schoolwork. But I think this is something that I’ve always wanted to do. You know, I go to conventions and I see these booths set up with all of these

40:34
amazing products and I’m like, I wish that was me sitting in that chair at that booth and selling my product and feeling so confident in what I do. So I think that’s really what made me want to keep going in this and someday I really do want my own booth, something like that. Did anything go wrong in this entire process? I can’t really think of anything that went necessarily wrong. I do think I also sell things like stickers and those things aren’t

41:03
so popular as the pins, I still have them on my shop. But I think it’s really just a learning experience. Okay. And then last question here is where can people find your store on Etsy? If they want to check it out. So you can search Possum Rot Studio with the uppercase O, uppercase R and uppercase S and you can just find me through there. So just to be clear, it’s

41:39
O-P-P-O-S-S-U-M-R-O-T-S-T-U-D-I-O. Opossum Rot Studio. Yeah, I think there’s only one S in possum though. Oh, is there? Okay, you would know better than me. I guess I spelled possum wrong. Yeah. But Eric, hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show. This is really inspiring. And for even the adults who are listening, I mean, the process that you laid out, especially the one key piece of advice that you gave was to find where your people live. Right? It seems obvious.

42:02
Yeah. But most people don’t think of that, right? They might build a generic social following, but you went to where your people were, which was these possum groups. And these fanatics wanted to buy your products. Yeah. And they have been so passionate with everything that I do. And presumably they’re loyal to you as well. Most definitely. Yeah. Man, great story, Eric. Thanks again. Thanks again for coming on. Thank you so much.

42:32
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now every day I have 30 and 40 year olds complain to me that it’s too hard to make money online, that they’ve tried everything under the sun or that they don’t have enough money to begin. And then here comes 16 year old Eric who simply finds out where her customers hang out and make sales run away. It’s not rocket science and this strategy can be executed by anyone. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 355. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce.

43:02
With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clivia, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

43:29
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

354: 0 To 1 Million In 6 Months Selling Overlanding Gear With Andrew Youderian

354: 0 To 1 Million In 6 Months Selling Overlanding Gear With Andrew Youderian

Today I have my buddy Andrew Youderian back on the show for the 5th time. Andrew is the founder of the Ecommerce Fuel community and he’s also the brainchild of ECF Capital where he invests in e-commerce companies as well.

Andrew just completed a 6-month project where he launched Overlander.com and he grew it to nearly a 1 million dollar run rate within that time frame. Here’s how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Andrew got Overlander.com off its feet
  • How to grow to a million dollar run rate as quickly as possible.
  • The best strategies for scaling quickly

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Andrew Udarian back on the show. And if you don’t remember Andrew, he runs the e-commerce fuel community of seven and eight figure entrepreneurs. Now for the longest time, I’ve made fun of Andrew for running a community of successful e-commerce sellers without having a store himself. But just when I planned on roasting him in this episode, he goes and runs overlander.com and completely redeems himself.

00:30
So in this episode, you’ll learn how Andrew grew overlander.com to a $1 million run rate within six months. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:59
It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who is also a sponsor of the show. Are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories, do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:28
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion.

01:56
To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:24
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:36
Welcome to the MyWifeQuarterJob podcast. Today, I have my good buddy, Andrew Udaring, back on the show for, believe, the fifth time. Andrew is the founder of the incredible e-commerce fuel forum and community, and he is also the brainchild of ECF Capital, where he invests in e-commerce companies as well. Anyway, I haven’t had Andrew back in a while because, well, he’s been e-commerce-less for the past several years, and I started to wonder if he had any e-commerce skills left in the tank until now.

03:06
Andrew just completed a six month project where he launched overlander.com and he grew to nearly a one million dollar run rate within that time frame. And today we are going to learn how he did it. So with that, Andrew, how you doing, man? I’m doing well. Thanks for having me on, man. I like how you slipped that you know, that just little subtle dig in the intro. Game on. You know, we were just saying before we hopped on the mic, I showed weakness and gave you a couple.

03:34
compliments and a couple like confidence boosters on some of your work. And I was like, what am I doing? I’m getting preparing for like airtime here. And of course out of the gates, Steve hits first. So well played Steve. Just when I thought you had no skills left, you go and you totally redeem yourself. But no, it’s fun to be back. Thanks for having me on buddy. Yeah. So did I get the numbers right? You grew to almost a $1 million run rate within like five months. Is that right? Yeah. We launched the process. We kicked it off like first day of anything. We had no brand or, or

04:04
We just had kind of a concept, high level concept started July 1st. We launched the day before Thanksgiving, kind of came in skidding, but got it launched. And we, by the end of the year, so kind of that trailing just slightly over a month, we were just shy of that million dollar runway. So crazy. Can you explain to people what overlanding is actually? I don’t even know, but it’s right up your alley. know. Yeah. So overlanding is, I think there’s a lot of definitions about it, but I think it’s probably it’s the

04:36
vehicle-based exploration in remote or international areas is probably a way to best think about it. So if you’ve seen, there’s a lot of people who would argue over this definition that are kind of in the, you know, deep within the niche. yeah, if you’ve seen pickup trucks with like rooftop campers or rooftop tents rather, big, big, know, big tires, light bars, those kinds of stuff, those are kind of oftentimes overlanding rigs. So it’s, we have Jeeps and things that just go to, you know, rock crawling is like, if you have just a really, a very beefed up

05:05
rig that’s designed just for off-road stuff, the craziest off-road stuff you could ever encounter. That’s not really overlanding. It’s more about trying to explore kind of remote wild and international destinations with your vehicle. Would you consider your West Falia like an overlanding vehicle or no? Yeah, I think it would be it’s again, some people in the niche would maybe take issue with this. I’m going to forward this to them right after. I just come out of this whole world for six months, know, so it’s I gotta be careful.

05:32
I would say yes, just because we’ve it’s I’ve done a lot of modifications to it, you know, for off-grid living solar, you know, kind of increased improved suspension and lift ground clearance. It’s a four by four vehicle. So yeah, I would say so, although it’s probably not one of the more kind of traditional overland. I’m going to post on the overlanding forms after this. You daring claims to be the ultimate overlander.

05:55
in his Westphalia. you can also do it like you can also do it in a Subaru, right? Like, you know, or it’s more about I think it’s less about one thing overlanders love is they love geeking out on their their vehicles and their build kits almost as much maybe as traveling, sadly, myself very much guilty here. But I mean, you can you can overland in a Subaru. It’s more about, you know, getting out exploring and traveling and seeing places than building, you know, the sickest race.

06:20
So how did you come across this project? Cause it was from scratch, like you said, and then that run rates just incredible for such a short period of time. Yeah, normally I don’t end up doing kind of consulting projects. I haven’t done one, I think, since starting the business, but it was a collaboration between two people. One, Drew Sinaki, who’s a good friend of ours, who’s the CEO of Auto, anything they had wanted to get into the overlanding space. And then I went to college with a couple of good folks over in Bozeman, Clay and Rochelle Croft, and they’ve built over

06:49
the last 10 years, this really great overlanding YouTube series called Expedition Overland. And so they were partnering up to launch this. Expedition Overland was bringing the audience and also bringing the kind of the creative and the expertise and a lot of the vendor relationships. Auto Anything was going to do a lot of the logistics and the customer service and the shipping and things like that. they were joining forces and they needed somebody to…

07:17
kind of run point on getting the project off the ground. so, yeah, originally just kind of was joking with Drew about it as just kind of a joke, but then he kind of came after me hard and pitched me on it. And I thought, you know, like both these people, I like the space. I’m really tired of Steve giving me a hard time for not actually having an e-commerce project in the works for the last couple of years. I mean, just to get him off my back would probably be worth it alone. so was this considered like one gigantic influencer project kind of? No. So the, the part, I mean, the big roles for me was

07:46
My responsibility was developing the brand. what was, how were we positioned? You know, what would our, was the brand identity, know, logos, colors, unique selling propositions, voice, things like that. Picking out, you know, kind of helping define the catalog and what we were going to sell. Kicking off a private label, a series of private label products. So we ended up, we haven’t got them on the site yet, but they’re, they should be in pre-production or almost very close to that at this point. Probably, you know, about 10 different private label products, helping with kind of the marketing phases.

08:16
and marketing strategy with to kind of help the auto anything team kind of get that launched. And those were those are the big kind of silos that I was and then also the website development. So working with ended up had the chance to work with Kurt over ether cycle to build out the website. So those were kind of my five levels of responsibility. Actually, you know, the site kind of reminded me of right channel. Yeah, it’s it’s it’s you know, it’s almost like it was architected by the same person. It’s crazy.

08:43
Hey, can we talk about product sourcing real quick? how did you get so many products up? I mean, there’s a ton of products up there. How’d you get it up there in such a short period of time? Yeah. How many are there first of all? I think we ended up with like 12. It was probably 1500 to 2000 skews. Right, that’s crazy. Yeah, it is crazy. one of the, you know, we wouldn’t get into this, but.

09:07
Yeah, I mean, definitely there’s a lot of stuff on there. I’d still love to beef up in terms of the product listings and the, the, some I’m not even talking about that. I mean, just getting the sources and the suppliers for that. Yeah, it was, you know, some of it was nice because AutoBuddy thing had existing relationships with maybe half of the vendors. And then the other half we kind of had to had to go out and kind of court, which was sometimes super easy because of existing relationships with the Expedition Overland team. And sometimes it was having to call them up and pitch them and convince them. And so, yeah, but it was,

09:36
It was, uh, and it wasn’t just me doing it. was doing a lot of the vendor identification and the product selection, but then there was also people over on the auto anything team that were able to pick up the ball and run with those relationships. I how do you decide what to carry in this space? Or do you just say, Hey, we may as well carry as much as we can. No, that wasn’t so it was part of shaping like a big push. The brand was thinking about how do you, how do you stand out in this space? And the vision for it was a couple of things. One, be a place where you can go to really.

10:06
long, know, can the intermediate vision is be a place where you can go to get most of the quality items you’d want in the overlanding space. So like a backcountry.com for overlanding, because overlanding the market right now, there’s a lot of little niches like these people do storage really well, these people do bumpers really well, these people do suspension really well, but there’s no destination where you can get a lot of most of what you need from one spot. So that was a part of it. The other big part of it was to focus on quality items. From a perspective of, if I go to the site,

10:36
and I buy anything on the site, I know it’s not going to be garbage. So a pre-vetted process was a big part of the brand selling proposition. And so a lot of the stuff that we have is stuff that Expedition Overland has actually used over the last decade and really can speak to well. Like, hey, we’ve used this in, you know, super long expedition trips. We know it’s fantastic. You can count on it. And we actually put a little star, a little Expedition Overland approved badge on that stuff. surface it to the top. So.

11:03
it’s kind of an automated process. So every category you land on, the stuff that they use and like the most automatically rises to the top based on kind of a filtering algorithm in Shopify that we put in there, or Kurt put in there rather. So, and then everything else, even if it’s not though something that that team has used and maybe it’s something that I just saw, I thought looked like it was interesting and I put on, I decided we want to put on the site, it still meets a certain quality threshold. There are certain brands in the space that I’m not gonna throw under the bus, but just they’re not great. Like they’re cheap, they’re not super well designed, they’re…

11:32
They’re kind of ginsy, right? And that’s the kind of stuff that we just aren’t going to put on the site. that was the filter. Those two things were kind of the filters that we used on building out the product line. So the value prop basically is a curated set of products endorsed by, I forgot who the influencers are, but basically you’re not going to get any sort of junk if you go on there. You have that guarantee in there. Yeah. The tagline for the whole site is proven gear you can trust. Right. Nice. Nice. Okay. And then, are most of these products drop shipped or do you guys carry any inventory at all?

12:02
Yeah, combination of both definitely more drop shipping, but there are some items that the auto anything is is is stocking and shipping as well. Okay, so you keep mentioning auto anything. So auto anything is Drew Sinaki’s company. Yes. And are the resources kind of shared then like he has warehouses for certain things? Yep. Yeah. So they have a warehouse three PL that they use. And it’s a very managing kind of supply chain or fulfillment, all that kind of stuff. So yes, it’s and there’s kind of a there’s a big

12:32
there’s a kind of a split of responsibilities between what both parties do, know, Drew’s Company, Auto, anything, and Expedition Overland. But yeah, they both have kind of their roles and some of that is, you know, like marketing is overlapped. They’re both trying to help on marketing. But yeah. Can you comment on the decision whether to drop ship a certain item versus carrying inventory on a certain item versus even private labeling? You mentioned that in the beginning. Yeah. So, I’m going to private label first. So we looked at the items that the items we want to private label are ones that are

13:01
fairly universal. If you want to be able to build out your own line of suspension for vehicles, that is tough. Because, you know, even in a limited universe of overlanding vehicles, let’s say there’s only 20 vehicles there as opposed to the hundreds or thousands that exist in the automotive universe, that’s 20 vehicles over 20 years, 400 different variants potentially, maybe let’s call it 50 if the body styles don’t change as much.

13:30
But that’s just a lot of skews you have to build out in different unique products based on how things work. So compare that with like a rooftop tent that you can mount on a vehicle that maybe you have a few different configuration of mounting bars, but more or less it’s vehicle agnostic. Those are the kind of products that we try to gravitate towards on the private label side. So that was how we determined, and then just also stuff that people can use on a regular basis. And it is not insanely technical.

13:57
We didn’t want to get into suspension because suspension is insane. Like there’s no way, unless you spend a ton of time in R &D and suspension, you’re going to make something that’s going to rival what people have out there. that’s how we kind of thought for private label. private label is for more broad based items, basically. Yes, definitely. then all super less, know, that are less complex as well.

14:20
For dropship versus inventory, sometimes it would depend on the vendor. Sometimes the vendors would say, we just don’t dropship. So if you want to sell our stuff, you got to stock it. So that’s a no-brainer. just go that route. you comment on what the minimums are? these are expensive items, right? For the most part. Yeah, they are. It depends on the range. I mean, we sell cook sets that cost 30 or 40 bucks all the way up to suspension kits that cost $4,000. So yeah, they kind of run the gamut.

14:48
But in terms of how much they make you buy in terms of minimums, it usually, I mean, is it under like hundred units or? Yeah, we could definitely, there’s definitely some orders that we were able to buy for well under a hundred units, you maybe even, and the more, the higher, I found this the higher price point, the lower the minimums tend to be too. So I didn’t personally wasn’t involved with buying any, and I don’t even know if we’re buying any suspension stuff either, because again, that’s high price point.

15:16
most of the things we had to buy, most of the brands we stocked were on the lower side of that price threshold. Because I think, and I found this in my experience selling higher end electronics in the past as well, the higher price point and the more, the wider the skew base, the more likely a supplier is to let you drop ship. Because it doesn’t like, going back to the suspension thing, how would you expect any dealer to carry 50 skews at

15:44
or $3,000 a pop unless they’re enormous, you national distributor. Like that’s just a tall ask because you’re getting into the hundreds of thousands of dollars just to carry one product line. either that or you specialize in a specific vehicle or something on your site, right? Exactly. Yeah. I’m just kind of curious and maybe you weren’t involved in this, but how do you know how much to carry of each thing? I mean, we’re talking like thousands of skews here. So, and each one has to be scrutinized. How do you make that initial order? Yeah. So we, you know, we definitely

16:14
again, so we’re drop shipping more stuff to begin with versus stocking. so that was that made that made it easier. But I will say a couple things. One, it helped a little bit with my industry expertise. I don’t have nearly as much as like expedition overland guys, but I’ve done it enough to have a rough idea of maybe what’s going to resonate more with the audience. So early on, it was partially guessing like saying, Hey, you know, we’re gonna, you know, order these three or four

16:40
coffee kits or mess kits. think this one probably based on my own experience of camping and overlanding has a better fit. So let’s order more of these. Part of it was I would go on amazon.com and I would see what products had the most reviews and seemed the most popular and had the highest sales rank. And that can give you a sense too of like, Hey, okay, this one’s probably going to be more popular within the line. Let’s maybe double, know, double or triple the amount that we order here versus the other ones. And then also part of it’s just guessing. Like it’s, you don’t know when you’re ordering for the first time, you’re

17:10
you’re taking a guess. And when we got to the point where we were considering some reorders, it was nice because you had a sales history, but part of it also is just taking your best guess. also, airing more towards getting data versus trying to make the most money upfront. when I was talking to our buyer, the guidance I gave was like, hey, let’s air on the side of caution early on. I would rather, even if there’s price bakes that aren’t, you

17:38
the price banks are huge, that’s one thing, but if they’re not enormous, let’s just plan on reordering again in a month and get a sense of how this is working versus placing a huge order and being stuck with a hundred of these items that we can’t sell because we were wrong. What about pricing? Are you guys kind of like on the higher end in terms of pricing or are you priced like everyone else? No, kind of. It’s reselling existing items at this point online and I think it’s hard if you have a

18:07
a really premium price, I feel like price parity, especially for for selling existing items is is kind of table stakes for for a lot of niches. And also a lot of the products that we do have minimum advertised pricing guidelines in place. So which actually is nice if you’re trying to compete on quality, having that map pricing if it’s enforced well is a good thing because then you don’t have to it’s not a race to the bottom. So usually we’re in line, I’d say with with most places. Okay.

18:34
All right, so the main value prop really is the influencer aspect of it and the curation. Yeah, main value prop is the curation, the influencer aspect, and also the guarantee. One thing we have is a 60-day trail-tested guarantee. So kind of like REI, if you’re familiar with them, they’re really good about taking stuff back. so same thing, like if you order something, it doesn’t meet your expectations. And even if you use it, you know,

19:02
we’ll take it back for 60 days. And so it’s a little bit of a risky gamut or bet rather, but the thought process that went in behind it is like from personal experience, people pour unholy amounts of money into these types of vehicles, like just insane amounts. And if you can become a source where when you buy from us that you know the stuff is gonna be good and we’ll stand behind it, you maybe you lose $500, you know, on an air compressor that

19:31
technically nothing was wrong with, but people didn’t like it. But if you can gain that trust and that trust to the end consumer, I mean, the chance for lifetime values in the, you know, 10, 20, $30,000 over the of five years is… mean, it’s people spend… I mean, it would be, I think for people not listening, Steve, I mean, what do you think a decked out, if you took a brand new Jeep and decked it out with a lot of overlanding stuff, you could spend $50,000 on the Jeep. You could easily spend…

20:01
$30,000 just on the overlanding upgrades. So you spend more on your Westphalia alone, right? Not quite, it’s, mean, it’s a, people get, it’s like a lot of things. People spend more money than you would, than you would expect.

20:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:49
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. No, yeah. So I just, just to be clear that you’re drop shipping a lot of these items and what are their guarantees? Are they 30 days? And obviously it can’t be used, right? If you return it to the manufacturer. Yeah. And to be honest, that’s, that’s a good question. And that’s not something I, that is not something that I think it varies. I think most places, they don’t have the same level of guarantee.

21:49
So there’s definitely gonna be times where we bring things back, we can’t sell them and that’s gonna be part of, to be honest, kind of, part of my role was to come in, build the concept, architect things, get it launched off the ground, get the ball just moving and then hand it off to somebody shortly after launch. I kind of stepped away about a month after the launch. Right, for the logistics. Yeah, I understand. But Auto Anything, from what I understand, had an infrastructure for some of these things already.

22:15
Yes, yeah, they did. So I think the taking the stuff back on the 60 day time period is probably, I don’t think they had that in place. And I’ve chatted with kind of the new leader over there that took the reins from me. And were talking through some options. But I think yeah, I think potentially doing kind of, you know, used gear sales one off, or contests or giveaways or you know, there’s a lot of options you can do with it. But yeah, it’s gonna, there’ll be some creativity required for some of those things coming back for sure. Okay, let’s shift gears and talk about sales.

22:43
How does one get that insane run rate in such a short period of time? So it’s I mean a big a huge part of it was Having access to auto anything’s at least from the from the beginning their email list So they’ve got you know, they’ve got an enormous email list and the hundreds of thousands and so we were able to go through and pick We were able go through and pick all of the you know vehicles that were very relevant and target those people

23:11
So there’s a lot of immediate crossover there. you just start? This is just I’m just thinking myself how I did this. Can you just start emailing as Overlander? That was so we this is something that I didn’t think through as much as we should have. What we did early on, yes, but what we did is we co branded it. So we sent it from the auto anything address and said, hey, auto anything is proud to present this new brand overlander.com. And so we did that, but it came from auto anything. But we were able to do that for two or three times.

23:41
But after that, it gets harder to do that over and over. We had to start moving more to an overlander list. And we lost a lot of those because I think we were starting to, the email team at Auto Anything was starting to talk with Klaviyo. And you can’t do that, no. So we can’t just move the email addresses over. so that was a part that kind of slowed down our growth after our initial launches because we thought we were going to have access to 100,000s of contacts. But we ended up with a much smaller list.

24:09
Why couldn’t you continue to email as auto anything? Like what were you seeing that caused you to believe that you couldn’t do that anymore? Well, I guess we could, but I mean, to really build an identity, you kind of want to have it be its own site as opposed to always piggybacking off something else. There’s also a fairly, you know, the auto anything email calendar is pretty packed. there was a bandwidth issue. So it was really nice to kind of for that initial push out of the gates, but, yeah, it was.

24:36
it was a little tricky to, it was not quite as seamless as taking all the addresses and emailing them over for the new brand. So how do you move such a large quantity of people over to a different domain? Do you have them opt in again? Yeah. And you know what, to be honest with you, that was something we were kind of in the middle of when I stepped away. I don’t, part of it was looking at, yeah, you have them opt in again or have something very clear where they say, hey, click this link or sign up.

25:04
to be able to reenter your email address or run contests. So we were kind of in the middle of trying to figure that out. We definitely had some opt-ins. We had a list we were building from the opt-in page. We had a contest that we ran when we launched it that was generating a lot of emails. We’re a good number for at least for a new site. So it was hard. We had some ways to do it, but it was, yeah, it was tricky. Yeah, I’m just trying to think. I mean, you can’t like send them to a form again, right? You’ll probably lose like the majority of your people.

25:33
You will. Yeah. Yeah. So it’s it was slower going building that dedicated list than we had hoped. Okay. Yeah, I didn’t I didn’t answer your questions. The way we were doing it or thinking about doing it, kind of a mix of both. Having people click links in an email that was very clear, like, hey, you’re signing up for this list was one having people re opt in was another one having a contest that we gave away kind of like a overlanding trip in Montana was another way. Sales, of course, were one that piggybacked off of the

26:01
emails to the larger lists. But yeah, it’s a lot harder than just, you know, kind of piggybacking off an existing list. So that was a good source of sales. mean, was that a large percentage, would you say? I would say, yeah, I would say probably, I’m just guessing here, probably not as on track with the analytics as I should have been, but I would guess probably 30 to 40 % of the sales were from email, but that’s just a guess. So kind of like on par with what a typical store gets from their email.

26:31
I think that because we had such a large list to blast from the beginning, I don’t think the typical store gets 30, 40 % from their email. If I hear somebody doing 30 to 40 % of their revenue from their email, to me, that’s an outlier. And I think the only reason we were able to do that is because we had such a large list and we were starting from zero. Do you get 30 to 40 % of your sales from email from Bumble? Yeah, actually it’s 30 for me. then think Mike, back when he was running Color, it got like 50%. Wow, well, that’s Mike and Jen.

26:59
Oh wait, did I say that out loud? I’m What was I going to ask you next? What about the influencer side? What were you most involved in actually on the project in terms of getting sales? Yeah, so it was kind of a little bit of everything on the marketing side. The influencer side was harder than I thought. It just took longer than I thought. There was a couple of people I reached out to and it just was trying What about the main influencer?

27:25
Oh, I see what you’re saying. Yeah. So they were they were great. That part was not harder than I thought. They there’s a number of things we did with them. They have an email list already and a great presence in the space. So they sent out multiple emails to their lists. They were really active on social. They promoted a contest that that I put together that was kind of like a become a team member for a day. And so I mean, they these guys have been they have a great following a lot of people follow them. And I was like, Well, how could we incentivize people to sign up?

27:54
for our contest. So was like, well, if these people could fly out to Montana and hang out with these guys for a day on a real overlanding trip, like actually join the team for a day or two, like that would be pretty sick, I think in a lot of people’s minds. Oh yeah. Okay. I was about to say, I hope the contest wasn’t to hang out with you for a little bit. No, no, no, not to hang out with me. No, that would have generated zero, zero interest. So yeah, was, so they, we put this contest together and there’s, we used gleam.io to run it. Nice. Yeah. And so like the way you, the ways you enter our

28:23
you know, visit their YouTube channel, go to Instic, check out their Instagram, sign up for, know, make a purchase, subscribe to the email list, all this kind of stuff. And so get some good traction that way. The big ones were their email list, the contest, and then social media were really the big three ways that they helped promote and launch and push the brand. I’m thinking about this more from like in the future, maybe it makes sense to partner with some influencers. Do they actually have equity in this company? They do, right? So I’m not going to speak to there just between

28:53
Okay, they definitely have a partnership where they’re they they both have a, you know, their partners in this. so I don’t feel like can speak to the other I don’t need the numbers. I was just kind of curious, like if I’m to go all out and promote with my email and all that stuff, I got better have a piece of the company is what I was thinking. They definitely have a they definitely are aligned in interest in terms of Yeah, they both share the upside. I can say that. So okay, I mean, this is actually a really interesting model then, right? If I want to launch a store, it might make sense to just go up to like,

29:21
famous influencer to say, I’ll handle all the ecom stuff. You take a piece of the company, you just help promote. It’s interesting. Yeah, I mean, I think you think about the future of ecommerce and how, you people talk a more about communities these days talk a lot more about, you know, these, you know, the big companies, three or four companies with a big stranglehold on on traffic and, and attention and eyeballs. And yeah, I mean, they’re, they’re almost like tiny little micro platforms with huge amounts of trust and authority.

29:51
Right? Yeah. So yeah, I mean, think it depends on your structure and depends on you got to make sure you have a good working relationship. And it’s always one thing that I have learned from this project, from the ECF capital deal we did from just from, you know, other things in the past, or just this last six months is that anytime you start having multiple parties come together on a business, you just need to think a lot more carefully about incentives and how people are compensated and

30:18
It just gets more complicated. You gotta give a lot more time and thought to it. But if you can set up a structure that works well for everyone and there’s a good working relationship and like people bring unique things to the table, yeah, it can work well. So yeah, maybe I’ll have Sanaki come on and talk about actually how to align those incentives. That sounds really interesting. Yeah. What would you, what were you saying? That was a struggle with other influencer marketing. Oh, it just, it just takes, you know, so there’s a lot that I was trying to do, especially on the home stretch to get this thing launched. And the, just reminded me of how

30:48
I was trying to do the influencer outreach apart from our main influencer, we just kind of similar influencers, trying to do that manually. And there was two or three people that I took a run at to try to do that. One of them kind of worked out, but it took longer than I thought. The other one we got halfway down the road and then things fell apart because they realized that some of their other sponsors weren’t happy with it. it just, it took longer than I thought and I was trying to do it manually. And so it just, was more of a, you it didn’t go as faster as.

31:16
wasn’t quite as productive as I mean, is there a more automated way of doing it? I always think of influencer and stuff is pretty manual in general. Yeah. And that’s what I was trying to think. And I know there’s some platforms where you can go and like pick, you know, pick a bunch of influencers and, and post your offer and people can bid on it and stuff. And I have no personal experience with that. And so maybe it does work really well, but I just for a small niche market like this, where you want to get good results and you want to have a personal relationship. Like I would personally rather have

31:43
three to four really strong long-term relationships with very on-point influencers in a niche, then have like 20 people tweet something, or post a couple of Instagram posts for something and then to collect $400 and then that’s the end. I just feel like that, I don’t know. You know this too. I model is pretty much dead actually. Most influencer relationships now are a little bit more long-term. Think about us, right? The sponsors for our podcasts.

32:11
Both of our sponsors are long-term prospects that like I would continue to promote Regardless, you know just because I’m a big believer of the product I mean that I think that’s just where things are are going towards No, I think so too like, you know, Clavio the sponsor even a long time sponsor of the ECF podcast and the event and stuff I mean, it’s that was something that Yeah, I mean that took a couple years to really cement that relationship and you know, they’ve been sponsors for you know Three or four years now. So it’s I don’t know when I look back at my business

32:40
career and history online, the real big wins, both both it’s not in the volume, it’s in like two or three or four really deep relationships. So yeah, no, totally. mean, Clavio, Postscript, Emerge Council on my end. mean, I’ve been with those guys for multiple years now, and I feel a tremendous amount of loyalty to these companies as well. Yeah, agreed. So I’m just curious, did the Overlander guys, did they have any contacts? I mean, I imagine they’re they know a lot of people.

33:10
Influencers also. Oh, yeah, they were they were I mean they were great and so I probably again I probably did not tap them as much as I should have on the influencer side Just again because I was trying to do do the marketing. It seems like you had like a huge broad range of responsibilities There’s a lot right? No, I mean to the point where did you have a huge staff under you or we had yeah I mean between and I was so I kind of dropped in and was coordinating with There was a lot of people in the auto anything

33:39
side that we’re doing stuff. mean, all in all, people that were working on this project that I was, yeah, I would say probably wasn’t directly managing, but they were involved. And I was trying to either work with their team leads or manage directly, probably 20 plus people at, you know, when you counted everybody. So, yeah. So you were like the glue that held everything together in a way. Is that accurate? Like the

34:04
kind of non-sticky duct tape that tried to keep everything together. So you’re like Draymond Green on the Warriors. No, no, I don’t want to be related with any kind of relation, any kind of analogies between your Warriors, man. Well, OK, let’s switch gears again a little bit. I want to know what you learned and if anyone wanted to just have some sort of partnership with an influencer and start an e-commerce store this way and kind of ramp it up. What did you have to deal with and what did you learn from this project?

34:33
So I’ll hit a lot of the kind of high level things that I learned and then we can dive into any of these more if you want. I did a whole episode maybe be kind of to link up to do that kind of goes into these. Yeah, we’ll link that up. people really want to, you know, are up for the kind of in-depth story. But I think the things I learned were, I think it’s amazing what you can get done in five months when you have to like Steve, you and I have been doing this a while. You kind of get into a cadence, you get into a rhythm and when…

34:57
you have a limited time frame to execute on something and there’s a level of like, okay, we really have to ruthlessly prioritize. We have to get this launched by this time. A lot of people are depending on it. It doesn’t have to be perfect. It has to be decent. Like it’s amazing what you can get done. So that was cool. I think of you as a perfectionist, is that accurate? Yes. Okay. So this must have been really hard for you. was very, it was that aspect was very challenging for me. Yes. What were some of the things you dropped on the floor? The, know, looking at the site when we launched the quality of the listings.

35:25
was not where I had hoped it would be. And that has to do with a number of things that don’t just have to get into, but like you’re selling existing products. It’s really important to have some kind of informational ad, like really good, rich media, great descriptions, details about that overcome objections to people buying with this fit. How will it fit? What vehicles is it great for? And there was some of them, some of the products, especially the ones that we worked with our influencer partner on exhibition overland were really great. They had custom media photography, stuff like that.

35:55
but a lot of them were not where I’d hoped to be. we just, there’s no way we were going to do that for 2000 products in five months with coming up for the brand from scratch. So, so I was going to ask you then, so you took all of your own photography and everything, right? No. So for some of the products we did for a small section of products that were in that kind of upper echelon of recommended products, we used a lot of photography from the influencer, a lot. would say the majority of products have. Oh, that’s what I meant. It’s not the manufacturer’s photography. It, it, well on a lot of products it is. Okay.

36:24
How do you decide which ones to really focus and hone in on versus just using the manufacturer’s photos? Yeah, it’s, mean, it depends on what the kind of going back to that curated approach, the stuff that the influencer had used in the past, like those expedition endorsed product, XO endorsed products, the ones that we were, know, we knew were popular were industry staples, and that they had a lot of experience with. Those were the ones that we kind of dedicated the time.

36:55
to get photography, shoot photography, shoot videos, things like that for. Does the 80-20 rule apply here? Like, did you mostly sell those influencer products? Yeah, I would say it definitely, it helps out there. Another part, yes, I would say generally, yes. I would say this holiday season was a little bit of an anomaly too though, because we had huge supply chain issues. This is another thing I learned is like, okay, doesn’t matter if people want your product, like if you can’t sell it, like it was challenging about Black Friday, because we were putting together some of the big mailers for like Black Friday, Cyber Monday.

37:25
there’s a lot of stuff we wanted to sell that just we couldn’t because the vendors didn’t have it. So we had to go through and like rejigger the products that were on sale a couple of times. And then also there was map pricing on a lot of items too that we couldn’t undercut. So to be honest, like that Black Friday sales email was tricky for both of those reasons. So let me ask you about like being in stock and that sort of thing. Is it all tied electronically like through EDI? In a perfect world. Okay. There were

37:54
That was another part of the process too, is getting this thing launched up and running quickly. The systems were, Auto Anything has some existing systems for being able to manage what’s in stock, what’s out of stock. But we also had some stuff we had to work through, especially launching a new brand on a new platform and tying it into their systems in terms of showing stuff when it was available, when it wasn’t. So we definitely had some kind of road bumps that we had to figure out there the first week or two of launch and had to manually track things more. my goodness, for thousands of SKUs.

38:24
Yeah, there’s some challenges in there. So I’m just curious, what’s the procedure? Like you get a bunch of orders and they’re out of stock. You had to manually contact each one of those people, right? It was for the, especially for the first couple of weeks when we launched where we didn’t have as good a visibility into it as we thought and the systems weren’t kind of where we’d hoped they’d be. Yes, we did. We had someone who was a running point on customer service who was awesome. he was kind of doing a double check manually, reaching out to everyone if it was out of stock to talk.

38:53
get some better, some better stuff launched within a couple of weeks that gave better information pre purchase about how long it would take to get something, especially if it was backwarded for those first couple of weeks. The one thing too, like we talked about a million dollar run rate. It’s and it was, or almost that we didn’t quite hit it, but almost there. The other thing too is like, you’ll give it the other thing that’s nice is, you know, when you’re selling higher end products, a lot of times it’s, you if you’re selling

39:22
Selling $80,000 of Sporks, titanium Sporks, that’s one thing. You got to move a lot of product. when you’re selling $1,000 bumpers or $500 air compressors, it’s not as, when you have a higher AOV, it’s easier to hit that, which is nice. Sure. Sure, I guess. But the expectations are a lot higher also, I would imagine. That’s true. Yeah, there’s a higher threshold to purchase when you’re dropping $1,000 versus $30 for something less expensive.

39:50
So let me ask you this question. Obviously, I don’t know the entire situation here, but given that the 80-20 rule held firm and you said earlier that the majority of the products were influencer products, why did you feel like it was necessary to launch all those extra products? That’s a good question. You know, if we had gone back, that’s a good question. I think if you’re trying to position yourself as the back country of overlanding,

40:18
which was part of what we wanted to do and part of the high level vision. We actually had the guy who ended up coming up with, I worked with him on the logo concept, which is one of the things I’m most proud of, of the whole project. It’s a cool bear and it really has a cool distinct mark. He actually helped do the backcountry logo. If you’re trying to do that, you have to, and you launched with just, let’s say 50 products that have a lot of depth.

40:45
And that’s a great start, it doesn’t kind of, you don’t come out of the gates projecting what you want to project, which is the brand image of you can get a lot of a large selection of products here. Um, so I think that was a part of it. We wanted to be able to come out with a, it didn’t have to be the world’s hugest offering, but it needed to be a somewhat robust offering across all parts of the catalog. And so I think that was one of the reasons why we wanted to have a larger product line from watch. Is this kind of like right channel where you kind of sell them something and then there’s a lot of upsells and accessories that go along with it?

41:13
I would say there’s yeah, there’s some fairness in that for sure. I think the lifetime value possibilities for Overlander is much higher than with Right Channel Radios. Right Channel Radios, people would come back and buy, but if you buy a CB radio, unless you’re like a mining company in Nevada or something, the chances of you needing another one, maybe you’ll need a new one in 10 years when yours breaks, maybe you buy another Jeep. But the lifetime value on a CB radio is much less than on an Overlander. But yeah, I mean, the number of accessories, Steve.

41:42
We gotta get you a rig man, cause I know that you have been Yeah, I’m sure my wife would love if you. Well, we’ve had this like behind the scenes. for those that don’t know, I came over in my van to Steve’s house. I played a song for his wife to try on my guitar, to try in my van with her there to try to convince her. So Jen, if you were listening, I hope that that song has stuck with you. Steve is a good man. He’s a good husband. He’s a good father. You should let him have.

42:09
let him have his adventure. And the whole time Jen was probably like, uh, Andrew, could you move this van to a different neighborhood? Not, not park in front of the house. I saw your neighbors come over and they were like looking in and, actually I should have just camped out there and like, you know, start, I could have, I should have had a lot more fun embarrassing you in front of your neighbors. I don’t know what the correct term with it for this is. It might be cognitive bias, but after, I didn’t think that anyone had these vans before, but once I rode in yours and we went on that road trip,

42:39
I started seeing them all over the place. I think because I’m paying attention to it now, but they’re really popular. Yeah. I mean, well, you live in California. California is like ground zero for these types of vehicles, especially the VW kind of van. it’s the you are you’re in the epicenter of it. So you probably get more of them than most people. So we talked about email retention sourcing. Did you guys run ads and that sort of thing? Were your margins high enough to run ads? They probably would, I would imagine.

43:09
They were on some items, but long-term the ad spend.

43:16
in and of itself was not enough to be able to kind of keep the brand going. it’s at least without kind of proving out that lifetime value, I think a little bit more. yes, did short and long answer is yes, we did run ads, but we were also trying to focus on a lot of other things as well. Okay. So and then we keep talking about lifetime value. Did you already get an idea in that short time frame what that could be? No, impossible. And like in five weeks, it’s really hard to know. So I think I think that’s something that will probably play out over the course of a year or two. Just

43:45
knowing from personal experience, like, if I think about vendors, I have purchased stuff from for my rig, I have probably placed, I can think of one vendor, well, let’s say across two vendors that sell specialty items for my vehicle. mean, I’ve probably placed 20 orders with them over the course of a five year period that are probably there, you in the, you know, they’re over $10,000 for all you know, so it’s so yeah.

44:13
personal experience, I know it’s there, we just five weeks is a short time to be able to get through it. So, but I had three or four more quick lessons if we have time to go through and I’ll just again, I’ll give you a high level and then you can dive into them or not as you see fit. I think it amazed me how having good creative, how much having good creative helps with building a brand. So being able to steal the…

44:38
steals around, we’re being able to leverage the assets, the digital assets of exhibition overland that they’ve built over a decade of overlanding, landing on the website, creating the crop, the category pages, the video assets, the photography, it just brings so much depth and authority and, and to a brand that I have, I’ve never had that access to do before. So I thought that was super cool. And I think in the future, if I build a brand, I will at a minimum, invest heavily into that, that facet up front.

45:06
It kind of reminded me of that one video where you have like on right channel where you drove over and then you put this antenna on just on steroids You know what I’m talking about? Yeah, I know exactly what you’re talking about. You know, what’s really funny. Guess who shot that video for a symposium? I have no idea. Was it the expedition overland? It was the expedition overland guys like that was like seven years ago and they were doing this and so we hired them to do that then so it’s the exact same people. Ah, okay. Makes sense. It kind of looks similar like that first front splash. Yeah, it does. So

45:36
Anyway, creative, super helpful. Outsourcing good writing is possible. Like I don’t know about you, Steve, but I’ve always struggled and been very skeptical about any time that I’ve tried to outsource writing more almost always it’s ended in tears. And this is, why did I think I could outsource good quality writing? And I actually found I didn’t find one of the team members at auto anything had had some writers that did a really good job. So that gave me hope that like, hey, it’s possible to outsource stuff and have a decent level of quality. You just sometimes have to dig through a lot of

46:05
have to dig a lot. So that was cool. Were these writers, I mean, these writers would, I would imagine be a lot more difficult to find. It’s so niche, right? Oh, yeah, it’s super niche. But okay, no, one of them. One of them traveled like was overlanded in Botswana and knew knew about overlanding was a great writer and had a, you know, tied in like historical quotes and did a great job. So I thought that was cool. And then finally, this is my last one. And then I’ll kind of turn it back to you. But I think

46:32
anytime, Steve, you’ve done this too, like, I’ve probably been responsible for, I would guess at this point, seven or eight major either site redesigns or migrations in my career. And every time you get to this point, we’re like, you, you get close to launch either your launch deadline, or you’re at a point where like, you’re getting past it. And you have to decide, like, should we push this live? Or should we make it a little bit better, a little bit better. And I think like you every it always, you always

47:01
always makes sense to launch just a little bit earlier than you think. Because if you wait until you feel ready, you’re going to push it out, you know, three, four, five, six, seven, eight weeks takes longer. And it’s obviously you don’t want to put something crappy out into the world. But you learn so much from getting it live. That’s just the start, you can start marketing it, you learn a lot of it’s a great way to start testing and tweaking some of the small bugs. And if you wait until it’s ready completely, it’s just, you know, your timeline is just going to get stretched so much further out. And I have found to

47:29
A lot of times I’ll have a punch list of post-launch fixes. I realize once the site gets live, I often don’t go back and actually fix a lot of them because in ultimately they’re not that important. So I don’t know if you found this too, but I think launching as soon as you meaningfully can and start marketing and interacting with customers like err on the side of launching a little early versus a little late. Yeah, it’s funny. We have kind of opposite personalities. You’re more of a perfectionist than I am. I’m all about just launching. Maybe it’s because we’re

47:59
I was in engineering and you just launched something and then you fix it. So that’s always been my mentality. Like for example, this course that I launched with Tony a year ago, we launched, I wanted to launch with nothing. And she’s like, no, no, no, no, wait, let’s at least get a couple of modules in there. And I was like, no, let’s just do it. And so we compromised and we launched with just a couple of modules. Oh, that’s see. Yeah. We are very different personalities. I am much more like everything buttoned up. Let’s make sure like it’s good. Like I, so that was, you alluded to this earlier, but that was

48:28
It was a good thing for me because I think I tend to err on the side of perfectionism, which is good if you’re a watchmaker. It’s probably not great if you’re trying to launch a project with 20 people. I think as an engineer, you expect to launch with bugs always. So as long as it’s working. But you’re like your background is like in chip engineering. Like if you have make a little error in one of those chips, doesn’t it hose everything up? Like you kind of have to be a perfectionist. Is that why you’re not in the chip space anymore?

48:57
Actually, the real question, Andrew, is why you aren’t still working at Overlander and why the contract was such a short one. Drew and I, we were talking about it afterwards. was like, yeah, you know, it was just a safer way of proposing it. And we didn’t give, we wouldn’t want to give Andrew any equity, you know, because weren’t sure it was going to be a long-term thing. Andrew goes up to one for about two seconds and strikes back.

49:20
I just pulled that one out of my butt too. Well, you know, I think you did a great job. The site looks amazing. Actually, it’s like right channel on steroids, I want to say just because all the videos and everything that you had on there. well, thanks. Big shout out to Kurt and Paul over EtherCycle for designing it and putting a lot of work into that. also for just again, it’s mostly the creative assets from Clay and Rachelle and the team over at Exhibition Overland. if I mean, if that’s what I think.

49:49
gives us that, like I was talking about earlier, it just makes such a huge, huge difference versus trying to have to, you know, not have those professional assets. So thank you, I appreciate it. But I mean, it’s those two teams that are responsible for almost all of it. I did want to ask you this one question. And I was kind of curious about the entire time. Like, what made you take this project? Because you have all these successful businesses. And this one wasn’t for any equity. It wasn’t a long term contract. Like, what made this project attractive for you?

50:18
Yeah, I’ve been asked that a lot of times. So it was it was not for the money. And especially, you know, after the fact, I it was just the answer. The big big question or the big answer is like two, threefold. One, I liked the people involved known and you know, been great friends with Drew for a long time. I wanted to I thought growth was the biggest growth and learning were the biggest reasons.

50:44
I wanted to, I’ve never done something like this with this big of a team. I wanted to see how I could do, how I liked it, how I could grow, what I could learn. I liked the space. I also wanted to see what it was like launching a brand in a space that I really am passionate about deeply. know, and so it’s, know, CB radios and Trilling Motors had zero interest. I was very much a mercenary in those niches. I was like, is there opportunity here? Yes, let’s sell them. Great. And this is very different. So I want to see how that, you know, how I liked, how that changed things.

51:12
Can I ask you a question real quick before you go on? How much was the passion part of it really important? Because I’m not passionate about my products. And did it add a completely different dimension to this? You know what’s interesting is for the first couple weeks it was cool and after that it became just like any other project. And I don’t say that in a way to disparage the project at all. it did help, I will say this, it did help with the learning curve quite a bit. when I’m thinking about products and do we, is this a good fit for the site? Is it not?

51:39
that was much more evident to me. Whereas when I was like launching, you know, CB radio, I was like, I don’t even know what this thing does. Is this thing great? I just, the learning curve was much steeper. But that being said, once you kind of get into the weeds of it, the fact that you’re selling, you know, cool overlanding gear when stuff gets hard, doesn’t really make a difference. You know, it’s still, it’s, so it helped in the first early couple of weeks with the learning curve, but, long, I would say it made less of a difference than I thought.

52:09
Yeah, I thought you would have done it for like some free gear. I can picture your West Folly now with like big tires and like a camper on top of it or something. I don’t know. Yeah, I mean, it’s I’m sure I haven’t actually it’s funny. I haven’t really ordered anything meaningful from the site. I’m sure I will in the future and definitely have some discounts there, which is nice. But but mostly it’s about growth, you know, learning, getting in, you know, like you said, like you said earlier, you’re giving me a hard time about not having an e-commerce project for a while. And it’s true. And a big part of that is been focused on, you know,

52:39
running the community and some of ECF capital stuff, which you can’t do everything well. ultimately I have to, sometimes you gotta decide not to do things. It’s hard to do everything well, but I also did wanna get my hands dirty again with e-commerce from a growth perspective. And also I like the people involved. So the other thing too is like ECF live, we didn’t have an ECF live this year. So I had a little more bandwidth to play with. So yeah, it was kind of all of those reasons. The short answer is growth, trying to learn to grow and be able to get better.

53:07
The short answer is you did this so I couldn’t make fun of you anymore. Well, like I said earlier, that’s a big one. Although I don’t lay awake at night too much about all your jabs, Steve. mean, occasionally, but not too often. Hey, so cool. I’m going to link up. I know you have like a series on this, uh, on your podcast too. So if anyone’s interested in learning more about, guess, the psychological and the more in-depth nuts and bolts of this, uh, I will link up, uh, your episodes that you.

53:36
put out on Overlander. Cool. Thank you. Yeah. Thank you. And we should, we’ll have to do another van trip at some point. That was for people who don’t know, did a, Steve came out to Montana and we did a, I don’t know, was it three day, four day kind of like exploratory van trip around Yellowstone and the area there and visited some very, some beautiful high altitude kind of sand golf courses, which was really nice. was, uh, was, it was we’ll have to do that again.

54:04
Definitely, definitely. Well, hey, thanks for coming on and sharing your experiences and congratulations on no longer being e-commerce-less. Thanks, Steve. I appreciate it. All right. Take care.

54:19
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’re a seven or eight figure e-commerce store owner, you should check out e-commerce fuel, the bedded community for experienced store owners. It’s a great community and you can get fast, knowledgeable answers to your most pressing business questions. So go to ecommercefuel.com to learn more. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 354. And once again, I wanna thank Clabio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

54:48
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

55:19
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

353: Are Successful Entrepreneurs A Product Of Tiger Parenting?

353: Does Tiger Parenting Produce Great Entrepreneurs Or Great Followers?

In this special episode, I take a moment to reflect on my childhood and how being raised by 2 tiger parents affected my future as an entrepreneur.

In addition, I discuss 3 life lessons (learned from my Asian parents) that everyone should follow in order to be successful in business and life.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why running a successful business is inherently unglamorous
  • Why being happy all the time is not the answer
  • The boring, mind numbing drudgery that I go through on a weekly basis
  • The secret to not giving up and being persistent

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about what is required to be successful in business at any level and how that ties into the way that I was brought up by two Asian tiger parents. Now overall, I think the message in this episode is important for everyone to hear because it’s the truth about making money in business or being good at anything for that matter.

00:27
But before we begin, I want to thank Clavio for sponsoring this episode. Now, are you working around the clock to build a business that you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Have you ever wondered how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change.

00:56
These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers, and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help your business, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife and sign up for a free account.

01:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:53
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart just at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony.

02:20
And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all the things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:47
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter, Job podcast. Today’s gonna be a more personal episode where I talk about my childhood and how I was raised. Now, as you know, I was brought up by a pair of tiger parents and it’s only recently that I’ve realized the true value of this crazy parenting style. Now, in this episode, you’ll learn three important life lessons on being successful in business that were instilled upon me through Asian parenting. Now, I always get crazy looks whenever I tell people that I started studying for the SATs in the fourth grade.

03:16
or when I attended nerd camp in the seventh grade and completed geometry, algebra, and trigonometry in the span of three weeks. Man, Steve, you must have had the worst childhood ever. Did you even have any fun as a kid? Now, looking back, I’m proud to say that my parents did an incredible job of raising my brother and I, despite the perceptions from the outside. And here’s what most people don’t understand about the culture of Asian parenting. It teaches you the discipline to follow through. It teaches you the proper habits to get things done.

03:45
and it teaches you that good things come with pain and sacrifice. So as a result of my upbringing, here are three life lessons that I’m instilling in my two kids to foster their growth. And yes, all these lessons actually apply to business as well. So lesson number one, you have to get used to the grind to be successful. Now, whenever parents tell me that all they want is for their kids to be happy, I always shake my head and kind of chuckle inside. So first off, kids don’t know what’s good for them.

04:13
Now, if I would have let my kids do whatever made them happy, they’d be playing games on their iPads 24 seven. They’d be eating candy for dinner and getting sick. And they’d be skipping school and watching YouTube videos all day. Now, just because you are happy doing something doesn’t mean that it’s good for you. If you let kids do whatever makes them happy, they’ll never realize that much of life is about grinding away at unglamorous tasks. So they better get used to it. For every success story, there’s always a behind the scenes tale of crap work.

04:43
and drudgery. So for example, mywifequitterjob.com is by most metrics a successful blog. I have a loyal audience of readers who consume my content, purchase my class and attend my annual e-commerce conference. And they also watch my YouTube videos and my TikTok, which I just launched. But behind the scenes, there’s a lot of grunt work that I have to deal with on a regular basis. So first off, I actually don’t like writing. I’ve never enjoyed doing it. And I have to force myself to publish an article every single week. That’s at least 3000 words.

05:13
Now it’s gotten easier over the years with practice, but I still dread Sunday mornings when it’s time to write. So why do I write if I dislike doing it? Well, you can’t run a successful blog without great content and writing is just a means to an end. And overall, the benefits of running mywifequitterjob.com far outweigh my hatred of writing, so I basically force myself to do it. I also hate marketing and sales, especially when it comes to running monthly webinars. Deep down, I’m an engineer at heart and giving a sales pitch is like

05:42
pulling teeth. It does not come naturally to me, but I force myself to do it for the benefit of my business. So right now I’m making my kids take supplemental math classes called Russian math, even though they don’t particularly like math, but forcing them to get better at a subject that they hate or dislike, I should say, teaches them two things. One, it’s important to be ahead of the pack. By supplementing their education, my kids are more advanced than their peers, and I want them to get used to this feeling because average doesn’t cut it.

06:12
Two, they are learning that getting ahead in life requires work, even if it sucks. Would they have more fun playing computer games all day? Of course, but it’s not gonna benefit their future. Now, one thing that I’ve noticed with my kids is that they often dislike what they are not good at, but as they get better at an activity, they start to enjoy it more once they get over the suck. Now, I like to talk about the suck a lot because the grind totally applies to business.

06:39
Over the years, I’ve spoken to thousands of people who want to change their lives with a small business, but they don’t want to do the dirty work. And every day I get questions from readers along the lines of, hey Steve, I’ve tried absolutely everything with my online store and the sales just aren’t coming in. What should I do? But when I take a look at their site, it’s horrible. They clearly didn’t do any research or put their best foot forward and they obviously didn’t try everything. And when I confront them with this evidence and provide suggestions on how they can improve,

07:08
All I get are excuses. Hey Steve, I’m not good at marketing. It’s just not my cup of tea. Hey Steve, I’m a horrible writer. I just can’t write good copy. I’m terrible with tech and I don’t want to have anything to do with it. The best answer I’ve ever gotten was, I want to run an online business, but I’m not interested in learning anything about the web. By the way, these are real responses that I’ve gotten over the years. Well guess what? Running a successful business requires marketing, so you better get over it. It wasn’t my cup of tea either, but you just got to suck it up and learn through trial and error.

07:38
The same goes with writing. If you run a blog but you can’t write, then you got problems. And if you run an online business without knowing anything about websites, you should probably quit now. You don’t have to be a guru, but at least learn the basics. So bottom line, to be successful, you’re have to learn and perform activities that you don’t particularly like. Do you think I enjoyed studying for the SATs while my friends were playing outside with an earshot? Hell no. To be successful, you must expect to suffer in how you react to the suck.

08:07
will determine how far you go. All right, life lesson number two, to develop perseverance, you must be challenged. Every week, hundreds of readers email me to complain that they can’t get their business off the ground. But when I dig a little deeper, I often discover that they didn’t make an effort. Now it’s sad, but I often have people sign up for my course who don’t watch the videos, ask questions, or attend office hours, and expect to do well.

08:32
It’s as if they are magically bequeathed with e-commerce knowledge by virtue of signing up for my class. Now the truth is that most people give up at the first sign of trouble. And this behavior is the result of bad habits established during childhood. When kids are not challenged at a young age, they develop a false sense of confidence that makes them cocky. And if they never get a chance to fail, they’ll panic at the first sign of adversity. And here’s a real life example from my own childhood. When I was a kid, school always came easy to me.

09:02
As a result, I didn’t have to try very hard to get good grades, and my teachers used to shower me with praise and compliments. Basically, they treated me like some genius. And as a result, I became a cocky little nerd. In fact, my parents’ sense in my head was getting a little bit too big, so they sent me to an accelerated camp for geeks known as CTY or Center for Talented Youth. And it totally kicked my butt. All of a sudden, I was thrust into an environment where everyone was much smarter and I felt completely lost.

09:30
I was presented with foreign concepts that I didn’t understand and I actually felt dumber than the other kids and I desperately wanted to go back to regular school where I was at the top of my class. And in the end, I did what any seventh grader would do. I panicked, gave up, and refused to go back. But my dad didn’t let that happen, obviously. Instead, he patiently walked me through all the problems that I couldn’t solve and then watched as I struggled. And even though I bitched and moaned about the difficulty level, he never told me the answer outright.

09:59
Instead, he encouraged me to talk out loud and document my thought process. He gave me subtle hints when necessary to move me along. And over time, I learned that if I just stuck with a difficult problem long enough, that I’d eventually find a solution. Now, this is just a silly story about Nerd Camp, but struggling through small challenges like this as a kid taught me to be persistent in business. Now, our e-commerce store performed terribly during the first several months until I stumbled upon AdWords and learned how to use it effectively.

10:29
My blog didn’t make a single cent until about the three-year mark, and it didn’t gain any traction at all until I learned how to do email marketing. So bottom line, if you persevere long enough, eventually you’ll find something that works, but you have to stick around long enough to reap the rewards. Now, just as a side, I always make fun of my Asian heritage, and here’s the true reason why Asian parents don’t over-complement their children. Now, if you’ve been on the internet long enough, you’ve probably come across funny memes of Asian parents who never compliment their children.

10:58
And even though you might think that parenting this way is overly harsh, there’s actually a hidden lesson behind it. So first off, I actually hate giving false compliments, and don’t even get me started with participation trophies. If you’re gonna give your child a compliment, it should be for a real accomplishment. Otherwise, it just makes your kid overconfident, which leads to the afraid to fail syndrome described earlier. And it’s true, my parents rarely complimented me as a child. Incidentally, they rarely compliment me as an adult either, but that’s a different story altogether.

11:27
When I brought home a report card full of A’s and a single B, they would ask me why I got a B. But here’s the thing, the lack of compliments set the bar high and forced me to aim for a greater goal. Straight A’s, that’s par for the course. What, you got a number two in the competition? Why did you lose? You got a 90 on the test? Isn’t this test out of 100? Now don’t get me wrong, whenever I did achieve a major goal through blood, sweat and tears, my parents dished out plenty of praise and it would feel amazing.

11:57
So bottom line, if you pat yourself on the back for something that comes easy, you’ll never know what real accomplishment feels like. Failure builds perseverance, which leads to success. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce

12:27
and provide strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees,

12:56
website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. All right, lesson number three, habits build discipline. Now when I was a brand new parent, I actually made the rookie mistake.

13:24
of believing that incentives were the key to convincing my kids to work hard and make progress. So for example, I promised to buy my daughter a large stuffed animal if she learned a certain number of vocab words by the end of the summer. But even though she really wanted this toy, she quickly became overwhelmed by the monumental task of learning hundreds of new words all at once. And these aren’t really easy words either. These are literally SAT words. And she tried to cram all of her studying in just a couple of days, got frustrated and gave up. And as a result,

13:53
I put her on a bite-sized schedule. Every day after camp, she would just try to learn 20 words per day, and it helped her through the process by explaining each word and giving her a short quiz at the end of the day. I also tried to make things a little bit fun by creating ridiculously memorable sentences with vocab words. Anyway, by the end of the summer, she learned almost 500 new words, and she was amazed by her progress. Now, the same goes with business success. If you don’t set aside time to work on your business regularly, then you’ll never make

14:23
consistent progress. Most people actually start out with an unsustainable intensity and eventually burn themselves out. They spend so much time and energy launching a business that they don’t have anything left in the tank. So the key to being successful is actually consistency. And consistency is the result of creating healthy habits and routines. So here’s what I tell my kids. If you want to be good at anything, then you need to make practice a part of your regular schedule. And you have to tell yourself that you’re going to maintain this schedule

14:52
Indefinitely. Even if you feel like giving up, you have to stick with it for at least a couple of years. I also remind them that they may not see results right away, but small incremental improvements over time will eventually lead to big visible gains. Patience, my child. So what are your thoughts here? I’m actually very curious. Whether or not you agree with my style of parenting is up to you, and I’m not saying that Asian parenting is the best way to raise a child, but I actually do believe that kids, and adults, incidentally,

15:22
are just way too coddled today. Everyone wants quick wins. Everyone wants to enjoy life. Everyone wants to be happy all the time. But none of that can happen without pain. You can’t enjoy your wins unless there’s suffering that precedes it. So you have to prepare yourself to do what you don’t want to do. You have to be willing to learn what you don’t necessarily want to learn. Because everything sucks in the beginning. And your ability to endure the suckage is what will allow you to succeed in the long run.

15:52
Now the truth hurts, but a wise Asian father once told me, if you beat something into your brain long enough, it will eventually sink in. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when it comes to success in anything that you do, most of the time it’s going to suck. So just set your expectations appropriately and you’ll have the mental capacity to persevere and stick with it. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 353. And once again, I’m going to thank Postscript.

16:20
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clearview, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

16:47
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!